PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the appointment, powers and position of the Governor of your state.
Or
Describe the powers and position of the Governor.
Or
How is the Governor of a State appointed? Discuss his powers and position.
Answer:
While the executive power of the Union is vested in the President, that of a state is vested in a Governor. But in practice executive powers are exercised by the Council of Ministers headed by the Chief Minister.

Appointment of the Governor:
A Governor is appointed by the President. Provison for an elected Governor had been made in the draft of the Constitution but this idea was dropped because an elected Governor would claim some powers as the representative of the people and that would have created a deadlock.

Therefore, provision for a nominated Governor is made by the President, yet actually he is nominee of the Central Cabinet. In fact this is a political post and the Prime Minister and the other members of the Cabinet would like to have men of their confidence on such key posts. Normally retired or defeated politicians are appointed to these posts. On Feb. 1, 1990 the President appointed 14 new governors. On 18th August, 2016. The President Sh. Pranab Mukherjee appointed Sh. V.P. Singh Badnore as the Governor of Punjab.

Salary and Allowances:
The pay of the Governor is Rs. 3,50,000 per month. In addition to that he gets allowances. He is given a rent-free residence, usually named Raj Bhawan. The salary and allowances of the Governor are charged on the consolidated fund of the state and are not subject to the Vote of the state legislature. The parliament may by law change the allowances or pay but the same cannot be decreased during his tenure. If any other individual acts as a Governor of more than one state, the emoluments payable to him will be fixed by the President.

Qualifications:
The following qualifications have been given in the Constitution for a Governor:

  1. He should be a citizen of India.
  2. He should not be less than 35 years of age.
  3. He must not hold any office of profit.
  4. He cannot remain a member of Parliament or a State Legislature if such a member is appointed a Governor. His seat in the legislature concerned will fall vacant as and when he takes over the charge as a Governor.
  5. He must possess the qualifications prescribed for membership of the State Legislature.

Term of Office:
The Governor is appointed for a period of five years. The President has the right to extend the term also. However, the Governor holds the office during the pleasure of the President at any time. At the time of removal no reasons have to be given by the President. In October 1980 Mr. Prabhudas Patwari, the Governor of Tamil Nadu, was dismissed. In January, 1990 the President sought the resignation of all the governors. The Governor may himself resign before the expiry of his term. On 16th March, 1998 controversial Uttar Pradesh Governor Romesh Bhandari resigned within hours of appointment of Mr. Atal Behari Vajpayee as the Prime Minister.

Immunities:
According to Art. 361, the Governor is not answerable to any Court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of his office or for any act done by him in the exercise of his official duties. No criminal proceedings can be instituted or continued against the Governor of a State in any Court, during his term of office.

Nor any process for the arrest or imprisonment of the Governor shall be issued from any Court during his term of office. Civil proceedings against the Governor can be instituted in any Court in respect of any act done in his personal capacity during his term of office. But a two-month notice in writing has to be delivered to him stating the nature of the proceedings, the cause of the action, the name of the party intending to sue him, and the relief demanded.

Powers of the Governor:
The administration of the State is under the control of a Governor. He is the head of the State and he exercises various powers. These are given as follows:
1. Executive Powers:
The Governor is the head of the State. All the executive powers of the State are vested in him. He exercises the powers connected with the subjects mentioned in the State list or the concurrent list either directly or through officers subordinate to him. All the laws are executed in his name and he is responsible for the maintenance of peace and order in the State. All the important officials for the State are appointed by the Governor and all the employees of the State work under him.

He appoints the Chief Minister and all other ministers are appointed by him on the advice of the Chief Minister. Besides this the Governor appoints the State Advocate General, Chairman and members of the Public Service Commission and the Vice Chancellors of the Universities. The ministers hold office during the pleasure of the Governor. He has the power to dismiss the Council of Ministers.

Article 167 provides that it is the duty of the Chief Minister of the State to communicate to the Governor of the State all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposal for legislation as the Governor may call for, and if the Governor so requires ; to submit for the consideration of the Council of Ministers any matter on which a decision has been taken by a minister but which has not been considered by the council.

The Governor sends his report to the President regarding the failure or the possibility of a failure of the constitutional machinery of a state. When the President makes a Proclamation of Emergency for the State under Art. 356 of the Constitution, the Governor acts as the agent of the Central Government.

2. Legislative Powers:
The Governor exercises many legislative powers
(i) He is a part of the State Legislature.

(ii) He convenes the sessions of the State legislature. He is to convene the next session within a period of six months.

(iii) He can increase the duration of the session as well as adjourn the session before time.

(iv) The Governor can dissolve the legislative assembly and can order fresh elections,

(v) He can address both the chambers of the State Legislature independently or collectively,

(vi) The first session after the general election and the first session of the new year starts with the inaugural address of the Governor. In his inaugural address the Governor places before the legislature the policy of the Government for the year. He also invites the attention of the legislature towards the problems facing the state

(vii) He nominates 1/6 members of the Legislative Council and one member to the Legislative Assembly from the Anglo-Indian community if it has not got adequate representation in the chamber,

(viii) He can send messages to the legislature from, time to time.

(ix) No bill passed by the legislature can become an act without the signature of the Governor. He can reject an ordinary bill and can reserve certain types of bill for the approval of the President of India. If the legislature passes the bill for the second time the Governor will have to give his assent,

(x) He can issue ordinance, when the Legislative Assembly is not in session. The ordinances have the force of laws but they must be approved by the legislature within a period of 6 weeks from the start of the session of the legislature otherwise they will become ineffective.

3. Financial Powers:
It is the duty of the Governor to present the budget for the year before the legislature before the start of the financial year. All money bills can be introduced in the state legislature only on the recommendation of the Governor. He can spend money from the contingency fund.

4. Judicial Powers:
He enjoys some judicial powers also. The Chief Justice and ether Judges of the State High Court are appointed on the advice of the Governor. The Judges of the courts are also appointed by him. He has the power to pardon, reprieve and commute punishment. Such powers extend only in respect of cases over which the state legislature has powers to make laws. He has no powers to pardon criminals who are guilty of breaking the Union Laws.

5. As Chancellor:
The Governor of a State is the ex-officio Chancellor of the Universities in the state except the National Universities. He appoints Vice-Chancellors of these Universities. In this sphere also he is supposed to act on the advice of his Council of Ministers but Governors like Gadgil refused to be dictated by the Chief Minister in the sphere which is academic and clearly separated from the administration.

6. Miscellaneous Functions:
Besides the above functions, the Governor has also certain miscellaneous functions:

  • The Governor may grant help from the contingency fund to help the people in natural calamities.
  • The Governor receives the annual report of the Public Service Commission and with Comments of the Cabinet he sends it to the Legislative Assembly.

Position of the Governor:
The Constitution vests the executive powers of the State in the Governor. There is Chief Minister and his Council of Ministers to aid and advise the Governor. It is only in theory that the State Governor enjoys vast powers. In the State also there is a Parliamentary form of Government, therefore, the Governor is only the Constitutional or nominal head of the State.

According to Dr. Ambedkar, the Governor has no functions, not to speak of powers; he has only ‘duties’. And the duties of the Governor, he said, are mainly two:

  • to retain the ministry in office and to see when to exercise his pleasure for that purpose in the best possible manner ; and
  • to advise the ministry, to warn the ministry, and to suggest to the ministry alternation and ask for a reconsideration.

He always acts on the advice of his ministers. The powers vested in the Governor are actually exercised by the ministers. He can do nothing against or without the advice of the ministers. The leader of the majority party in the legislative assembly is to be appointed the Chief Minister of the State. The Chief Minister also recommends the names of the other ministers for appointment to the Governor. The Governor cannot add or drop any name of his own accord.

The Governor cannot remove the ministers from their office. The Cabinet remains in office so far as it enjoys the support of the majority party, The Governor summons the meetings of the legislature on the advice of the Cabinet. The inaugural address to be read by the Governor is also prepared by the Cabinet. The Governor dissolves the legislature and orders fresh election on the advice of the Cabinet, All the appointments are made by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Minister.

But the above mentioned facts should give us the impression that the Governor is only the nominal head of the State. He is not a rubber stamp but under certain circumstances he can act according to his own will.
1. He is the head of the State as well as the agent of the Central Government. He is to see that the State Government carries out the policies and orders of the Central Government.

2. He can appoint any member as Chief Minister if no political party has a clear cut majority in the assembly or if the party has no acknowledged leader. For example, in May, 1982 no party secured asbolute majority in Haryana Legislative Assembly. The Governor G. D. Tapase appointed Mr. Bhajan Lai, leader of the Congrss (I), as Chief Minister.

3. The Governor should be immediately informed of all Hie decisions taken by the Cabinet. The Chief Minister informs the Governor about all the decisions taken by the Cabinet. The Governor can ask the Cabinet to reconsider a decision.

4. He can refuse to sign an ordinary bill passed by the state legislature.

5. He can dismiss a ministry if he is convinced that it has lost majority support.

6. The Governor informs the President immediately regarding the failure or the possibility of a failure of the constitutional machinery of the State. He need not consult the Cabinet when he conveys such an information to the President.

7. The Governor becomes the agent of the Central Government when the President issues a proclamation of emergency in the State. The administration of the State is run by the Governor during the period of emergency. He then acts according to the orders and wishes of the President.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 2.
Describe how the State Council of Ministers is formed. Also discuss its powers and functions.
Or
How is the State council of ministers formed? Explain its powers.
Answer:
In the State a government, like the Central Parliamentary Government, has been established. It is written in the Constitution that there will be a council of ministers headed by the Chief Minister to ‘aid and advise the Governor. The Governor appoints the leader of the majority party as the Chief Minister and all other ministers are appointed by him on the recommendations of the Chief Minister. But the fact is that the Governor can neither appoint not remove any minister from office of his own accord.

Appointment of the Council of Ministers. The leader of the majority party in the legislative assembly is appointed Chief Minister by the Governor. Examples are on record when the Governor appointed those as Chief Ministers who were not at all the members of the State Legislature.

Mr. Sidhartha Shankar Ray was appointed the Chief Minister of West Bengal though he was not a member of the State Legislature. The Chief Minister, after his appointment, prepares a list of his colleagues and hands it over to the Governor. The Governor appoints the Ministers according to this list. The Governor cannot make any change in the list. The Chief Minister distributes portfolios among the ministers. The Chief Minister can make a change in the departments of his ministers.

Composition:
The Council of Ministers consists of the Chief Minister and other ministers. The Council of Ministers may have three or two ranks of ministers. In the Constitution 91st Amendment Act provides that the total number of ministers including the Chief Minister in a state j shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Legislative Assembly.

Term of Office:
The Cabinet does not have any definite and fixed term of office. The Chief Minister can ask any minister to resign. The Cabinet remains in office so far as it enjoys the confidence of the majority of members of the House. The legislative assembly can pass a vote of no-confidence against the ministry and the ministry will vacate office.

Qualifications:
There is only one qualification for becoming a minister that he should be a member of either House of the legislature. If a person is appointed a minister and he is not a member of the legislature he will have to become a member of the legislature within a period of 6 months of his appointment otherwise he is to leave office.

Salary and Allowances:
The salary and allowances of the Chief Minister and other ministers are fixed by the state legislature and hence it varies from state to state.

Powers and Functions of Council of Ministers:
The Council of Ministers occupies the same position in the State as the Council of Ministers occupies at the Centre. They are to perform various functions:

1. Executive Powers
The ministry exercises all the executive powers of the Governor. All the departments of the Government are under the control of the ministers and it is their responsibility to run the administration smoothly. The Council of Ministers lays down the policy of Government and in the light of that the departmental work is carried out. The Council of Ministers executes the decision taken by the Cabinet. They maintain order and peace in the State. All the big and important appointments are made on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

2. Legislative Powers
(i) The Council of Ministers has a big role to play in the making of the laws for the State.

(ii) Ministers are taken from among the members of the legislature. They participate in the meetings of the legislature. They introduce bills, participate in the discussion and cast their vote.

(iii) The meetings of the legislature are summoned and adjourned on the advice of the Cabinet.

(iv) The Inaugural address of the Governor is also preapred by the Council of Ministers.

(v) Most of the bills in the legislature are introduced by the Council of Ministers and bills are rejected and passed according to the will of the Council of Ministers. Council of Ministers has the support of the party in majority in the Legislature and this party is always at the beck and call of the Cabinet. Therefore, any bill introduced by the Cabinet cannot be rejected.

(vi) The Council of Ministers, if it so desires, can ask the Governor to dissolve the Legislative Assembly. The Governor under such circumstances also is to act on the advice of the ministry.

(vii) The Council of Ministers can issue an ordinance through the State Governor.

3. Financial Powers
The budget of the State is prepared by the Council of Ministers. The money bills can only be introduced by the ministers. These are the ministers who propose imposition of taxes or suggest reduction or abolition of taxes.

4. Judicial Powers
The Governor exercises his judicial powers on the advice of the Council of Ministers. Position of the Council of Ministers during the time of Emergency. The above ‘ mentioned powers of the Council of Ministers clearly indicate that the ministry is the real ruler of the state. Its will prevails in the making; of laws, enforcing them and in the running of the administration of the State.

But during emergency the Cabinet loses its importance. When the proclamation of emergency is issued, the resident can take the administration in his own hands and in this situation the Governor acts as the agent of the President of India. The Governor then acts on the advice of the President and not on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 3.
Discuss the appointment, powers and position of the State Chief Minister.
Answer:
The administration of the State is run in the name of the Governor but in practice it is the Chief Minister who runs the administration. The head of the Council of Ministers is the Chief Minister. The position of the State Chief Minister is quite the same as that of the Prime Minister in the Centre.

Appointment:
The Chief Minister is appointed by the Governor. But the Governor is not free and independent in the appointment of the Chief Minister. He can appoint only the leader of the majority party in legislative assembly as the Chief Minister of the State. If the Governor appoints someone else to this post, then the administration of the state cannot be run smoothly. If no party commands absolute majority in the legislative assembly of the State or the majority party fails to elect its leader, the Governor can use some discretion in appointing the Chief Minister.

But he is to see that the Chief Minister can get the support of the majority in the legislature. For example in May, 1982 no party secured absolute majority in Haryana Legislative Assembly. The Governor G. D. Tapase appointed Congress (I) leader Mr. Bhajan Lai as the Chief Minister.

In Feb. 1997 Sardar Parkash Singh Badal was sworn as Chief Minister of Punjab. In Feb. 1998 in the Himachal Pradesh Assembly election no pprty secured absolute majority. On 6th March, 1998 Himachal Pradesh Governor Mrs. Rama Davi appointed Congress leader Veer Bhadra Singh as the Chief Minister because Congress was the single largest party in the Assembly. In March 2017, Captain Amrinder Singh was sworn as the Chief Minister of Punjab.

Term of Office:
The tenure of the Chief Minister is not fixed. The Governor cannot remove him from office of his own accord. The Chief Minister remains in office so far as he is supported by the majority of the members of the legislative assembly. The Chief Minister resigns when the majority in legislative assembly goes against him. On 12th March, 1998 Chief Minister of Himachal Pradesh resigned because he was not having majority support in the Assembly.

Salary and Allowances:
The salary and allowances of the Chief Minister are fixed by the State legislature. In addition to different allowances he is given free accommodation, free medical care, travelling allowance and many other facilities.

Powers and Functions of the Chief Minister:
The Chief Minister of a State enjoys in the State, a position similar to the position of the Prime Minister in the Union of India. For all practical purposes the Chief Minister holds the executive power of the State Government in his hands. The powers and functions of the Chief Minister may be discussed as under:

1. Chief Minister and Council of Ministers:
The Council of Ministers has no . existence without the Chief Minister. Like the Prime Minister, the Chief Minister of a State is also the “key stone of the Government arch.” Chief Minister’s powers regarding Council of Ministers are as ahead:

(i) Formation of the Ministry:
The Chief Minister forms the Cabinet. After his appointment he prepares a list of other ministers and the Governor makes appointments of the ministers according to that list. No person can be appointed a minister against or without the will of the Chief Minister.

(ii) Distribution of Portfolios:
The departments are distributed among the ministers by the Chief Minister. The Chief Minister looks after the work of other ministers. He can change the departments of the ministers whenever he likes. The ministers keep the Chief Minister informed regarding the working of their departments. They get advice of the Chief Minister whenever necessary.

(iii) Removal of Ministers:
The ministers remain in office during the pleasure of the Chief Minister. The Governor cannot remove any Minister from office of his own accord, The Chief Minister can ask any minister to resign if he is not happy with his work. He can make a change in his Council of Ministers whenever he likes.The resignation of the Chief Minister means the resignation of the entire ministry. In June 1994, Haryana Chief Minister, Mr. Bhajan Lai, sacked Mr. Chhatarpal Singh, the Technical Education Minister.

(iv) Chairman of the Cabinet Meetings:
The Governor cannot participate in the meetings of the Cabinet. The Chief Minister calls the meetings of the Cabinet and presides over its meetings. He also prepares and controls the agenda for Cabinet meetings. The Cabinet takes its decisions unanimously and normally the views of the Chief Minister carry weight.

(v) Leader of the Council of Ministers:
The Chief Minister is the leader of the Council of Ministers. The entire Council of Ministers works under the captaincy of the Chief Minister. The Chief Minister summons the meetings of the Cabinet and presides over them. It is he who decides the agenda of the Cabinet. He can make a change in the agenda at the eleventh hour and put forward proposals from his own side for discussion. Being the leader of the Council of Ministers, the decisions of the Council of Ministers are practically the decisions of the Chief Minister.

2. Link Between the Council of Ministers and the Governor:
The Chief Minister informs the Governor regarding all the decisions taken by the Cabinet. The Council of Ministers takes the advice of the Governor through the Chief Minister.

3. Leadership of the Cabinet in the Legislature:
The Chief Minister can attend the meetings of both the Houses and can participate in their working. The members of the legislature ask questions to the Cabinet members and criticise their policies and actions. When a minister cannot give satisfactory reply to the criticism of a member, the Chief Minister assists the minister in satisfying the member. The important decisions taken by the Cabinet are announced in the legislature by the Chief Minister.

4. Principal Advisor of the Governor:
The Chief Minister is the principal advisor of the Governor. He takes the advice of the Chief Minister on all the issues. The Governor makes all the important appointments in the State on the advice of the Chief Minister. The Chief Minister gives every information to the Governor regarding the State administration.

5. Leader of the Legislature:
The Chief Minister is also the leader of the legislature. He is the leader of the legislative assembly because his party commands majority in
the legislature. Legislative Assembly is more important than the Legislative Council. The Legislative Council cannot stand in the way of Legislative Assembly. Therefore, the legislature generally acts under the guidance of the Chief Minister. No law can be framed without the will of the Chief Minister. During emergency also the legislature performs its functions according to the instructions of the Chief Minister.

6. Leader of the masses:
The Chief Minister is the leader of the masses in the State. He is the elected representative of the people And is supported by the majority party in the House. The people of the State are always ready to carry out the wishes of the State Chief Minister. His office is of ,great importance in the State.

Position of the Chief Minister:
In the State, the position of the Chief Minister is similar to the positon of the Prime Minister at the Centre. The Chief Minister is the man of conscience in the State. Against his wishes, neither a bill can be passed nor a tax can be levied. He is like the sun around which the ministers revolve like planets. However, the position of the Chief Minister is intimately connected with his party. If the Party enjoys a thin majority in the House or if it lacks solidarity, the position of the Chief Minister may be vulnerable. Before the 1967 general elections, the Congress Party was the master of the country. But after that the split in the party destroyed the unity of the party and ended the monopoly of power.

In most of the states coalition Governments came into power. Various political parties joined hands and formed their Governments. But a coalition Government falls under its own weight. Parties forming the Government quarrel on flimsy matters and part company, throwing the administration to dogs. Surely “when the Chief Minister heads a single party Government, his pre-eminence is unquestioned, but in a coalition or a multiparty Government his pre-eminence is derived solely from agreement among the partners.”

While depending upon the support of other parties, the Chief Minister becomes virtually a ‘prisoner’ in the hands of those parties. “It is clear that he cannot break up the coalition by seeking to dismiss the minister representing the partnership and yet claim to remain in office himself. Under such circumstances, the Chief Minister depends upon the vagaries of the legislature.

The malady of large scale defections has further affected the position of the Chief Minister. After the 1967 general elections, as many as 108 defectors were appointed ministers. What a prize A legislator of Haryana State defected four times in one single day ! There was all scramble for power ; policy and ideology were thrown to the winds. For a while, the very future of parliamentary Government in India was in danger.

Until the Congress was defeated in the sixth general election (1977) the position of a Congress Chief Minister depended largely on the kind of relations he had with the High Command and the degree of support he received from the High Command. During the Janata regime the position of the Chief Minister was not better in so far as his dependence on the Central Party leadership was concerned. After the seventh general electon (1980) and the election of Nine State Assemblies Chief Ministers were wholly dependent on late Prime Minister Mrs. Indira Gandhi, who was also president of the party [Congress (I)]. The frequent trips Congress (I) Chief Ministers made to New Delhi highlight their dependence on the Central leadership. In the present posture of politics, no Chief Minister can hope to be the Nehru of his State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Short Answer Type Question

Question 1.
How is the Governor of a State appointed?
Answer:
Governor is the head of the state. The President appoints him for five years. One common Governor may also be appointed for two or more than two states. Provision for an elected Governor had been made in the draft of the Constitution but this idea was dropped because an elected Governor would claim some powers as the representative of the people and that would have created a dead-lock.

Therefore, provision for a nominated governor was made in the Constitution. Though the formal appointment of the Governor is made by the President, yet actually he is nominee of the Central Cabinet. In fact this is a political post and the Prime Minister and the other members of the Cabinet would like to have men of their confidence on such key posts. Normally retired or defeated politicians are appointed to these posts.

Question 2.
Describe the qualifications to become a Governor of a state.
Answer:
The following qualifications have been given in the Constitution for a Governor:

  1. He should be a citizen of India.
  2. He should not be less than 35 years of age.
  3. He must not hold any office of profit.
  4. He cannot remain a member of Parliament or a State legislature. If such a member is appointed a Governor, his seat in the legislature concerned will fall vacant as and when he takes over the charge as a Governor.
  5. He must possess the qualifications prescribed for membership of the State legislature.

Question 3.
Explain the tenure of the Governor.
Answer:
The Governor is appointed for a period of five years. The President has the right to extend the term also. However, the Governor holds the office during the pleasure of the President which means that the Governor can be removed by the President at any time. At the time of removal no reasons have to be given by the President. The Governor may himself resign before the expiry of his term. In March, 1998, Mr. Romesh Bhandari, Governor of U.P. resigned.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 4.
Describe the salary and allowances of the Governor.
Answer:
The pay of the Governor is Rs. 3,50,000 per month. In addition to that he gets allowances. He is given a rent-free residence, usually named Raj Bhawan. The salary and allowances of the Governor are charged to the consolidated fund of the state are not subject to the vote of the state legislature. The Parliament may by law change the allowances or pay but the same cannot be decreased during his tenure. If any other individual acts as a Governor in his absence, he also will be entitled to the pay, allowances and other privileges of the Governor. If the same person is appointed as the Governor of more than one state, the emoluments payable to him will be fixed by the President.

Question 5.
Describe the immunities of the Governor.
Answer:
According to Art. 361, the Governor is not answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of his office or for any act done by him in the exercise of his official duties. No criminal proceedings can be instituted or continued against the Governor of a State in any Court, during his term of office. Nor any process for the arrest or imprisonment of the Governor shall be issued from any Court during his term of office.

Civil proceedings against the Governor can be instituted in any Court in respect of any act done in his personal capacity during his term of office. But a two months’ notice in writing has to be delivered to him stating the nature of the proceedings, the cause of action, the name of the party intending to sue him, and the relief demanded.

Question 6.
Write down the Legislative Powers of the Governor.
Answer:
The Governor exercises following legislative powers:

  1. He convenes the sessions of the state legislature. He is to convene the next session within a period of six months.
  2. The Governor can dissolve the legislative assembly and can order fresh elections.
  3. The first session after the general election and the first session of the new year starts with the inaugural address of the Governor. .
  4. He nominates 1/6 members of the Legislative Council.

Question 7.
Write a short note on the executive powers of the Governor.
Answer:
The Governor is the head of the State. All the executive powers of the State are vested in him. All the laws are executed in his name and he is responsible for the ‘ maintenance of peace and order in the State. All the important officials for the State are appointed by the Governor and all the employees of the State work under him. He appoints the Chief Minister and all other ministers are appointed by him on the advice of the Chief Minister. He has the power to dismiss the Council of Ministers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 8.
Explain the situation in which the Governor can use discretionary powers.
Answer:
The Governor has some powers which he can use on his own. These are called discretionary powers-

  1. He is to see that the state government carries out the policies and orders of the central government.
  2. He can appoint any member as Chief Minister if no political party has clear cut majority in the assembly or if the party has no acknowledged leader.
  3. He can refuse to sign an ordinary bill passed by the state legislature.
  4. He can dismiss a ministry if he is convinced that it has lost majority support.

Question 9.
Describe the position of the Governor of a State.
Answer:
The position of the Governor in the State is the same as that of the President at the Centre. He occupies a high office but wields little power. All his powers are used by the Council of Ministers. In normal time he is only a nominal head. He has to act on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

During the emergency he exercises real powers. On his report the President dismisses the council of ministers and dissolves or suspends the legislature. The State comes under the President’s rule and the Governor acts as the real executive.

Question 10.
Under what conditions can the President rule be imposed in a State? What is the position of the Governor in such a situation?
Answer:
It sometimes becomes impossible to carry on the administration of the State according to the Constitution. It may happen that no party has a clear majority in the legislative assembly and the government may not be formed; or there is a complete break down of law and order.

In such a situation the Governor sends a report to the President. If the President dismisses the Ministry of the State on the basis of the report and suspends or dissolves the Assembly, the Governor acts as the agent of the President. He exercises all executive powers on behalf of the President. He is then responsible for the administration of the State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 11.
Describe in brief the composition of the Council of Ministers at state level. .
Answer:
According to Art 163 (1) of Indian Constitution, there shall be a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister as the head to aid and advice the Governor in exercise of his functions. The Governor appoints the Chief Minister at first. He then appoints other ministers on the advice of the Chief Minister. The Governor can’t appoint any person as a member of Council of Ministers contrary to Chief Minister’s wishes. It is the Chief Minister who decides the size of the Council of Ministers.

Question 12.
How is the Chief Minister of a State appointed?
Answer:
The Governor appoints the Chief Minister. But he cannot appoint a man of his choice as Chief Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party or group in the assembly to form the government and appoints him as the Chief Minister. The Chief Minister should be a member of the legislature. If he is not a member of the legislature at the time of his appointment he has to become one within six months.

Question 13.
How is the Chief Minister appointed when there is no single majority party?
Answer:
The Chief Minister is appointed by the Governor. If no party commands absolute majority in the Legislative Assembly, the Governor can use some discretion in appointing the Chief Minister. But he is to see that the Chief Minister can get the support of the majority in the Legislative Assembly. For example in May 1982 no party secured absolute majority in Haryana Legislative Assembly, the Governor G.D. Tapase appointed Congress (I) leader Mr. Bhajan Lai as Chief Minister.

Question 14.
Write any four functions of Chief Minister of a state.
Answer:
The powers and the functions of the Chief Minister may be discussed as under:

1. Formation of Ministry:
The Chief Minister forms the Council of Ministers. He distributes portfolios among the ministers. He can make any change in the Council of Ministers.

2. Link Between the Council of Ministers and the Governor:
The Chief Minister informs the Governor regarding all the decisions taken by the Cabinet. The Council of Ministers takes the advice of the Governor through the Chief Minister.

3. Leader of the Legislature:
The Chief Minister is also the leader of the legislature. No law can be framed without the will of the Chief Minister. During emergency also the legislature performs its functions according to the instructions pf the Chief Minister.

4. Dissolution of the Assembly:
The Chief Minister can recommend to the Governor the dissolution of the Legislative Assembly even before the expiry of its term.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 15.
Describe the powers and functions of State Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The Council of Ministers enjoys the following powers:
1. Executive Powers:
The Council of Ministers lays down the*policy of government and in the light of that the departmental work is carried out. All the big and important appointments are made on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

2. Legislative Powers:
The meetings of the legislative are summoned and adjourned on the advice of the Council of Ministers. Most of the bills in the legislative are introduced by the Council of Ministers and bills are rejected and passed according to the will of the Council of Ministers. The Council of Ministers can advise the governor to dissolve the Legislative Assembly.

3. Financial Powers:
The budget of the state is prepared by the Council of Ministers. The money-bill can be introduced by the minister.

4. Judicial Powers: The Governor exercise his Judicial Powers on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

Question 16.
Write down the name of Governor and Chief Minister of Punjab.
Answer:
Sh. V. P. Singh Badnore is the Governor of Punjab and Captain Amrinder Singh is the Chief Minister of Punjab.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How is the Governor of a State appointed?
Answer:
Governor is the head of the state. The President appoints him for five years. One common Governor may also be appointed for two or more than two states.

Question 2.
Explain any two qualifications to become a Governor of a state.
Answer:
The following qualifications have been given in the Constitution for a Governor:

  • He should be a citizen of India.
  • He should not be less than 35 years of age.

Question 3.
Describe the Salary and allowances of the Governor.
Answer:
The pay of the Governor is Rs. 3,50,000 per month. In addition to that he gets allowances. He is given a rent-free residence, usually named Raj Bhawan. The salary and allowances of the Governor are charged to the consolidated fund of the state are not subject to the vote of the state legislature.

Question 4.
What are the Legislative Powers of the Governor?
Answer:
The Governor exercises following legislative powers:

  • He convenes the sessions of the state legislature. He is to convene the next session within a period of six months.
  • The Governor can dissolve the legislative assembly and can order fresh elections.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 5.
Write a short note on the executive powers of the Governor.
Answer:
The Governor is the head of the State. All the executive powers of the State are vested in him. All the laws are executed in his name and he is responsible for the maintenance of peace and order in the State. All the important officials for the State are appointed by the Governor and all the employees of the State work under him.

Question 6.
Explain the situation in which the Governor can use discretionary powers.
Answer:
The Governor has some powers which he can use on his own. These are called discretionary powers-

  • He is to see that the state government carries out the policies and orders of the central government.
  • He can appoint any member as Chief Minister if no political party has clear cut majority in the assembly or if the party has no acknowledged leader.

Question 7.
Discuss the Financial powers of the Governor.
Answer:

  • All Money Bills can be introduced in the state legislature only on the recommendation of the Governor.
  • It is the duty of the Governor to present the budget for the year before the legislature before the start of the financial year.

Question 8.
Describe in brief the composition of the Council of Ministers at state level.
Answer:
According to Art 163 (1) of Indian Constitution, there shall be a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister as the head to aid and advice the Governor in exercise of his functions. The Governor appoints the Chief Minister at first. He then appoints other ministers on the advice of the Chief Minister.

Question 9.
How is the Chief Minister of a State appointed?
Answer:
The Governor appoints the Chief Minister. But he cannot appoint a man of his choice as Chief Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party or group in the assembly to form the government and appoints him as the Chief Minister.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 10.
How is the Chief Minister appointed when there is no single majority party?
Answer:
The Chief Minister is appointed by the Governor. If no party commands absolute majority in the Legislative Assembly, the Governor can use some discretion in appointing the Chief Minister. But he is to see that the Chief Minister can get the support of the majority in the Legislative Assembly.

Question 11.
Explain any two functions of Chief Minister of a state.
Answer:
The powers and the functions of the Chief Minister may be discussed as under:

  1. Formation of Ministry: The Chief Minister forms the Council of Ministers. He distributes portfolios among the ministers. He can make any change in the Council of Ministers.
  2. Link Between the Council of Ministers and the Governor: The Chief Minister informs the Governor regarding all the decisions taken by the Cabinet.

Question 12.
Describe the powers and functions of State Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The Council of Ministers enjoys the following powers:
1. Executive Powers:
The Council of Ministers lays down the policy of government and in the light of that the departmental work is carried out. All the big and important appointments are made on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

2. Legislative Powers:
The meetings of the legislative are summoned and adjourned on the advice of the Council of Ministers. Most of the bills in the legislative are introduced by the Council of Ministers and bills are rejected and passed according to the will of the Council of Ministers.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Who is the Executive head of a State?
Answer:
Governor.

Question 2.
Who appoints the Governor?
Answer:
President.

Question 3.
Mention the tenure of the Governor.
Answer:
5 years.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 4.
Mention one qualification of Governor.
Answer:
He should not be less then 35 years.

Question 5.
Mention one function of the Chief Minister.
Answer:
The Chief Minister form the Cabinet.

Fill in the blanks

1. The leader of the majority party in the Legislative Assembly is appointed …………………… by the Governor.
Answer:
Chief Minister

2. The …………………… enforces the laws passed by the legislature.
Answer:
Council of Ministers

3. The head of the Council of Ministers is the …………………… .
Answer:
Chief Minister.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

True or False

1. The Chief Minister is appointed by the Prime Minister.
Answer:
False

2. Governor can use some discretion in appointing the Chief Minister.
Answer:
True

3. The tenure of the Chief Minister is not fixed.
Answer:
True

4. Like Prime Minister, the Chief Minister of a state is not a ‘Key stone of the Cabinet arch”
Answer:
False

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The tenure of the Governor is:
(A 6 years
(B) 5 years
(C) 7 years
(D) 4 years.
Answer:
(B) 5 years

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 2.
By whom is the Governor appointed?
(A) President
(B) Cabinet
(C) Prime Minister
(D) Vice-President.
Answer:
(A) President

Question 3.
The salary of the Governor is:
(A) Rs. 5,000
(B) Rs. 5,500
(C) Rs. 10,000
(D) Rs. 3,50,000.
Answer:
(D) Rs. 3,50,000.

Question 4.
Minimum age for the Governor should be:
(A) 30 years
(B) 35 years
(C) 25 years
(D) 21 years.
Answer:
(B) 35 years

Question 5.
The Governor is responsible to the:
(A) Prime Minister
(B) State Legislature
(C) Parliament
(D) President.
Answer:
(D) President.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 26 State Executive-Governor, Council of Ministers and Chief Minister

Question 6.
Who can remove the Governor?
(A) President
(B) People
(C) Parliament
(D) State Legislature.
Answer:
(A) President

Question 7.
Who presides over the meetings of the Council of Ministers?
(A) Speaker
(B) Chief Minister
(C) Governor
(D) Home Minister.
Answer:
(B) Chief Minister

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

Analyse the following sentences, selecting the Principal Clause and the Noun Clause. Also, state the function of the Noun Clause.

(A)

1. That Mohan was a doctor was not known to me.
2. Where the boys will stay is not yet known.
3. That Mohan will stand first is certain.
4. What cannot be cured must be endured.
5. Why the thief did not take away the gold is a mystery.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. It was not known to me that Mohan was a doctor.
(Subject to the verb ‘was not known’.)
2. It is not known yet where the boys will stay.
(Subject to the verb ‘is not known’.)
3. It is certain that Mohan will stand first.
(Subject to the verb ‘is’.)
4. It must be endured what cannot be cured.
(Subject to the verb ‘must be endured’.)
5. It is a mystery why the thief did not take away the gold.
(Subject to the verb ‘is’.)

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

(B)

1. Ask Asha if Papa has come.
2. Can you tell me why Mohan is absent today?
3. I know that she loves music.
4. Tell me why you hate me.
5. I had never thought that your brother was so lazy.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. Ask Asha if Papa has come.
(Object to the verb ‘ask’.)
2. Can you tell me why Mohan is absent today ?
(Object to the verb ‘tell’.)
3. I know that she loves music.
(Object to the verb ‘know’.)
4. Tell me why you hate me.
(Object to the verb ‘tell’.)
5. I had never thought that your brother was so lazy.
(Object to the verb ‘thought’.)

(C)

1. My fear was that Mohan would reach late.
2. Life is what you make it.
3. It seems that it will rain soon.
4. Things are not what they appear to be.
5. My firm belief is that Harpreet will stand first.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. My fear was that Mohan would reach late.
(Complement to the verb ‘was’.)
2. Life is what you make it.
(Complement to the verb ‘is’.)
3. It seems that it will rain soon.
(Complement to the verb ‘seems’.)
4. Things are not what they appear to be.
(Complement to the verb ‘are’.)
5. My firm belief is that Harpreet will stand first.
(Complement to the verb ‘is’.)

(D)

1. Aren’t you ashamed of what you have done ?
2. She must listen to what her teacher says.
3. She agrees to whatever Mohan says.
4. There is no truth in what is stated by Asha.
5. Your success depends on how hard you work.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. Aren’t you ashamed of what you have done ?
(Object to the preposition ‘of’)
2. She must listen to what her teacher says.
(Object to the preposition ‘to’.)
3. She agrees to whatever Mohan says.
(Object to the preposition ‘to’.)
4. There is no truth in what is stated by Asha.
(Object to the preposition ‘in’.)
5. Your success depends on how hard you work.
(Object to the preposition ‘on’.)

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

(E)

1. The statement that all students will get two rasgullas every day is not true.
2. The news that Sania Mirza has won is correct.
3. The story that Ram Nath kidnapped his own nephew has been confirmed.
4. It is true that boys are generally taller than girls.
5. The fact that Harbhajan is a cricketer is known to all.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. The statement is not true that all students will get two rasgullas every day.
(In apposition to the noun ‘statement’.)
2. The news is correct that Sania Mirza has won.
(In apposition to the noun ‘news’.)
3. The story has been confirmed that Ram Nath kidnapped his own nephew.
(In apposition to the noun ‘story’.)
4. It is true that boys are generally taller than girls.
(In apposition to the pronoun ‘it’.)
5. The fact is known to all that Harbhajan is a cricketer.
(In apposition to the noun ‘fact’.)

(F)

1. Finding that the situation was getting worse, the police opened fire.
2. I went to the manager finding that I had been cheated by the company.
3. Thinking that he was a stranger to the city, I helped him.
4. Mohan left the meeting saying that he could not compromise with his principles.
5. We attacked the robber knowing that he was desperate to do anything.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. The police opened fire finding that the situation was getting worse.
(Object to the participle ‘finding’.)
2. I went to the manager finding that I had been cheated by the company.
(Object to the participle ‘finding’.)
3. I helped him thinking that he was a stranger to the city.
(Object to the participle ‘thinking’.)
4. Mohan left the meeting saying that he could not compromise with his principles.    (Object to the participle ’saying’.)
5. We attacked the robber knowing that he was desperate to do anything.
(Object to the participle ‘knowing’.)

(G)

1. I want to confirm if he has a hand in it.
2. We asked him to explain what he had done.
3. She wants to know how the quarrel stafted.
4. I want to know for certain if you helped the thief.
5. I want to know why he stole the money.
Answer:

Principal Clause Noun Clause
1. I want to confirm if he has a hand in it.
(Object to the infinitive ‘to confirm’.)
2. We asked him to explain what he had done.
(Object to the infinitive ‘to explain’.)
3. She wants to know how the quarrel started.
(Object to the infinitive ‘to know’.)
4. I want to know for certain if you helped the thief.
(Object to the infinitive ‘to know’.)
5. I want to know why he stole the money.
(Object to the infinitive ‘to know’)

Pick out the Adjective Clauses from the following sentences and state the function of each.

1. She is the girl who helped me.
2. He killed the snake that bit his wife.
3. The habits that are formed in early age are difficult to break.
4. The furniture he gave us was worth nothing.
5. He who helps others is sure to be helped by God.
6. Such students as work hard are liked by all.
7. He who has no money has no friends.
8. This is the doctor who treated me.
9. This is the reason why she refused to marry Mohan.
10. There was not a single worker who did not go on strike.
11. I gave him such advice as was very useful.
12. Time once lost is lost for ever.
13. This is the school that the President visited.
14. I remember the village where I was born.
15. He is the man who displayed those magic tricks.
Answer:
The Adjective Clauses are :
1. ‘who helped me’ – Adjective Clause qaualifying the noun ‘girl’
2. ‘that bit his wife’ Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘snake?
3. ‘that are formed in early age’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘habits’.
4. ‘(that) he gave us’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘furniture’.
5. ‘who helps others’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the pronoun ‘he’.
6. as work hard. Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘students’.
7. ‘who has no money’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the pronoun ‘he’!
8. ‘who treated me’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘doctor’
9. ‘why she refused to marry Mohan’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the ‘noun reason’
10. ‘who did not go on strike’ – Adjective Clause qualifying he noun ‘worker’.
11. as was very useful – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘advice’.
12. (that is) once lost – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘time’.
13. that the President visited – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘school’.
14. where I was born – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘village’.
15. ‘who displayed those magic tricks’ – Adjective Clause qualifying the noun ‘man’.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

Pick out the Adverb Clause from each of the following sentences and state the function of each.

(A)

1. Look before you leap.
2. No sooner did the train stop than the boys jumped out.
3. Strike the iron while it is hot.
4. The plane had landed before I reached the airport.
5. As long as you work hard, we will not throw you out.
Answer:
1. before you leap’—Adverb clause showing time.
2. No sooner did the train stop? Adverb clause showing time.
3. While it is hot’ –Adverb clause showing time.
4. before I reached the airport-Adverb clause showing time.
5. As long as you work hard-Adverb clause showing time.

(B)

1. The boat sailed where the wind took it.
2. Send the scooter where it came from.
3. I’ll go with you wherever you go.
4. He gets into trouble wherever he goes.
5. Buy this book wherever you find it.
Answer:
1. where the wind took it-Adverb clause showing place.
2. where it came from –Adverb clause showing place.
3. ‘wherever you goʻ–Adverb clause showing place.
4. ‘wherever he goes’-Adverb clause showing place.
5. wherever you find it-Adverb clause showing place.

(C)

1. Since you are late, I cannot let you in.
2. You will pass the examination because you are working hard.
3. I respect her because she is kind to me.
4. I am glad that you have acted honestly.
5. He is afraid that he may be punished.
Answer:
1. “Since you are late’-Adverb clause showing reason.
2. because you are working hard-Adverb clause showing reason.
3. because she is kind to me-Adverb clause showing reason.
4. that you have acted honestly–Adverb clause showing reason.
5. that he may be punished-Adverb clause showing reason.

(D)

1. I’ll help her provided she works hard.
2. If Mohan comes late, the teacher will punish him.
3. He won’t get the book unless he comes to me.
4. If it rains, we shall stay indoors.
5. If the bus is late, we will take a taxi.
Answer:
1. ‘provided she works hard’-Adverb clause showing condition.
2. If Mohan comes late’-Adverb clause showing condition.
3. ‘unless he comes to me-Adverb clause showing condition.
4. If it rains’-Adverb clause showing condition..
5. If the bus is late-Adverb clause showing condition.

(E)

1. Mohan is as active as he is hard-working.
2. As you sow, so shall you reap.
3. Dress as you like.
4. I know French better than you do.
5. He behaves as if he was mad.
Answer:
1. as he is hard-working-Adverb clause showing extent.
2. As you sow-Adverb clause showing manner.
3. as you like’-Adverb clause showing manner.
4. better than you do’-Adverb clause showing comparison.
5. ‘as if he was mad-Adverb clause showing manner.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

(F)

1. No matter how hard up she is, she cannot be mean.
2. We shall go ahead with this business even if we suffer a great loss.
3. Although he tried hard, he did not succeed.
4. You cannot pass however hard you may try.
5. Papa did not agree though I requested him time and again.
Answer:
1. No matter how hard up she is’ — Adverb clause showing contrast.
2. ‘even if we suffer a great loss — Adverb clause showing contrast.
3. Although he tried hard’ – Adverb clause showing contrast.
4. however hard you may try – Adverb clause showing contrast.
5. though I requested him time and again’ – Adverb clause showing contrast.

Sentences तीन प्रकार के होते हैं :

1. Simple Sentence (सरल वाक्य)-जिस वाक्य की केवल एक ही Clause हो, उसे Simple Sentence कहा जाता है; जैसे
1. The boy broke his leg.
2. She washed her clothes.
3. Mohan stood first in his class.
4. I wrote a letter to my father.

2. Compound Sentence (संयुक्त वाक्य) -जिस वाक्य में दो या दो से अधिक अनाश्रित Clauses हों, उसे Compound Sentence कहा जाता है, उदाहरण के रूप में
1. Sita saw Rama and she became happy.
2. You must work hard or you will fail.
3. Many were called, but few were chosen.
4. The sun rose and the fog disappeared.
Compound Sentence की प्रत्येक Clause को Co-ordinate Clause कहा जाता है।

3. Complex Sentence (मिश्रित वाक्य) – जिस वाक्य में एक मुख्य वाक्य (Principal
Clause) हो तथा एक या एक से अधिक आश्रित वाक्य (Subordinate Clauses) हों, उसे Complex Sentence कहा जाता है।
Principal Clause को Main Clause भी कहा जाता है। Subordinate Clause को Dependent Clause भी कहा जाता है।

Kinds Of Subordinate Clauses

Subordinate Clauses तीन प्रकार की होती हैं :
1. Noun Clause
2. Adjective Clause
3. Adverb Clause

1. Noun Clause : किसी Complex Sentence में जो पद एक संज्ञा (Noun) का कार्य कर रहा हो, उसे Noun Clause कहा जाता है।
निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में तिरछे छपे हुए शब्द-समूह Noun Clause बनाते हैं :
1. That John was a thief was not known to me.
2. He was told that he must not be late again.
3. Learning that my brother had received serious injuries, I left for Shimla.

2. Adjective Clause : किसी Complex Sentence में जो पद किसी विशेषण (Adjective) का कार्य कर रहा हो, उसे Adjective Clause कहा जाता है। निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में तिरछे छपे हुए शब्द-समूह Adjective Clause बनाते हैं :
1. The company that supplied goods has failed.
2. The house where my brother lives has been sold.
3. The complaint which he made against me is false.

3. Adverb Clause : किसी Complex Sentence में जो पद किसी क्रिया-विशेषण (Adverb) का कार्य कर रहा हो, उसे Adverb Clause कहा जाता है। निम्नलिखित वाक्यों में तिरछे छपे हुए. शब्द-समूह Adverb Clause बनाते हैं :
1. When the cat is away, the mice will play.
2. Where there is a will, there is a way.
3. You should act as the doctor advises you.
अब हम Complex Sentence के सम्बन्ध में प्रत्येक प्रकार की Clause का विस्तारपूर्वक अध्ययन करेंगे।

Noun Clause

Noun Clause (संज्ञा उपवाक्य)- जिस उपवाक्य का प्रयोग प्रधान वाक्य के किसी शब्द के साथ सम्बन्ध रखने वाली संज्ञा के रूप में किया जाये, उसे Noun Clause कहा जाता है। यह संज्ञा निम्नलिखित अवस्थाओं में हो सकती हैं :
1. Subject to a Verb.
2. Object to a Verb.
3. Object to a Participle.
4. Object to an Infinitive.
5. Object to a Preposition.
6. Complement to a Verb.
7. In apposition to a Noun.
8. In apposition to a Pronoun.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

अब हम प्रत्येक प्रकार की Noun Clause का विस्तारपूर्वक अध्ययन करेंगे।

1. Subject to a Verb.
1. How she reached there is a mystery.
2. That Vinod was a thief was not known to me.
3. Whether he did so is doubtful.

2. Object to a Verb.
1. He was told that he must not be late again.
2. He asked her how old she was.
3. I always do whatever is right.

3. Object to a Participle.
1. He went there thinking that he might be able to help him.
2. Seeing that the child was drowning, I jumped into the canal.
3. Fearing that he should be late, he ran all the way to the station.

4. Object to an Infinitive.
1. I was shocked to hear that his only son had died.
2. I want to know what you are doing here.
3. He came to ask if I was going to school.

5. Object to a Preposition.
1. Listen to what your teacher says.
2. The horse will sell for what it costs.
3. They were arguing about who should do it.

6. Complement to a Verb.
1. The fact is that he knows nothing
2. We are what we think.
3. It seems that he will be a great man one day.

नोट : be (is, am, are, was, were, been), seem, look, appear, become, आदि Linking Verbs के बाद प्रयुक्त होने वाले शब्द अथवा पद Complement कहलाते हैं।

7. In apposition to a Noun.
1. They took a vow that they would die for their motherland.
2. He fufilled his promise that he would help me.
3. The rumour that war has broken out is not true.

8. In apposition to the Pronoun “it.
1. It is true that he is honest.
2. See to it that the boy is not hurt.
3. It is unfortunate that he has failed.

Adjective Clause

Adjective Clause (विशेषण उपवाक्य)-जो उपवाक्य प्रधान वाक्य के किसी शब्द के सम्बन्ध में विशेषण का काम कर रहा हो, उसे Adjective Clause कहा जाता है। Adjective Clause दो अवस्थाओं में हो सकती है।

1. Qualifying a Noun.
2. Qualifying a Pronoun. अब हम प्रत्येक प्रकार की Adjective Clause का विस्तारपूर्वक अध्ययन करेंगे।

1. Qualifying a Noun.
1. The company that supplied the goods has failed.
2. The house where your brother lived has been sold.
3. The complaint he made against me is false.

2. Qualifying a Pronoun.
1. There was none but wept.
2. He that climbs too high is liable to fall.
3. All that glitters is not gold.

Adjective Clause के प्रयोग के सम्बन्ध में ध्यान रखने योग्य कुछ ज़रूरी बातें :

(1) Adjective clause को Principal clause के साथ जोड़ने के लिए प्रायः निम्नलिखित sentence linkers का प्रयोग किया जाता है

(a) Relative Pronouns : Who, whom, whose (+ noun), that, which, as, but.
1. The boys who are playing there are my students.
2. He is the man whom I gave my book.
3. She is the girl whose book was stolen.
4. You can take the pen which you like.
5. He has cut down the tree that grew in your field.
6. Nothing but hard work pays in the long run.

(b) Relative Adverbs : When, where, why.
1. We saw the house where he was born.
2. He met me on the day when I was leaving for Mumbai.
3. I told her the reason why she had failed.

(2) Who, whom तथा whose का प्रयोग मनुष्य-जाति के लिए किया जाता है; जैसे
1. He who works hard will succeed.
2. She is the girl whom I gave my books.
3. There stands the boy whose purse has been stolen.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

(3) Whose का प्रयोग कई बार निर्जीव वस्तुओं के लिए भी कर लिया जाता है; जैसे
1. Draw a triangle whose sides are equal.
2. This is the house whose owner has died.

(4) Which का प्रयोग जानवरों और निर्जीव वस्तुओं के लिए किया जाता है; जैसे
1. The dog which bit him has been killed.
2. This is the watch which I wanted to buy.

(5) That का प्रयोग मनुष्य-जाति के लिए, जानवरों के लिए और निर्जीव वस्तुओं के लिए भी किया जा सकता हैजैसे
1. Happy is the man that (= who) is honest.
2. This is the house that (= which) I wanted to buy.
3. The man that (= whom) we were looking for has arrived.

किन्तु यह बात ध्यान रखने योग्य है कि that का प्रयोग whose, of which, in which, to whom, आदि के स्थान पर नहीं किया जा सकता है। यदि Relative Pronoun से पूर्व-स्थित संज्ञा बिना बताए ही स्पष्ट (understood) हो और वह नपुंसक लिंग की हो, तो Relative Pronoun के रूप में which की बजाए what का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे

1. I cannot tell you what has happened. [what = the thing which]
2. I have brought what he wanted. [what = the thing(s) which]

Adverb Clause

Adverb Clause किया विशेषण उपवाक्य : जो उपवाक्य प्रधान वाक्य के किसी सब्द के सम्बन्ध में क्रिया-विशेषण का काम कर रहा हो, उसे Adverb Clause कहा जाता है। यह विशेषता निम्नलिखित
1. Time
2. Place
3. Purpose
4. Reason
5. Condition
6. Result
7. Comparison
8. Contrast
9. Manner
10. Extent.

अब हम प्रयेक प्रकार की Adverb Clause का विस्तारपूर्वक अध्ययन करेंगे

1. Showing Time.
1. When the cat is away, the mice will play.
2. Wait here till I return.
3. As soon as she saw her father, she began to cry.

2. Showing Place.
1. I went where he led me.
2. You can go wherever you like.
3. Where there is a will, there is a way.

3. Showing Purpose.
1. People work so that they may earn a living.
2. He died in order that freedom might live.
3. He ran fast lest he should miss the train.

4. Showing Reason.
1. He is unable to attend school because he is ill.
2. I cannot see you as I am not keeping well.
3. Since you are over fourteen, you will have to pay full fare.

5. Showing Condition.
1. If you work hard, you will succeed.
2. I will not go there unless you accompany me.
3. In case you come to me, I will help you.

6. Showing Result (or Effect).
1. It was so dark that we could hardly see a foot before us.
2. He is so weak that he cannot move about.
3. He is such a dull boy that he cannot understand it.

7. Showing Comparison.
1. He is as intelligent as his brother.
2. You are stronger than I am.
3. I can run faster than you.

8. Showing Contrast.
1. Although he is poor, he is honest.
2. The teacher gave him pass marks, though he deserved less.
3. Weak as he is, he does his duty.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Simple, Complex and Compound Sentences

9. Showing Manner.
1. You should follow me as I follow him.
2. He ran as if he were mad.
3. You should act as the doctor advises.

10. Showing Extent.
1. So far as I know, he has left the place.
2. The more you have, the more you want.
3. The higher you go, the cooler it is.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Long Answer Type Questions:

Name the sincere Sikh who searched for the Ninth Guru and why?
Or
Which Sikh devotee identified the ninth Guru and why?
Or
Who found Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and why?
Or
Who discovered the ninth Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and how?
Answer:
Before immersing with. Immortal in 1664 A.D., Guru Har Krishan Ji had hinted to the Sikh Sangat that his successor would be found at Baba Bakala. When the news reached Baba Bakala that Guru Sahib had immersed with Immortal without naming the next Guru, 22 imposters grabbed this golden opportunity and established 22 ManjitiTat- Baba Bakala. Each one of them called himself the real Guru. It was a moment of great crisis for the Sikh Panth. At such a time, a sincere Sikh, Makhan Shah Lubana found the solution to this crisis. He was a trader. Once, when his ship was caught in a storm on the high seas, he prayed to Guru Sahib, with pure heart that he would offer 500 gold mothers at the feet of Guru Ji if his ship was saved. With the blessings of Guru Ji, his ship was saved from being sunk. As per his promise, he reached Baba Bakala along with his family to offer 500 gold mohars. He was taken aback when he found 22 Gurus. He made a plan to search out the real Guru.

He went to every ‘guru’ turn by’ turn and offered two Mohars each. The impostor gurus gladly accepted these. Last of all when Makhan Shah Lubana offered two Mohars to Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, the latter said, ‘When your ship was sinking, you promised to offer 500 Mohars and now you are offering only two.” On hearing it, he was overjoyed. He went atop a house and shouted aloud, “Guru Ladho Re, Guru Ladho re,” which meant that I have found the real Guru. In this way the Sikhs accepted Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji as their Guru.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2.
Give a brief account of the travels of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
What do you know about the travels of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
During his pontificate (1664-1675 A.D.), Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji travelled extensively in and outside Punjab. The object of these travels was to dispel the ignorance of people and to preach Sikhism. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji started his travels in 1664 A.D. from Amritsar. Thereafter, he went to Walla, Ghukewali, Khadur Sahib, Goindwal Sahib, Tarn Taran, Khem Karan, Kiratpur Sahib and Bilaspur etc. After his travels in the Punjab Guru Ji travelled to the east of India. During this travel, he visited Saifabad, Dhamdhan, Delhi, Mathura, Barindaban, Agra, Kanpur, Prayag, Banaras, Gaya, Patna, Dacca (Dhaka) and Assam etc. After these travels, Guru Ji visited many famous places of Punjab along with his family. His travels proved very useful for the development of Sikhism. People in a large number came into the fold of Sikhism.

Question 3.
Give a brief account of the five travels of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji soon after assuming Guruship, undertook travels in and out of Punjab. The aim of these travels was to spread Sikhism and convey the message of truth and love to the people.

1. Amritsar: First of all Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached Amritsar from Baba. Bakala in November, 1664 A.D. At that time, the Harmandir Sahib was under the control of Prithi Chand’s grandson, Harji Mina. When he heard the news of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s arrival he closed all the doors of the Harmandir Sahib so that Guru Sahib might not enter it. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached there and found the door closed, he patiently sat for some time under a tree near the Akal Takht Sahib. Today at this place there is a small Gurdwara which is known as “Tham Sahib” or ‘The Sahib’.

2. Walla and Ghukewali : From Amritsar Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji went to a village named Walla. The women of this place vigorously participated in the Sangat and Pangat. Consequently, the Guru blessed them. After Walla, Guru Sahib went to a village called Ghukewali. Since there were mdhy trees in this village, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib named it‘Guru Ka Bagh’.

3. Banaras : After the travel of Paryag, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached ‘ Banaras. Here, the Sikh devotees thronged in large numbers to pay respect to Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and listen to his exhortations. The people of this place held the view that a bath in the Karamnash river washes away all the good deeds of a person. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib bathed in this river and said that nothing could be achieved or lost with a bath. As a man sows, so does he reap.

4. Patna : In 1666 A.D. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached Patna. Here the Sikh Sangat gave him a rousing reception. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji told the people the real meaning of life and enlightened them with principles of Sikhism. He sublimated Patna by calling it ‘Guru Da Ghar’ (the home of God). Leaving his wife and mother here, Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji proceeded to Munghyr.

5. Dhaka: Dhaka was a chief centre of Sikhism. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached here the masses gave him a warm welcome. As a result of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s propagation, people in large number embraced Sikhism. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji enjoined on the Sangats to rise above worldly attachments and bonds of casteism, and recite God’s name.

Question 4.
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Or
Highlight the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Study the causes responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
1. Enmity between the Mughals and the Sikhs: The relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals were cordial till 1605 A.D. But, when in 1606 A.D., the Mughal emperor Jahangir martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the situation took a new turn. During the reign of Aurangzeb, the enmity between the Sikhs and the Mughals was further intensified. This growing bitterness became the most potent cause of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.

2. Fanaticism of Aurangzeb : In 1658 A.D., Aurangzeb became the new emperor of the Mughals. He was a staunch Sunni Muslim. He wanted to see Islam flourish in every nook and corner of India. During his reign people were forced to embrace Islam at the point of sword. Aurangzeb ordered a decree that all Sikh Gurdwaras should be demolished.

3. Impact of Naqsjbbandis on Aurangzeb: Naqshbandi was a sect of fanatic Muslims. This sect exercised a great influence upon Aurangzeb. The growing popularity of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was intolerable for this sect. The Naqshbandis panicked lest the awakening among the masses and development of Sikh religion should endanger Islam. So they started instigating Aurangzeb.

4. Spread of Sikhism: Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji undertook a number of travels in states like Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Bengal, Bihar, Assam etc. Impressed by his teachings thousands of people embraced Sikh religion. In order to accelerate the propagation of Sikh religion, he appointed Sikh missionaries. It was all beyond Aurangzeb’s power of tolerance to see the rapidly growing power of Sikhism.

5. Call of Kashmiri Pandits : Governor of Kashmir Sher Afghan forced the Pandits to embrace Islam. When they found no way out to save their faith, a sixteen member deputation led by Pandit Kirpa Ram met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Chakk Nanaki, (Sri Anandpur Sahib) on 25th May, 1675 A.D. Guru felt greatly pleased and advised the Pandits to make a representation to the emperor stating that if the Guru could be converted to Islam they would, of their own accord, accept Islam.

Question 5.
Discuss the role played by ‘Naqashbandis’ in the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Naqashbandis was a fanatic sect of Sunni Muslims. This sect had a great influence on Aurangzeb. The growing popularity of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, spread of Sikhism and the Muslim tilt towards Guru Ji was unbearable for this sect. Naqashbandis feared that the awakening among people and the growth of Sikhism might pose a danger for Islam. Consequently, their leader Sheikh Masum left no stone unturned to incite Aurangzeb to take stern steps to curb Sikhism. His action added fuel to the fire. As a result, Aurangzeb resolved to take steps against Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. Thus we can say undoubtedly that Naqashbandis have played a major role in the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Question 6.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
The Pandits living in Kashmir were firm believers in their religion and culture. The Hindus all over India revered them. Aurangzeb thought if these Kashmiri Pandits were converted to Islam the Hindus living in other parts of India would readily follow their example. With this object in view Aurangzeb appointed Sher Afghan as the Governor of Kashmir. Sher Afghan forced the Pandits to embrace Islam. When they found no way out to save their faith, deputation led by Pandit Kirpa Ram met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Sri Anandpur Sahib on 25th May, 1675 A.D. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji heard the heart-rending atrocities being committed on the Kashmiri Pandits he was deeply touched. The Guru sat in deep thought. Tradition has it that at that moment the young Gobind Rai who was at that time 9 years old, entered the chamber where the Guru Ji sat along with the Kashmiri Pandits. He enquired from his father what had happened.

The Guru Ji told Gobind Rai that Aurangzeb had let loose a reign of terror. It called for a great holy man who was willing to sacrifice himself on the altar of religion. Without hesitation, Gobind Rai replied, “Who can be nobler than you, father?” On hearing this reply from the child, Guru Ji felt greatly pleasedjind decided to sacrifice himself for the protection of Hindu religion. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji then advised the Pandits to make a representation to the Emperor stating that if the Guru could be converted to Islam they would, of their own accord, adopt Islam. Then-Aurangzeb ordered the Governor of Lahore to have Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib arrested.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 7.
Evaluate the historical importance of martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
What were the five significant results of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Or
What were the five results of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
1. Great Historical Event : The history of the world is replete with sacrifices. These sacrifices were made either for the protection of one’s religion or for the sake of the country. But Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made supreme sacrifice for the protection of the downtrodden and for the protection of that religion to which, he himself did not belong. This example has no parallel in the history of the world. That is why Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji is called ‘Hind Di Chadar’.

2. Feeling of Revenge among Sikhs : The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji sent a wave of hatred and revenge in the whole Punjab against the Mughal empire. The people swore to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals.

3. Protection of Hinduism : Aurangzeb wanted to convert the whole of India to Islam. With this end in view he had let loose a reign of terror. A large number of Hindus were daily put to death. Consequently, many Hindus had started adopting Islam. The very existence of the Hindu religion was exposed to a great danger. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji gave his own sacrifice in order to protect the Hindu faith.

4. Creation of the Khalsa : The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made it clear to the Sikhs that in order to defend their religion it was most essential for them to wear arms. With this end in view and to infuse a new spirit in the Sikhs, Guru Gobind Singh Ji performed a great deed by creating the Khalsa Panth on the day of Baisakhi in 1699 A.D. The creation of the Khalsa gave birth to such a fearless community,, which thoroughly smashed the powerful rule of the Mughals and the Afghans in Punjab.

5. Battles between the Sikhs and the Mughals : A long drawn battle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals in the wake of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom. In these battles, the Sikhs had to face innumerable hardships but they stood firm like a rock. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs with their matchless bravery shook the very foundations of the great Mughal empire.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief description of the early life of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was the ninth Guru of the Sikhs. The period of his pontificate was from 1664 to 1675 A.D. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji undertook tours to various places in and outside Punjab to spread Sikhism. He commenced a new era in the history of India by courting martyrdom for the protection of Hinduism. A brief description of early career of Guru Tegh Bahabur is as under :

1. Birth and Parentage : Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib was born on 1st April, 1621 A.D. at Amritsar. He was the fifth and the youngest son of Guru Hargobind Ji. His mother’s name was Nanaki. His father predicted that this child would follow the path of truth and religion. He would save the country from disaster and cut the roots of tyranny and oppression. Guru Hargobind Ji’s prediction proved to be true.

2. Childhood and Education : The childhood name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was Tyag Mai. When he was five, arrangement was made for his education. He had the good fortune of getting education from Baba Buddha Ji and Bhai Gurdas Ji. He acquired the thorough knowledge of Punjabi, Brij and Sanskrit, History, Philosophy, Arithmetic and Music. He was also imparted training in horse-riding and use of weapons. In the battle of Kartarpur, he found the opportunity to display his bravery. His father Hargobind Sahib was greatly impressed by it and he changed his name to Tegh Bahadur.

3. Marriage : Tegh Bahadur Ji was married to Gujari who was the daughter of Lai Chand, a resident of Kartarpur. He was blessed with a son named Gobind Das.

4. Settlement at Bakala : Before his death in 1645 A.D. Guru Hargobind Ji nominated his grandson Har Rai Ji as his successor. At this instance, Tegh Bahadur Ji with his wife Gujari and mother Nanaki came to settle at Bakala. Here Tegh Bahadur Ji lived for 20 years.

5. Assumption of Guruship : In 1664 A.D. at Delhi, before breathing his last, Guru Har Kishan Sahib gave a hint to the Sikh Sangat that their next Guru- would be found at Bakala. When the news reached Baba Bakala twenty-two Sodhis, set up their twenty-two ‘Manjis’. Everyone declared himself to be the real Guru. At this juncture a Sikh named Makhan Shah Lubana found a solution. He was a trader. Once when his ship was caught in a sea-storm and was about to sink, he prayed faithfully, that if his ship reached the shore safely, he would offer 500 gold-mohars (coins) at his Guru’s feet. In order to keep his word, he along with his family came to Baba Bakala to offer 500 mohars at Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib’s feet.

He was bewildered to see 22 impostor gurus. He conceived of an idea to find out the real Guru. One by one, he went to each Guru and offered two mohars. The impostor gurus were delighted to receive two mohars. When Makhan Shah finally reached Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and offered him two mohars, Guru Sahib said, “You promised to offer 500 mohars, when your ship was about to sink but now you are offering only two mohars.” On hearing this Makhan Shah felt very glad and shouted loudly from the roof of the house : “Guru ladho re, Guru ladho re ” which meant “Guru has been found, Guru has been found”. In this way, the Sikhs accepted Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji as their ninth Guru. He held Guruship from 1664 AD. to 1675 AD.

6. Opposition of Dhir Mai: Dhir Mai, the elder brother of Guru Har Rai Ji, had been seeking for Guruship for long. One of the twenty-two ‘Manjis’ set up at Baba Bakala, was that of Dhir Mai also. When Dhir Mai received the news that the Sikhs had accepted Tegh Bahadur Ji as their Guru he alohg with hundred armed men raided the house of the Guru. This incident provoked the Sikhs. They arrested and produced Dhir Mai before Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib but he forgave Dhir Mai when the latter begged to be pardonded.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Travels Of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji:

Question 2.
Give a brief account of the religious tours of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Narrate the travels undertaken by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji for preaching Sikhisms.
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji soon after assuming Guruship, undertook travels in and out of Punjab. The aim of these travels was to spread Sikhism and convey the message of truth and love to the people. Writing about the purpose of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s travels, S.S. Johar aptly says, “Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji thought it necessary to infuse a new life and rekindle a new spirit among the people.”

Travels of the Punjab:

1. Amritsar: First of all Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Amritsar from Baba Bakala in November, 1664 A.D. At that time, the Harmandir Sahib was under the control of Prithi Chand’s grandson, Harji Mina. He, with the help of some corrupt Masands had declared himself the Guru. When, he heard the news of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib’s arrival. So, he closed all the doors of the Harmandir Sahib so that Guru Sahib might not enter it. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached there and found the door closed, he patiently sat for some time under a tree near the Akal Takht Sahib. Today at this place there is a small Gurdwara which is known as “Tham Sahib” or ‘Thara Sahib’.

2. Walla and Ghukewali: From Amritsar Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji went to a village named Walla. The women of this place vigorously participated in the Sangat and Pangat. Consequently, the Guru blessed them. After Walla, Guru Sahib went to a village called Ghukewali. Since there were many trees in this village, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib named it ‘Guru Ka Bagh’.

3. Khadur Sahib, Goindwal Sahib, Tarn Taran, Khemkaran etc : From Khadur Sahib and Goindwal Sahib, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Tarn Taran. Tarn Taran had become a famous propagation centre of Sikhism. Afterwards Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib ^went to Khemkaran. Here a devout named, Chaudhary Raghupat Rai presented Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib a mare.

4. Kiratpur Sahib and Bilaspur: After his travels in the Majha region, Guru Sahib reached Kiratpur Sahib. At the invitation of Rani Champa, he reached Bilaspur. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib stayed here for three days. During his stay Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib purchased a piece of land at Makhowal for Rs. 500 from the Rani. Here Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib founded a new town in June 1665 A.D. which was named ‘Chak Nanaki’ after the name of his mother. Later on, it became famous as Sri Anandpur (The City of Bliss) Sahib.

Travels of Eastern India:

After the travels of Punjab, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib started his travels of Eastern India. A brief account of these travels is as follows :

5. Saifabad and Dhamdhan: In August 1665 A.D. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Saifabad and Dhamdhan. Here the people congregated in large numbers to pay respect to Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib. Aurangzeb could not tolerate the increasing propagation of Sikhism. He sent Alam Khan Rohilla to Dhamdhan to arrest Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib. Consequently, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib was apprehended in November 1665 A.D. and brought to Delhi.

6. Mathura and Brindaban : From Delhi Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib went to Mathura and Brindaban. Here the Guru explained to his audience the virtue of prayer and the value of service to the people.

7. Agra and Prayag: From Mathura, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Agra. Here, he stayed at the house of an aged devotee, Mai Jassi. After this, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib went to Prayag. Here Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib met a group of saints and yogis. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib preached them ‘Sadho Man Ke Maan Tiyago’ (O saints shun your pride).

8. Banaras : After the travel of Paryag, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Banaras. Here, the Sikh devotees thronged in large numbers to pay respect to Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and listen to his exhortations. The people of this place held the view that a bath in the Karamnash river washes away all the good deeds of a person. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib bathed in this river and said that nothing could be achieved or lost with a bath. As a man sows, so does he reap.

9. Sasram and Gaya. From Banaras Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Sasram. Here a devotee Sikh ‘Masand Phaggu Shah’ served Guru Sahib very sincerely. Then Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji visited Gaya which was the chief centre of Buddhism. Here Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib denounced casteism and preached worship of one God.

10. Patna : In 1666 A.D. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib reached Patna. Here the Sikh Sangat gave him a rousing reception. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib told the people the real meaning of life and enlightened them with principles of Sikhism. He sublimated Patna by calling it ‘Guru Da Ghar’ (the home of God). Leaving his wife and mother here,. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib proceeded to Munghyr.

11. Dhaka: Dhaka was a chief centre of Sikhism, When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached here the masses gave him a warm welcome. As a result of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib’s propagation, people in large number embraced Sikhism. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib enjoined on the Sangats to *ise above worldly attachments and bonds of casteism, and recite God’s name.

12. Assam : On the request of Ram Singh, the ruler of Ambar, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib went with him to Assam. The Assamese were deft at sorcery. Out of this fear the Mughal forces were always defeated by the Assamese rulers. This time in the presence of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib, their sorcery failed and they had to face defeat. They came to pay obeisance to this great man, who frustrated their sorcery, and also begged pardon of him.
After this Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib with his family returned to Punjab and settled at Chak Nanaki.

Tours of Malwa and Bangar Region:

In the middle of 1673 A.D. Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib revisited the Malwa and Bangar regions of Punjab. During this tour, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib visited many places. Of these Saifabad, Mallowal, Sakha, Dhilwan Joga, Khiwa, Khiala, Maur, Talwandi Sabo, Bathinda and Damdhan were prominent. During these travels, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib completely identified himself with the sorrows and sufferings of the people. Through his message and teachings, he tried to awaken the people to their responsibility and grim realities of human existence. Impressed

Martyrdom of Guru Tech Bahabur Ji:

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 3.

What were the causes responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji? When, where and how he was executed?
Or
What were the main causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and what is its importance?
Or
Describe the causes and significance of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Describe the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. What were the effects of his martyrdom?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom is a unique event of world history. History is replete with many examples of such great men, who sacrificed their lives for the protection of their religion or their country. But it is difficult to find an example of martyrs like Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, who sacrificed his life for the protection of others’ religion.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom Img 1

Causes of Martyrdom:

1. Enmity between the Mughals and the Sikhs : The relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals were cordial till 1605 A.D. But, when in 1606 A.D., the Mughal emperor martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the situation took a new turn. He detained Guru Hargobind Sahib in the fort of Gwalior for two years. During the reign of Shah Jahan, Guru Hargobind Ji had to fight four battles against the Mughals. During the reign of Aurangzeb, the enmity between the Sikhs and the Mughals was further intensified. This growing bitterness became the most potent cause of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.

2. Fanaticism of Aurangzeb : In 1658 A.D., Aurangzeb became the new emperor of the Mughals. He was a staunch Sunni Muslim. He wanted to see Islam flourish in every nook and corner of India. He got many famous temples of the Hindus demolished and mosques built in their places. Restrictions were imposed on Hindu festivals and ceremonies. During his reign people were forced to embrace Islam at the point of sword. Aurangzeb ordered a decree that all Sikh Gurdwaras should be demolished. According to Dr. I.B. Banerjee, “Necessarily on the ‘accession of Aurangzeb the entire policy of the Empire was reversed and a new era commenced.”

3. Impact of Naqshbandis on Aurangzeb : Naqshbandi was a sect of fanatic Muslims. This sect exercised a great influence upon Aurangzeb. The growing popularity of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib was intolerable for this sect. The Naqshbandis panicked lest the awakening among the masses and development of Sikh religion should endanger Islam. So they started instigating Aurangzeb.

4. Spread of Sikhism : Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib undertook a number of travels in states like Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Bengal, Bihar, Assam etc. Impressed by his teachings thousands of people embraced Sikh religion. In order to accelerate the propagation of Sikh religion, he appointed Sikh missionaries. It was all beyond Aurangzeb’s power of tolerance to see the rapidly growing power of Sikhism.

5. Enmity of Ram Rai: Ram Rai was the elder brother of Guru Har Krishan Ji. When Sikh Sangat accepted Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji as their next Guru, he could not reconcile with the turn of the tide. He wanted to snatch the Gurgaddi by force. However, when all his tactics to capture Gurgaddi failed, he started poisoning Aurangzeb’s ears against Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib.

6. Call of Kashmiri Pandits : The Pandits living in Kashmir were firm believers in their religion and culture. The Hindus all over India revered them. Aurangzeb thought if these Kashmiri Pandits were converted to Islam the Hindus living in other parts of India would readily follow their example. With this object in view Aurangzeb appointed Sher Afghan as the Governor of Kashmir. Sher Afghan forced the Pandits to embrace Islam. When they found no way out to save their faith, a sixteen member deputation led by Pandit Kirpa Ram met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Chakk Nanaki, (Sri Anandpur Sahib) on 25th May, 1675 A.D. They sought Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s help. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji heard the heart-rending atrocities being committed on the Kashmiri Pandits, he was deeply touched. It was the Gordian knot that had to be cut. The Guru sat in deep thought. At that moment the young Gobind Rai, who was at that time 9 years old, entered the chamber where the Guru sat along with the Kashmiri Pandits. He was struck with the unusual stillness of the room and enquired from his father what had happened.

The Guru told Gobind Rai that Aurangzeb had let loose a reign of terror. Someone had to face the emperor and tell him that he was treading a wrong path. It was a stupendous task. It called for a great holy man, who was willing to sacrifice himself on the altar of religion. Without hesitation, Gobind Rai replied, “Who can be nobler than you, father?” On hearing this reply from the child, Guru felt greatly pleased and advised the Pandits to make a representation to the emperor stating that if the Guru could be converted to Islam they would, of their own accord, accept Islam.

How was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji Martyred?:

Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji with his three companions Bhai Mati Das Ji, Bhai Sati Das Ji and Bhai Dyala Ji proceeded from Chakk Nanaki (Sri Anandpur Sahib) to Delhi on July 11,1675 A.D. Mughal official arrested Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and his companions near Ropar. He was kept in a prison at Sirhind for four months. As ordered by Aurangzeb, he was taken to Delhi on 6th November, 1675 A.D. and produqed in his court. Aurangzeb suggested him to embrace Islam and also threatened to put him to death in case, he refused to do so. But, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and his three companions categorically refused to embrace Islam. In order to demoralise Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib, his three companions Bhai Mati Das Ji, Bhai Sati Das Ji and Bhai Dyala Ji were tortured to death before him. After this Guru Sahib was asked to show some miracle but Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib refused to oblige. Consequently, on 11th November, 1675 A.D. he was beheaded at Chandni Chowk in Delhi. According to the famous historians Harbans Singh and L.M. Joshi, “This was a most moving and earthshaking event in the history of India.”

At the place, where Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred, stands the Gurdwara Sis Ganj. On the fateful night, a devotee, Bhai Lakhi Shah, with the help of his sons brought the body of the Guru to his home in a cart covered with heavy cotton bales. In order to cremate the body of the Guru, he instantly set his house on fire. Gurdwara Rakab Ganj stands here, today.

Significance of the Martyrdom:

The great martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji shook the whole humanity. This martyrdom marked the beginning of a new era not only in the history of Punjab, but also in the history of India. In the words of Dr. Trilochan Singh,
“The impact of the great sacrifice of Guru Tegh Bahadur was extremely powerful and far-reaching in its consequences on the Sikh people.”

1. Great Historical Event: The history of the world is replete with sacrifices. These sacrifices were made either for the protection of one’s religion or for the sake of the country. But Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made supreme sacrifice for the protection of the downtrodden and for the protection of that religion to which, he himself did not belong. This example has no parallel in the history of the world. That is, why Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji is called ‘Hind Di Chadar’.

2. Feeling of Revenge among Sikhs : The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji sent a wave of hatred and revenge in the whole Punjab against the Mughal empire. The people swore to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals.

3. Protection of Hinduism : Aurangzeb wanted to convert the whole of India to Islam. With this end in view he had let loose a reign of terror. A large number of Hindus were daily put to death. Consequently, many Hindus had started adopting Islam. The very existence of the Hindu religion was exposed to a great danger. Under such times, when the Hindus saw no ray of hope, Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji gave his own sacrifice in order to protect the Hindu faith. This martyrdom made it clear to Aurangzeb that it was totally impossible to convert the whole Hindu community to Islam.

4. Creation of the Khalsa : The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made it clear to the Sikhs that in order to defend their religion it was most essential for them to wear arms. With this end in view and to infuse a new spirit in the Sikhs, Guru Gobind Singh performed a great deed by creating the Khalsa Panth on the day of Baisakhi in 1699 A.D. The creation of the Khalsa gave birth to such a fearless community, which thoroughly smashed the powerful rule of the Mughals and the Afghans in Punjab.

5. Beginning of the Tradition of Sacrifice*: After the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, a tradition of making sacrifice for religion started among the Sikhs. While treading this path, Guru Gobind Singh Ji underwent several untold sufferings. His younger sons were bricked up alive in a wall. The elder sons and many devoted Sikhs, who were beloveds of Guru Sahib fell .martyrs in battles. After Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Banda Singh Bahadur along with hundreds of Sikhs gave their sacrifices. After Mughals, the Afghans subjected the Sikhs to untold and unbearable sufferings. The blood of the martyrs infused a new confidence amongst the Sikhs.

6. Battles between the Sikhs and the Mughals : A long drawn battle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals in the wake of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom. In these battles, the Sikhs had to face innumerable hardships but they stood firm like a rock. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs with their matchless bravery shook the very foundations of the great Mughal empire. Finally, we agree to these words of famous historian, S.S. Johar, “The Martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur was an event of great significance in the history of India. It had far-reaching consequences.”

Question 4.
The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji had far-reaching consequences on Sikh History. Discuss.
Answer:

Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom is a unique event of world history. History is replete with many examples of such great men, who sacrificed their lives for the protection of their religion or their country. But it is difficult to find an example of martyrs like Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, who sacrificed his life for the protection of others’ religion.

Causes of Martyrdom:

1. Enmity between the Mughals and the Sikhs : The relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals were cordial till 1605 A.D. But, when in 1606 A.D., the Mughal emperor martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the situation took a new turn. He detained Guru Hargobind Sahib in the fort of Gwalior for two years. During the reign of Shah Jahan, Guru Hargobind Ji had to fight four battles against the Mughals. During the reign of Aurangzeb, the enmity between the Sikhs and the Mughals was further intensified. This growing bitterness became the most potent cause of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.

2. Fanaticism of Aurangzeb : In 1658 A.D., Aurangzeb became the new emperor of the Mughals. He was a staunch Sunni Muslim. He wanted to see Islam flourish in every nook and corner of India. He got many famous temples of the Hindus demolished and mosques built in their places. Restrictions were imposed on Hindu festivals and ceremonies. During his reign people were forced to embrace Islam at the point of sword. Aurangzeb ordered a decree that all Sikh Gurdwaras should be demolished. According to Dr. I.B. Banerjee,
“Necessarily on the ‘accession of Aurangzeb the entire policy of the Empire was reversed and a new era commenced.”

3. Impact of Naqshbandis on Aurangzeb : Naqshbandi was a sect of fanatic Muslims. This sect exercised a great influence upon Aurangzeb. The growing popularity of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib was intolerable for this sect. The Naqshbandis panicked lest the awakening among the masses and development of Sikh religion should endanger Islam. So they started instigating Aurangzeb.

4. Spread of Sikhism : Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib undertook a number of travels in states like Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Bengal, Bihar, Assam etc. Impressed by his teachings thousands of people embraced Sikh religion. In order to accelerate the propagation of Sikh religion, he appointed Sikh missionaries. It was all beyond Aurangzeb’s power of tolerance to see the rapidly growing power of Sikhism.

5. Enmity of Ram Rai: Ram Rai was the elder brother of Guru Har Krishan Ji. When Sikh Sangat accepted Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji as their next Guru, he could not reconcile with the turn of the tide. He wanted to snatch the Gurgaddi by force. However, when all his tactics to capture Gurgaddi failed, he started poisoning Aurangzeb’s ears against Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib.

6. Call of Kashmiri Pandits : The Pandits living in Kashmir were firm believers in their religion and culture. The Hindus all over India revered them. Aurangzeb thought if these Kashmiri Pandits were converted to Islam the Hindus living in other parts of India would readily follow their example. With this object in view Aurangzeb appointed Sher Afghan as the Governor of Kashmir. Sher Afghan forced the Pandits to embrace Islam. When they found no way out to save their faith, a sixteen member deputation led by Pandit Kirpa Ram met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Chakk Nanaki, (Sri Anandpur Sahib) on 25th May, 1675 A.D. They sought Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s help. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji heard the heart-rending atrocities being committed on the Kashmiri Pandits, he was deeply touched. It was the Gordian knot that had to be cut.

The Guru sat in deep thought. At that moment the young Gobind Rai, who was at that time 9 years old, entered the chamber where the Guru sat along with the Kashmiri Pandits. He was struck with the unusual stillness of the room and enquired from his father what had happened. The Guru told Gobind Rai that Aurangzeb had let loose a reign of terror. Someone had to face the emperor and tell him that he was treading a wrong path. It was a stupendous task. It called for a great holy man, who was willing to sacrifice himself on the altar of religion. Without hesitation, Gobind Rai replied, “Who can be nobler than you, father?” On hearing this reply from the child, Guru felt greatly pleased and advised the Pandits to make a representation to the emperor stating that if the Guru could be converted to Islam they would, of their own accord, accept Islam.

How was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji Martyred?

Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji with his three companions Bhai Mati Das Ji, Bhai Sati Das Ji and Bhai Dyala Ji proceeded from Chakk Nanaki (Sri Anandpur Sahib) to Delhi on July 11, 1675 A.D. Mughal official arrested Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and his companions near Ropar. He was kept in a prison at Sirhind for four months. As ordered by Aurangzeb, he was taken to Delhi on 6th November 1675 A.D. and produced in his court. Aurangzeb suggested he to embrace Islam and also threatened to put him to death in case, he refused to do so. But, Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib and his three companions categorically refused to embrace Islam.

In order to demoralise Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib, his three companions Bhai Mati Das Ji, Bhai Sati Das Ji and Bhai Dyala Ji were tortured to death before him. After this Guru Sahib was asked to show some miracle but Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib refused to oblige. Consequently, on 11th November 1675 A.D., he was beheaded at Chandni Chowk in Delhi. According to the famous historians Harbans Singh and L.M. Joshi,
“This was a most moving and earthshaking event in the history of India.”

At the place, where Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred, stands the Gurdwara Sis Ganj. On the fateful night, a devotee, Bhai Lakhi Shah, with the help of his sons brought the body of the Guru to his home in a cart covered with heavy cotton bales. In order to cremate the body of the Guru, he instantly set his house on fire. Gurdwara Rakab Ganj stands here, today.

Significance of the Martyrdom:

The great martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji shook the whole of humanity. This martyrdom marked the beginning of a new era not only in the history of Punjab but also in the history of India. In the words of Dr Trilochan Singh, “The impact of the great sacrifice of Guru Tegh Bahadur was extremely powerful and far-reaching in its consequences on the Sikh people.”

1. Great Historical Event: The history of the world is replete with sacrifices. These sacrifices were made either for the protection of one’s religion or for the sake of the country. But Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made supreme sacrifice for the protection of the downtrodden and for the protection of that religion to which, he himself did not belong. This example has no parallel in the history of the world. That is, why Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji is called ‘Hind Di Chadar’.

2. Feeling of Revenge among Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji sent a wave of hatred and revenge in the whole Punjab against the Mughal empire. The people swore to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals.

3. Protection of Hinduism: Aurangzeb wanted to convert the whole of India to Islam. With this end in view, he had let loose a reign of terror. A large number of Hindus were daily put to death. Consequently, many Hindus had started adopting Islam. The very existence of the Hindu religion was exposed to great danger. During such times, when the Hindus saw no ray of hope, Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji gave his own sacrifice in order to protect the Hindu faith. This martyrdom made it clear to Aurangzeb that it was totally impossible to convert the whole Hindu community to Islam.

4. Creation of the Khalsa: The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji made it clear to the Sikhs that in order to defend their religion it was most essential for them to wear arms. With this end in view and to infuse a new spirit in the Sikhs, Guru Gobind Singh performed a great deed by creating the Khalsa Panth on the day of Baisakhi in 1699 A.D. The creation of the Khalsa gave birth to such a fearless community, which thoroughly smashed the powerful rule of the Mughals and the Afghans in Punjab.

5. Beginning of the Tradition of Sacrifice*: After the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, a tradition of making sacrifices for religion started among the Sikhs. While treading this path, Guru Gobind Singh Ji underwent several untold sufferings. His younger sons were bricked up alive in a wall. The elder sons and many devoted Sikhs, who were beloveds of Guru Sahib fell .martyrs in battles. After Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Banda Singh Bahadur along with hundreds of Sikhs gave their sacrifices. After the Mughals, the Afghans subjected the Sikhs to untold and unbearable sufferings. The blood of the martyrs infused new confidence amongst the Sikhs.

6. Battles between the Sikhs and the Mughals: A long-drawn battle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals in the wake of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom. In these battles, the Sikhs had to face innumerable hardships but they stood firm like a rock. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs with their matchless bravery shook the very foundations of the great Mughal empire. Finally, we agree to these words of the famous historian, S.S. Johar, “The Martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur was an event of great significance in the history of India. It had far-reaching consequences.”

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Name the sincere Sikh who searched for the Ninth Guru and why?
Or
Which Sikh devotee identified the ninth Guru and why?
Or
Who searched Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and why?
Answer:
Before breathing his last in 1664 A.D., Guru Har Krishan Ji had hinted to the Sikh Sangat that their successor would be found at Baba Bakala. At this 22 impostors grabbed the opportunity and established 22 Manjis at Baba Bakala. Each one of them called himself, the real Guru. At such a time, a sincere Sikh, Makhan Shah Lubana found the solution to this crisis. When Makhan Shah Lubana offered two mohars to Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji, the latter said, “When your ship was sinking, you promised to offer 500 mohars and now you are offering only two.” On hearing it, he was overjoyed. He went &top a house and shouted aloud, “Guru Ladho Re, Guru Ladho re,” which meant that I have found the real Guru.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2.
Give a brief account of the travels of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
What do you know about the travels of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
During his pontificate (1664-1675 A.D.), Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji travelled extensively in and outside Punjab. The object of these travels was to dispel the ignorance of people and to preach Sikhism. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji started his travels in 1664 A.D. from Amritsar. After his travels in the Punjab Guru Ji travelled to the east of India. His travels proved very useful for the development of Sikhism.

Question 3.
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Or
Highlight the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Write any three causes of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Study the causes responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Write down the main reasons for the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:

  • Aurangzeb’s fanaticism became the main cause of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom,
  • Aurangzeb could not tolerate the existence of any other religion except Islam,
  • Ram Rai incited Aurangzeb against Guru Ji, as he himself wanted to get Guruship.
  • The outcry of Kashmiri Pandits to save the Hindu religion became the immediate cause of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.

Question 4.
Discuss the role played by ‘Naqshbandis’ in the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Naqashbandis was a fanatic sect of Sunni Muslims. The growing popularity of Guru Ji, spread of Sikhism and the Muslim tilt towards Guru Ji was unbearable for this sect. Consequently, their leader Shaikh Masoom left no stone unturned to incite Aurangzeb to take stern steps to curb Sikhism. His action added fuel to the fire. As a result, Aurangzeb resolved to take steps against Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. ’

Question 5.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Or
Why did Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji help the Kashmiri Brahmans?
Answer:
During the reign of Aurangzeb Sher Afghan, the Governor of Kashmir forced the Pandits to embrace Islam. When they found no way out to save their faith, a deputation led by Pandit Kirpa Ram met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Sri Anandpur Sahib on 25th May, 1675 A.D. When Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji heard the heart-rending atrocities being committed on the Kashmiri Pandits, he was deeply touched. So Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji decided to sacrifice himself for the protection of Hindu religion.

Question 6.
Evaluate the historical importance of martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Explain the importance of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
What is the importance of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?

Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji had far-reaching consequences. The whole of Punjab began to bum with indignation as a result of this martyrdom. It also proved that tyranny would continue to be perpetuated as long as there was the Mughal rule. So Guru Gobind Singh Ji resolved to put an end to the tyranny and injustice of the Mughals. With this end in view, he founded Khalsa Panth in 1699 A.D. After it a long-drawn struggle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals. It shattered the very foundation of the Mughal empire.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the ninth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Question 2.
Where was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji born?
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 3.
When was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji born?
Answer:
1 April, 1621 A.D.

Question 4.
Name the mother of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Mata Nanaki Ji.

Question 5.
Name the father of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 6.
What was the childhood name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
Tyag Mai.

Question 7.
What is meant by Tegh Bahadur?
Answer:
Expert in the art of swordsmanship.

Question 8.
To whom was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji married?
Answer:
Gujari Ji.

Question 9.
What was the name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s son?
Answer:
Gobind Das or Gobind Rai.

Question 10.
Who identified Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji as a Guru at Baba Bakala?
Answer:
Makhan Shah Lubana.

Question 11.
Who said, “Guru Ladho Re, Guru Ladho Re.”?
Answer:
Makhan Shah Lubana.

Question 12.
For how long did Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji remain on Gurgaddi?
Answer:
1664 A.D. to 1675 A.D.

Question 13.
Name any one place visited by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Delhi.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 14.
Name any one place of Punjab visited by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 15.
What was the original name of Sri Anandpur Sahib?
Answer:
Makhowal or Chak Nanaki.

Question 16.
What was the main cause of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
Aurangzeb couldn’t tolerate the increasing power of the Sikhs.

Question 17.
What was the main reason for the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
The Guru’s decision to protect the Kashmiri Pandits.

Question 18.
Who was the Subedar of Kashmir who committed atrocities on Kashmiri Pandits?
Answer:
Sher Afghan.

Question 19.
Under whose leadership a delegation of Kashmiri Pandit met Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji at Sri Anandpur Sahib?
Answer:
Pandit Kirpa Ram.

Question 20.
Which Guru gave his martyrdom for the protection of Hindu religion?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Question 21.
Where was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred?
Answer:
Chandani Chotvk, Delhi.

Question 22.
In which Mughal ruler’s regime the execution of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji took place?
Or
Who was the ruler at the time of martyrdom of Ninth Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Or
Name the Mughal emperor by whose order Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred?
Answer:
Aurangzeb.

Question 23.
When was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred?
Answer:
Nov. 11, 1675 A.D.

Question 24.
Name the three Sikh disciples who were executed before the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Or
Name three followers of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji who were executed along with him.
Answer:

  • Bhai Mati Das Ji,
  • Bhai Sati Das Ji and
  • Bhai Dyala Ji.

Question 25.
Which Gurdwara has been raised at the place where Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred?
Answer:
Gurdwara Sis Ganj.

Question 26.
Where was Gurdwara Sis Ganj constructed?
Answer:
Delhi.

Question 27.
Mention any one result of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
What was a consequence of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
Answer:
A chapter of long drawn struggle between the Sikhs and the Mughals started.

Question 28.
For whom did Guru Gobind Singh Ji use the words Rangrete Guru Ke Bete?
Answer:
Bhai Jaita Ji.

Question 29.
Which Guru Sahib is called Hind Ki Chaddar?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Fill in the blanks:

1. ………………… was the ninth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji

2. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was born at ………………..
Answer:
Amritsar

3. The name of the father of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji

4. The name of the mother of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Nanaki

5. The childhood name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was …………….
Answer:
Tyagmal

6. The name of the son of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was …………………
Answer:
Gobind Rai

7. Sri Guru Tegh Bahadur*Ji was searched by ………………
Answer:
Makhan Shah Lubana

8. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji assumed Guruship in ……………
Answer:
664 A.D.

9. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji started his travels from ………………
Answer:
Amritsar

10. The town Chak Nanaki was established by ……………….
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji

11. Aurangzeb reimposed Jaziya tax on Hindus in ………………
Answer:
1679 A.D.

12. Ram Rai was the ………………… son of Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
eldest

13. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred by the order of ………………
Answer:
Aurangzeb

14. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred on ………………… at Delhi.
Answer:
Nov. 11, 1675 A.D.

15. ………………… was raised at the place of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.
Answer:
Gurdwara Sis Ganj

16. Sri Guru Gobind Singh Ji hugged ……………… and said ‘Rangreta Guru Ke Beta’.
Answer:
Bhai Jaita Ji

17. Sri Guru Gobind Singh Ji addressed to ………………… and ‘Rangrette Guru Ke Bete’.
Answer:
Bhai Jaita Ji

18. The name of the Jallad was …………….. who martyred Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
Jalaludin

19. ……………….. is known as Hind-Di-Chadar.
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji

True or False:

1. The ninth Guru of the Sikhs was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was born at Amritsar.
Answer:
True

3. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was born in 1621 A.D.
Answer:
True

4. The name of the father of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
False

5. Gujari was the name of the mother of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
False

6. The childhood name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was Tyag Mai.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s son name was Gobind Rai.
Answer:
True

8. Makhan Shah Lubhana identified Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
Answer:
True

9. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji succeeded to Guruship in 1664 A.D.
Answer:
True

10. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji reached Amritsar first during his travels.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji laid the foundation of Chak Nanaki.
Answer:
True

12. Aurangzeb reimposed Jaziya tax on Hindus in 1664 A.D.
Answer:
False

13. Sher Afghan was the Governor of Kashmir at the time of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
True

14. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred on the orders of Aurangzeb.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred on November 11, 1675 A.D.
Answer:
True

16. Gurdwara Rakab Ganj was raised at the place of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji’s martyrdom.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 9 Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and His Martyrdom

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the ninth Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji
(c) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

2. When was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji born?
(a) In 1601 A.D.
(b) In 1621 A.D.
(c) In 1631 A.D.
(d) In 1656 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1621 A.D.

3. What was the childhood name of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Hari Mai Ji
(b) Tyag Mai Ji
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji
(d) Bhai Jetha Ji.
Answer:
(b) Tyag Mai Ji

4. What was the name of the father of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Guru Hargobind Ji
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji
(c) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(d) Baba Gurditta Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Hargobind Ji

5. What was the name of the mother of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Gujari Ji
(b) Sulakhni Ji
(c) Nanaki Ji
(d) Ganga Devi Ji.
Answer:
(c) Nanaki Ji

6. To whom was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji married?
(a) Nihal Kaur Ji
(b) Gujari Ji
(c) Sulakhni Ji
(d) Sabrai Devi Ji.
Answer:
(b) Gujari Ji

7. What was the name of son of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
(a) Har Rai Ji
(b) Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Ram Rai Ji
(d) Gobind Rai Ji.
Answer:
(d) Gobind Rai Ji.

8. Name the person whose efforts proved that Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was the real Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Makhan Shah Mastuana
(b) Makhan Shah Lubhana
(c) Baba Buddha Ji
(d) Bhai Gurdas Ji.
Answer:
(b) Makhan Shah Lubhana

9. When did Guru Tegh Bahadur assume Guruship?
(a) In 1661 A.D.
(b) In 1664 A.D.
(c) In 1665 A.D.
(d) In 1666 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1664 A.D.

10. Which town was first visited by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Goindwal Sahib
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Amritsar
(d) Kiratpur Sahib
Answer:
(c) Amritsar

11. Which town was founded by Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji in 1665 A.D.?
(a) Chak Nanaki
(b) Bilaspur
(c) Sahnewal
(d) Kiratpur Sahib.
Answer:
(a) Chak Nanaki

12. What is the latest name of Chak Nanaki?
(a) Tarn Taran
(b) Bilaspur
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Sri Anandpur Sahib.
Answer:
(d) Sri Anandpur Sahib.

13. What was the cause of the martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Fanaticism of Aurangzeb
(b) Call of Kashmiri Pandits
(c) Opposition of Naqshbandis
(d) Enmity of Ram Rai.
Answer:
(b) Call of Kashmiri Pandits

14. Which Mughal emperor ordered the execution of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji?
(a) Jahangir
(b) Shah Jahan
(c) Aurangzeb
(d) Bahadur Shah.
Answer:
(c) Aurangzeb

15. Where was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred?
(a) Lahore
(b) Delhi
(c) Amritsar
(d) Patna
Answer:
(b) Delhi

16. When was Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred?
(a) In 1661 A.D.
(b) In 1664 A.D.
(c) In 1665 A.D.
(d) In 1675 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1675 A.D.

17. Which Gurudwara has been raised at the place where Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was martyred?
(a) Sis Ganj
(b) Rakab Ganj
(c) Bala Sahib
(d) Darbar Sahib.
Answer:
(a) Sis Ganj

18. Which Guru is known as ‘Hind-Di-Chadar’?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Why is the pontificate of Guru Har Rai Ji considered important in the development of Sikhism?
Or
Write a short note on Guru Har Rai Ji.
Or
What do you know about Guru Har Rai Ji?
Answer:
1. Development of Sikhism under Guru Har Rai Ji: The pontificate of Guru Har Rai Sahib lasted from 1645 to 1661 A.D. To carry on his propagation work, he set up three famous centres which were known as bakhshishes’ or missionary centres. The first bakhshish’ was that of an ascetic named Bhagat Gir. He set up many centres for the propagation of Sikhism in East India. Of these, Patna, Bereilley and Rajgir are the famous ones. Likewise, Suthara Shah was sent to Delhi, Bhai Pheru to Rajasthan, Bhai Gonda Ji was sent to Kabul, Bhai Natha Ji to Dacca and Bhai Jodha Ji. to Multan. Guru Har Rai Sahib himself travelled to different places of Punjab namely Jalandhar, Kartarpur, Palahi, Hakimpur, Mukandpur, Gurdaspur, Amritsar, Ferozepur, Patiala, Ambala, Karnal, Hissar etc.

2. Phul Blessed: One day a devotee named Kala with his nephew, Phul came to visit Guru Har Rai Sahib. Guru Sahib’s eyes fell on Paul, who was slapping his belly with his hand. On enquiry, Kala told Guru Sahib that he was hungry and wanted something to eat. Guru Sahib took compassion on him and said, “He shall become great, famous and wealthy. His descendants shall drink water as far as the Jamuna. They shall have sovereignty for many generations and be honoured in proportion as they serve the Guru.” ’
The blessing of Guru Har Rai Ji proved to be true. The generation of Phul laid the foundation of Phulkian Misl.

3. Help to Prince Dara: During the pontificate of Guru Har Rai Ji, Dara Shikoh was the Governor of Punjab. He was the elder brother of Aurangzeb. In a bid to capture power Aurangzeb poisoned Para’s food. Consequently, he fell seriously ill. Dara begged Guru Har Rai Ji to treat him. Guru Har Rai Ji cured Dara with the rarest of herbs. As a result, Dara felt deeply obliged to Guru Har Rai Ji. He would often come to pay a visit to Guru Har Rai Ji.

4. Guru Har Rai Ji Summoned to Delhi: Aurangzeb had the suspicion that some hymns in the Guru Granth Sahib were against Islam. In order to, get it confirmed, he asked Guru Har Rai Ji to appear in his court. Guru Sahib sent his son, Ram Rai. In order to escape the royal wrath, Ram Rai wrongly interpreted it. Consequently, Ram Rai was declared unworthy of Guruship.

5. Nomination of the Successor: Realising that his end was approaching, he nominated his younger son, Har Krishan to Guruship. On 6th October 1661 A.D., Guru Har Rai Ji was immersed in Eternal Light at Kiratpur Sahib.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Question 2.
Write a short note about Thermal.
Answer:
Dhir Mai, the elder brother of Guru Har Rai Ji, had for long been asking for Guruship. One of the twenty-two ‘Manjis’ set up at Baba Bakala, was that of Dhir Mai also. When Dhir Mai received the news that the Sikhs had accepted Tegh Bahadur as their Guru he became furious and restless. He conspired with a Masand named Shihan to kill Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and to plunder his house. One day Shihan along with hundred armed men raided the house of the Guru. In this assault, Guru Sahib’s shoulder was hit with a bullet. Guru Sahib was wounded but He remained serene and calm. Shihan’s accomplices carried away with many belongings of Guru Sahib’s house. This incident provoked the Sikhs who under the leadership of Makhan Shah attacked Dhir Mai’s house. They not only arrested and produced Dhir Mai and Shihan before Guru Sahib but also recovered the stolen goods from them. Guru Sahib forgave Dhir Mai and Shihan when they begged to be pardoned.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Guru Har Krishan Ji. Why was he called Bal Guru?
Or
Write a short note on Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Or
Explain in detail about Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
1. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Har Rai Ji had disinherited his elder son, Ram Rai of Guruship, after declaring him ineligible, because he had misinterpreted the Gurbani in Aurangzeb’s court. In,1661 A.D., Guru Har Rai Ji handed over the Guruship to Har Krishan Ji. At that time, Guru Har Krishan Ji was barely five years old. That is why Guru Har Krishan Ji is also known as Bal Guru (child Guru) in Sikh History. He held Guruship. till 1664 A.D.

2. Opposition of Ram Rai: Ram Rai being the elder son of Guru Har Rai Ji, considered himself to be the rightful claimant to Gurgaddi. But Guru Har Rai Ji had already disinherited him of the Guruship. When he came to know that Guruship had been assigned to Har Krishan Ji, he could not tolerate it. He started hatching conspiracies to acquire Guruship.

3. Guru Sahib’s visit to Delhi: Aurangzeb assigned the task of bringing Guru Har Krishan Ji to Delhi to Raja Jai Singh. Raja Jai Singh sent his Diwan, Paras Ram to Guru Har Krishan Ji. Guru Har Krishan Ji declined to go to Delhi to see Aurangzeb. He went to Delhi in 1664 A.D. and agreed to stay at Raja Jai Singh’s residence. There is a difference of opinions among historians on the point of whether any meeting took place between Guru Har Krishan Ji and Aurangzeb or not.

4. Immersed in Eternal Light: In those days cholera and smallpox had broken out in Delhi. Guru Har Krishan Ji served the sick, the poor and the orphans with heart and soul. But, he himself fell a victim to smallpox. He immersed in Eternal Light on 30th March 1664 A.D. at Delhi.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you know about the life and achievements of Guru Har Rai Ji?
Answer:
Guru Har Rai Ji was the seventh Guru of the Sikhs. The period of his pontificate (1645 to 1661 A.D.) is called the period of peace for Sikhism. A brief account of Guru Har Rai Ji’s early career and the development of Sikh Panth under him is as ahead :

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Har Rai Ji was born on 30 January 1630 A.D. at a place called Kiratpur Sahib. His mother’s name was Bibi Nihal Kaur. He was the grandson of Guru Hargobind Sahib and the son of Baba Gurditta Ji.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood he possessed saintly nature, a sweet tongue and a soft heart. It is said that once Guru Har Rai Sahib was strolling in a garden when some flowers got entangled with his cloak and fell off. He was moved to tears when he saw this. Har Rai Ji was married to Sulakhni, daughter of Daya Ram of Anup city in U.P. He was blessed with two sons, Ram Rai and Har Krishan.

3. Assumption of Guruship: The sixth master, Guru Hargobind Sahib, had five sons: Baba Gurditta, Ani Rai and Baba Atal Rai had passed away during his own lifetime. Of the remaining two, Suraj Mai was involved in worldly matters more than was essential, and Tegh Bahadur was disenchanted with worldly affairs. So at that time, Guru Hargobind Ji deemed it fit to bestow Guruship on Baba Gurditta’s younger son, Har Rai. The ceremony of his assuming Guruship was performed on 8th March 1645 A.D. Thus, Guru Har Rai Ji became the 7th Guru of the Sikhs.

4. Development of Sikhism under Guru Har Rai Ji: The pontificate of Guru Har Rai Sahib lasted from 1645 to 1661 A.D. To carry on his propagation work, he set up three famous centres which were known as ‘bakhshishes’ or the missionary centres. The first “bakhshish’ was that of an ascetic named Bhagat Gir. Pleased with his devotion Guru Har Rai Sahib re-christened him Bhagat Bhagwan. He set up many centres for the propagation of Sikhism in East India. Of these, Patna, Bareilly and Rajgir are the famous ones. The second ‘bakhshish’ was that of Suthra Shah. He was sent to Delhi for the propagation of Sikhism.

The third “bakhshish’ was that of Peru. He was sent to Rajasthan. Likewise, Bhai Gonda Ji was sent to Kabul, Bhai Natha Ji to Dacca and Bhai-Jodha Ji to Multan. Guru Har Rai Sahib himself travelled to different places of Punjab namely Jalandhar, Kartarpur, Palahi, Hakimpur, Mukandpur, Gurdaspur, Amritsar, Ferozepur, Patiala, Ambala, Karnal, Hissar etc.

5. Phul Blessed: One day a devotee named Kala with his nephew, Phul came to visit Guru Har Rai Sahib. Guru Sahib’s eyes fell on Paul, who was slapping his belly with his hand. On enquiry, Kala told Guru Sahib that he was hungry and wanted something to eat. Guru Sahib took compassion on him and said, “He shall become great, famous and wealthy. His descendants shall drink water as far as the Jamuna. They shall have sovereignty for many generations and be honoured in proportion as they serve the Guru.”
The blessing of Guru Har Rai Ji proved to be true. The generation of Phul laid the foundation of Phulkian Misl.

6. Help to Prince Dara: During the pontificate of Guru Har Rai Sahib, Dara Shikoh was the Governor of Punjab. He was the elder brother of Aurangzeb. In a bid to capture power Aurangzeb poisoned Dara’s food. Consequently, he fell seriously ill. Dara begged Guru Har Rai Sahib to treat him. Guru Har Rai Sahib cured Dara with the rarest of herbs. As a result, Dara felt deeply obliged to Guru Har Rai Sahib. He would often come to pay a visit to Guru Har Rai Sahib.

7. Guru Har Rai Ji Summoned to Delhi : Aurangzeb had suspicion that some hymns in the Guru Granth Sahib were against Islam. In order to, get it confirmed, he asked Guru Har Rai Sahib to appear in his court. Guru Sahib sent his son, Ram Rai. Pointing out a Saloka in the Asa Di Var, Aurangzeb asked him why Muslims had been opposed to it. The Saloka means : “The clay of a Muslim’s grave falls into the hands of a potter ; pots and bricks out of it he makes; in the fire burns the poor clay. As it burns it weeps and wails.” In order to escape the royal wrath, Ram Rai wrongly interpreted it. He explained that Guru Nanak Sahib said nothing against the MusalmAnswer: In fact, he had written the word beiman which had been corrupted by some ignorant persons as Musalman. Guru Har Rai Ji felt indignant, when he heard about it. He considered it a great insult of Guru Granth Sahib. Consequently, Ram Rai was declared unworthy of Guruship.

8. Nomination of the Successor: Realising that his end was approaching, he nominated his younger son, Har Krishan to Guruship. On 6th October 1661 A.D. Guru Har Rai Ji was immersed in Eternal Light at Kiratpur Sahib.

9. Estimate of Guru Har Rai Ji’s Achievements: It is true that Guru Har Rai Ji left this mortal world at the young age of 31, but after the assumption of Guruship he did great deeds for the dissemination of Sikhism. He set up many propagation centres in the Majha, Doaba and Malwa regions. He maintained with gusto the practice of ‘Sangat’ and ‘Pangat’. At his dispensary, free medical aid was provided to one and all irrespective of their caste and creed or status. Through these services, Guru Sahib strengthened the foundations of Sikhism all the more.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Guru Har Krishan Ji:

Question 2.
Give a brief account of the development of Sikhism during the pontificate of Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji was the eighth Guru of the Sikhs. He is also known as ‘Bal Guru’ in Sikh history. His period of pontificate was from 1661 to 1664 A.D. A brief description of the development of Sikhism during the pontificate of Guru Har Krishan Ji is as under:

1. Birth and Childhood : Guru Har Krishan Ji was born on 7th July, 1656 A.D. at Kiratpur Sahib. He was the younger son of Guru Har Rai Sahib. His mother’s name was Sulakhni. Ram Rai was his elder brother.

2. Assumption of Guruship : Guru Har Rai Sahib had disinherited his elder son, Ram Rai of Guruship, after declaring him ineligible, because he had misinterpreted the Gurbani in Aurangzeb’s court. In 1661 A.D., Guru Har Rai Sahib handed over the Guruship to Har Krishan Ji. At that time, Guru Har Krishan Ji was barely five years old. That is why Guru Har Krishan Ji is also known as Bal Guru (child Guru) in Sikh History. Even at such a young age, he possessed a charismatic personality. He was endowed with unique qualities like sense of service, respect towards elders, humility and compassion. It was owing to these qualities that Guru Har Rai Sahib nominated him as his successor. Thus, he became the 8th Sikh Guru in 1661 A.D. He held Guruship till 1664 A.D.

3. Opposition of Ram Rai : Ram Rai being the elder son of Guru Har Rai Sahib, considered himself to be the rightful claimant to Gurgaddi. But Guru Har Rai Sahib had already disinherited him of the Guruship. When he came to know that Guruship had been assigned to Har Rrishan Sahib, he could not tolerate it. He started hatching conspiracies to acquire Guruship. He won many selfish and dishonest ‘Masands’ over to his side. He had it announced through these ‘Masands’ that the real Guru was Ram Rai and all the Sikhs should accept him as such. However, he could not succeed in his designs. He, then tried to elicit Aurangzeb’s help. Aurangzeb called Guru Har Rrishan Sahib to Delhi so that things might be settled between the two factions through arbitration.

4. Guru Sahib’s visit to Delhi: Aurangzeb assigned the task of bringing Guru Har Rrishan Sahib to Delhi to Raja Jai Singh. Raja Jai Singh sent his Diwan, Paras Ram to Guru Har Rrishan Ji. Guru Har Rrishan Ji declined to go to Delhi to see Aurangzeb. But when Paras Ram requested that the sangat at Delhi were keen on seeing Guru Har Rrishan Sahib, Guru Ji agreed to go to Delhi, but refused to see Aurangzeb. He went to Delhi in 1664 A.D. and agreed to stay at Raja Jai Singh’s residence. There is a difference of opinions among historians on the point whether any meeting took place between Guru Har Rrishan Ji and Aurangzeb or not.

5. Immersed in Eternal Light : In those days cholera and small-pox had broken out in Delhi. Guru Har Rrishan Ji served the sick, the poor and the orphans with heart and soul. He cured many patients of small-pox and cholera. But, he himself fell a victim to mall-pox. This disease proved fatal for him. Seeing his serious condition, the devotees asked him who would lead them. He asked for a coconut. By placing five paise and the coconut he paid obeisance and said ‘Baba Bakala’ and breathed his last. In this way he immersed in Eternal Light on 30th March, 1664 A.D. at Delhi. Guru Har Rrishan Ji held Guruship for about two and a half years and discharged his responsibilities as a Guru very intelligently. Even at such a small age he possessed keen intelligence, sublime thoughts and divine knowledge.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a short note on Guru Har Rai Ji.
Or
Write in short about the life and works of Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
Guru Har Rai Ji was born on 30th January, 1630A.D.at KiratpurSahib.He was of a very Saintly nature since his very childhood. He remained on Gurgaddi from 1645 to 1661 A.D. His pontificate is considered peaceful in Sikh History. In order to preach Sikhism Guru Har Rai Ji travelled in different parts of the Punjab. Besides, he sent his preachers outside Punjab. As a result Sikh religion became very much popular. He appointed his younger son Har Krishan as his successor to the Gurgaddi.

Question 2.
Write a short note about Dhir Mai.
Answer:
Dhir Mai, the elder brother of Guru Har Rai Ji, had for long been longing for Guruship. When Dhir Mai received the news that the Sikhs had accepted Tegh Bahadur Ji as their Guru he became furious and restless. He conspired with a Masand named Shihan to kill Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji and to plunder his house. This provoked the Sikhs who attacked Dhir Mai’s house. They not only arrested and produced Dhir Mai and Shihan before Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji forgave Dhir Mai and Shihan when they begged to be pardopded.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Guru Har Krishan Ji. Why is he called Bal Guru?
Or
Write a short note on Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Har Krishan Ji in the development of Sikhism?
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji was the eighth Guru of Sikhs. He remained on Gurgaddi from 1661 to 1664 A.D. At the time of his assumption of Guruship he was only five years old. That is why Guru Har Krishan Ji is also known as the Child Guru (Bal Guru) in Sikh Hsistory. At the instigation of Ram Rai, the elder brother of Guru Har Krishan Ji, Aurangzeb called Guru Sahib to Delhi. Guru Har Krishan Ji went to Delhi there he became a victim of small pox. He breathed his last on March 30, 1664 A.D.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was Guru Hargobind Ji’s successor?
Or
Whom did Guru Hargobind Sahib appoint his successor?
Answer:
Guru Har Rai Ji.

Question 2.
Where was Guru Har Rai Ji born?
Answer:
Kiratpur Sahib.

Question 3.
Name the father of Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
Baba Gurditta Ji.

Question 4.
What was the name of the seventh Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Har Rai Ji.

Question 5.
When did Guru Har Rai Ji succeed Guruship?
Answer:
1645 A.D.

Question 6.
Who was Dara Shikoh?
Answer:
The eldest son of Mughal emperor Shah Jahan.

Question 7.
Who was sent to Kabul for preaching Sikhism by Guru Hri Rai Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Gonda Ji

Question 8.
Who was sent to.Dhaka for preaching Sikhism by Guru Har Rai Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Natha Ji.

Question 9.
When did Guru Har Rai Ji immerse with the God?
Answer:
1661 A.D.

Question 10.
Who was the eighth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji.

Question 11.
Where was Guru Har Krishan Ji born?
Answer:
Kiratpur Sahib.

Question 12.
When was Guru Har Krishan Ji born?
Answer:
7th July, 1656 A.D.

Question 13.
When did Guru Har Krishan Ji attain the Gurgaddi?
Answer:
In 1661 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Question 14.
Who was called Bal Guru?
Or
Who was tjie Child Guru of Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji.

Question 15.
What was the period of pontification‘*of Guru Har Krishan Ji?
Answer:
1661 A.D. to 1664 A.D.

Question 16.
After the accession to Gurgaddi Guru Har Krishan Ji was much opposed by whom?
Answer:
Ram Rai.

Question 17.
When did Guru Har Krishan Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
Answer:
In 1664 A.D.

Question 18.
Where did Guru Har Krishan Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
Answer:
Delhi.

Fill in the blanks:

1. ………………. Ji was the seventh Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Har Rai

2. Guru Har Rai Ji was born in …………..
Answer:
1630 A.D.

3. Sri Guru Har Rai Ji was born at a place named as ……………
Answer:
Kiratpur Sahib

4. The name of. the father of Guru Har Rai Ji was ………………
Answer:
Baba Gurditta Ji

5. Guru Har Rai Ji succeeded to Guruship in …………………
Answer:
1645 A.D.

6. ………………. was the eighth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji

7. Guru Har Krishan Ji assumed Guruship in ……………….
Answer:
1661 A.D.

8. ……………….. is remembered by name of Bal Guru.
Answer:
Guru Har Krishan Ji

True Or False:

1. Guru Har Rai Ji was the seventh Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Har Rai Ji was born in 1630 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Baba Buddha Ji was the father of Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
False

4. The name of the mother of Guru Har Rai Ji was Bibi Nihal Kaur.
Answer:
True

5. Guru Har Rai Ji assumed Guruship in 1661 A.D.
Answer:
False

6. Guru Har Krishan Ji was the eighth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Har Krishan Ji was the Bal Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

8. Guru Har Krishan Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1664 A.D.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 8 Guru Har Rai Ji and Guru Har Krishan Ji

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the seventh Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Hargobind Ji
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji
(c) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji

2. When was Guru Har Rai Ji born?
(0 In 1627 A.D.
(b) In 1628 A.D.
(c) In 1629 A.D.
(d) In 1630 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1630 A.D.

3. What was the name of the father of Guru Har Rai Ji?
(a) Baba Gurditta Ji
(b) Atal Rai Ji
(c) Mani Rai Ji
(d) Suraj Mai Ji.
Answer:
(a) Baba Gurditta Ji

4. When did Guru Har Rai Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1635 A.D.
(b) In 1637 A.D.
(c) In 1645 A.D.
(d) In 1655 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1645 A.D.

5. Who was Dara Shikoh?
(a) The Eldest son of Shah Jahan
(b) Younger son of Shah Jahan
(c) The Eldest son of Jahangir
(d) Elder son of Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(a) The Eldest son of Shah Jahan

6. Whom did Guru Har Rai Ji appoint his successor?
(a) Har Krishan Ji
(b) Tegh Bahadur Ji
(c) Ram Rai Ji
(d) Baba Gurditta Ji.
Answer:
(a) Har Krishan Ji

7. When did Guru Har Rai Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1645 A.D.
(b) In 1650 A.D.
(c) In 1661 A.D.
(d) In 1664 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1661 A.D.

8. Who was the eighth Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(b) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
(c) Guru Har Rai Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Har Krishan Ji

9. When was Guru Har Krishan Ji born?
(a) In 1630 A.D.
(b) In 1635 A.D.
(c) In 1636 A.D.
(d) In 1656 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1656 A.D.

10. Who was the father of Guru Har Krishan Ji?
(a) Guru Hargobind Ji
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji
(c) Baba Gurditta Ji
(d) Baba Buddha Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji

11. Which Guru is known as Bal Guru of the Sikhs
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Har Rai Ji
(c) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji
Answer:
(c) Guru Har Krishan Ji

12. When did Guru Har Krishan Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1645 A.D.
(b) In 1656 A.D.
(c) In 1661 A.D.
(d) In 1664 A-D.
Answer:
(c) In 1661 A.D.

13. When did Guru Har Krishan Ji immerse in Eternal Light? ;
(a) In 1661 A.D.
(b) In 1662 A.D.
(c) In 1663 A.D.
(d) In 1664 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1664 A.D.

14. Where did Guru Har Krishan Ji immense in Eternal Light?
(a) Lahore
(b) Delhi
(c) Multan
(d) Jalandhar.
Answer:
(b) Delhi

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What contribution was made by Guru Hargobind Ji in the transformation of Sikhism?
Or
Briefly describe the achievements of Guru Hargobind Ji’s pontificate.
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D. The contribution of Guru Hargobind Ji towards the transformation of Sikh Panth was great. He ascended the Gurgaddi with great pomp and show. He acquired the title of ‘Sacha Padshah’ and wore two swords-Miri and Piri. Miri was the symbol of temporal power while Piri stood for spiritual power. Guru Ji resolved to organise an army to face the tyrant Mughals. He ordered his Sikhs to offer him horses and arms. He got a fortress erected-called Lohgarh for the protection of Amritsar. Guru Hargobind Ji got Akal Takht Sahib built in front of Sri Harmandir Sahib to discuss the political and military problems of the Sikhs. Jahangir was alarmed at the growing influence of Sikhism, so he detained Guru Sahib for some time in the fort of Gwalior. During the regime of Shah Jahan, the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Sikhs won all these battles. Guru Sahib founded a new town named Kiratpur. He’ also did a lot of work in preaching Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 2.
What were the main causes of the adoption of New Policy (Miri and Piri) by Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
1. Change in the Religious Policy of the Mughals: Before Jahangir, the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs were very cordial. The Mughal emperor. In 1605 Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam. In the changed circumstances Guru Hargobind Ji had to adopt a New Policy.

2. Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib: Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir martyred Guru Arjan Sahib in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Sahib infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. Now it became apparent to them that they would have to arm themselves against the Mughals. In this way, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib was largely responsible for the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. Last Message of Guru Arjan Sahib: Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Sahib sent a message through his Sikhs to his son Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.” These words of Guru Arjan Sahib kept echoing in the ears of Hargobind Sahib and he adopted the New Policy.

Question 3.
Explain the features of the New Policy adopted by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy or Miri and Piri of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji?
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji? Explain its main features.
Answer:
1. Wearing of Miri and Piri Swords: At the time of assuming Guruship, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to wear the swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri was a symbol of temporal power and the sword of Piri was a symbol of religious leadership. Guru Hargobind Ji enjoined his Sikhs to recite the name of God on one hand, and to wear arms for self-defence on the other. In this way, Guru Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint soldiers.

2. Organisation of Army: For the protection of the Sikh Panth, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to organise an army. By issuing a Hukamnama, he directed the Sikhs to join Guru Hargobind Ji’s army. Consequently, 500 soldiers joined his army. Guru Hargobind Ji’s army continued to swell gradually and their number rose to 2500. A separate regiment of the Pathans was organised and Painda Khan was made its commander.

3. Collection of Arms and Horses: Guru Hargobind Ji issued a Hukamnama to the Masands that he would be pleased with those Masands, who brought him offerings of arms and horses instead of money. He also told the Sikhs that they should offer arms and horses to the Masands. The Mass and the Sikhs hailed this decision of Guru Ji. This added to the military strength of Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Construction of Akal Takht Sahib: The construction of Akal Takht Sahib proved very helpful in the evolution of the New Policy. In fact, it was a great task of Guru Hargobind Ji. The construction of Akal Takht (Seat of the Almighty) was begun by Guru Hargobind Ji in front of Harmandir in 1606 A.D. Guru Hargobind Ji used to guide the political and military affairs of the Sikhs by occupying the throne. Here, too, he would accept horses and arms from the Masands. Besides, here Guru Hargobind Ji would settle the mutual disputes of the Sikhs.

5. Adoption of Royal Symbols: While following New Policy, Guru Hargobind Ji adopted many paraphernalia of sovereignty. In place of a woollen rosary he hung two swords from his waist. Like the kings, Guru Hargobind Ji started wearing a royal aigrette (Kalgi) on his headgear. A’Sort of umbrella was also swung over him. He also assumed the title of Sacha Padshah (True Emperor). He also started wearing costlier costumes. Like the Mughals, he also started keeping bodyguards.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Miri and Piri?
Or
What is ‘Miri’ and ‘Piri’? Describe its historical importance?
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
At the time of ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Hargobind Ji fully realised the changed circumstances and danger ahead for Sikhism. Consequently, he decided to wear two swords Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri symbolised temporal power and the sword of Piri symbolised spiritual power, one to smite the oppressor and the other to protect the innocent. The wearing of these two swords by Guru Sahib meant that, henceforward, he would guide the Sikhs in both worldly and religious matters. Guru Sahib advised the Sikhs to recite True Name on the one hand and to carry arms on the other hand for their protection. Thus, Guru – Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers.

This policy of Miri and Piri exercised a tremendous impact on Sikh history. Firstly, it infused a new spirit of confidence among the Sikhs. Secondly, the Sikhs had taken up arms now in order to fight against injustice and for the protection of their religion. Thirdly, it sharpened the differences between the Mughals and the Sikhs. Fourthly, Guru Hargobind Ji founded the Sant Khalsa in accordance with the New Policy. Fifthly, a long drawn out struggle started between the Sikhs and the Mughals as a consequence of this policy, in which the Sikhs became victorious.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 5.
Write a short note on the imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Answer:
A few years after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. Why was Guru Sahib took, prisoner? There is a difference of opinion among historians on this point. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was Responsible for it. After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Ji, Chandu Shah once again tried to persuade Guru Hargobind Ji to accept the proposal of his daughter’s marriage. When Guru Hargobind Ji replied that he was not prepared to marry the daughter of his father’s assassin, Chandu Shah was enraged beyond measure. He vowed to avenge this insult. He instigated Jahangir aganist Guru Ji. Consequently, Jahangir imprisoned the Guru.

Most of the historians agree with the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Sahib for adopting the New Policy. It had aroused suspicions in the mind of Jahangir and the detractors of Guru Arjan Dev Ji poisoned his ears that Guru Ji was preparing, for a rebellion. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. Most of the historians agree that Guru Sahib remained imprisoned in the fort of Gwalior for two years i.e. from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

Question 6.
Write a short note on relations between Guru Hargobind Sahib and Mughal emperor Jahangir.
Answer:
In 1605 Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. In a bid to crush the Sikh Movement, he martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Sahib infuriated the Sikhs. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to arm the Sikhs against the Mughals. Guru Ji adopted his famous New Policy. This New Policy infuriated Jahangir. He called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. At the instance of Bhai Jetha Ji and Sufi saint Mian Mir, Jahangir ordered Guru Sahib’s release. In Guru Hargobind Ji’s instance, 52 other kings imprisoned in the fort were also released. Because of this Guru Hargobind, Sahib began to be called “Bandi Chhor Baba”. After the release, the relation between Guru Sahib and Jahangir took a friendly turn.

Question 7.
What were the causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
Following were the causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals (Shah Jahan):

  • Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore filled with debris. This act of Shah Jahan caused a wave of resentment among the Sikhs.
  • Naqshbandi was a movement launched in Punjab by fanatic Muslims. Its leader Sheikh Masoom instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji. Being orthodox, he was easily influenced by their words and turned against Guru Hargobind Ji.
  • The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between Guru Sahib and Shah Jahan. This policy largely added to the military power of Guru Sahib. Guru Ji recruited many fugitives of the Mughal army in his army. Moreover, Guru Sahib had assumed some royal symbols and Sikh devotees had started addressing him a Sacha Padshah (true emperor). Shah 1 Jahan couldn’t tolerate it,
  • The Kaulan’s affair further embittered the relationship between Guru Hargobind Ji and Shah Jahan. Kaulan was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan of Lahore. She was greatly impressed by the teachings Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and read them with fondness. How could the fanatic Sunni Muslims tolerate that his daughter in his own home should read ‘bani’ (hymns) of the Sikhs? So he started poisoning Shah Jahan’s ears against Guru Sahib. It had its desired impact.

Question 8.
Give a brief account of the battle of Amritsar fought between Guru Hargobind Sahib and the Mughals.
Answer:
The first battle between the Sikhs and the Mughals was fought during ‘ Guru Hargobind Ji’s time, at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk was the immediate cause of this battle. It is said that at that time the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan was hunting in a forest near Amritsar along with his soldiers. On the other hand, Guru Hargobind Ji was also hunting in the same forest along with his Sikhs. During this hunt, a hawk which was presented to Shah Jahan by the emperor of Iran flew away. It fell into the hands of the Sikhs and they refused to give it back to the Mughals. Consequently, Shah Jahan sent an army of 7000 soldiers under the command of Mukhlis Khan to teach a lesson to the Sikhs. The Sikh soldiers fought with the Mughal army with great valour and determination. Mukhlis Khan was killed in this battle. Consequently, the Mughal army took to its heels. Thus, the Sikhs became victorious in this first battle. This victory enhanced the morale of the Sikhs.

Question 9.
Write a short note on the battle of Lahiri fought in the times of Guru Hargobind.
Answer:
Soon after the battle of Amritsar, the second battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira (near Bathinda). The immediate cause of this battle was two horses named Dilhag and Gulberg. Two Masands named Bakht Mai and Tara Chand were bringing these horses from Kabul to present them to Guru Hargobind Ji. On the way the Mughals dispossessed them of these horses and sent them to the royal stable. Bhai Bidhi Chand, a devotee of Guru Ji could not tolerate it. He went in disguise as a grass cutter and brought out both the horses from the royal stable and sent them to Guru Sahib. When Shah Jahan heard this news, he was very angry; He immediately sent a . large army under the command of Lala Beg and Qamar Beg to crush the power of the Sikhs. A fierce battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira. The Mughals had to suffer a heavy loss of life and both their commanders Lala Beg and Qamar Beg were killed. Bhai Jetha Ji too was martyred in.this battle. The Sikhs emerged victorious in this battle.

Question 10.
What do you know about the battle of Kartarpur fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of this battle was Painda Khan. He was the commander of the Pathaji troop in the army of Guru Hargobind Ji. He had given a proof of his bravery in the battle of Amritsar. But now he had become arrogant. He stole a hawk of Guru Sahib and gave it to his son-in-law. When Guru Sahib enquired about it, he pretended ignorance. Later on when Guru Sahib came to know about his lie, Guru Sahib dismissed him from the job. Painda Khan decided to avenge this insult. He sought refuge with Shah Jahan. He instigated Shah Jahan to take military action against Guru Sahib. As a result Shah Jahan sent an army under Painda Khan and Kale IQian tb take action against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. The Sikh soldiers fought very bravely in this battle. Guru Hargobind Ji’s two sons, Bhai Gurditta Ji and Tegh Bahadur Ji showed rare feats of bravery. In this battle Kale Khan, Painda Khan and his son Qutub Khan were killed while fighting with Guru Sahib. The Mughal army too suffered heavy losses and had to face a crushing defeat.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 11.
Write briefly Guru Hargobind Ji’s battles with the Mughals. What is their significance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji fought four battles against the Mughals in Shah Jahan’s time from 1634 to 1635 A.D. The first battle was fought at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk proved to be an immediate cause of this battle. This hawk had fallen into the hands of the Sikhs and they refused to give it back to the Mughals. Shah Jahan sent a vast army under the command of MukhUs Khan to teach the Sikhs a lesson. The Sikhs fought bravely in this battle and became victorious. The – second battle was fought at Lahira in 1634 A.D. The two horses, Dilbag and Gulbag became the root cause of this battle. The Mughals, suffered heavy losses in this battle. The third battle was fought at Kartarpur between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals in 1635 A.D. Gurditta and Tegh Bahadur, the two sons of Guru Hargobind Ji displayed their rare feats of bravery in this battle. In the same year, the last battle between the Mughals and Guru Hargobind Ji was fought at Phagwara. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs came out victorious in these battles. It spread the fame of Sikhism far and wide and a large number of people embraced it.

Question 12.
Why is Guru Hargobind Sahib known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Answer:
The Mughal emperor Jahangir had detained Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji in the fort of Gwalior; In this fort were confined 52 other kings for political reasons. These kings were very much impressed by Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji’s personality. They did not feel any difficulty in the company of Guru Sahib. But when Jahangir decided to release Guru Sahib, these kings became restless at the very thought of separation. Guru Hargobind Ji had also developed sympathy for these kings. Therefore, Guru Hargobind Ji sent a message to Jahangir that he would not get released from the fort of Gwalior as long as 52 kings confined in the same fort were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir had to order the release of these 52 kings also. In this way, Guru Hargobind Ji came to be known as Bandi Chhor Baba (emancipator of captives.)

Question 13.
Write a short note on Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
Explain briefly the importance of building of Akal Takht Sahib in Sikh History.
Or
What is the importance of the construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The construction of Akal Takht (The eternal throne) Sahib by Guru Hargobind Ji was his stupendous work. Its construction was started by Guru Hargobind Ji in 1606 A.D. in front of Harmandir Sahib. This project was completed in 1609 A.D. It had a 12 feet high platform which resembled the Mughal throne Here Guru Hargobind Ji used to sit in a princely attire and guide the Sikhs in political and military affairs; From here he used to witness wrestling bouts and other martial arts of the Sikhs. At this place he recruited soldiers and received arms and horses from the Masands. The professional bards sang ballads of unrivalled heroism with a view to infusing a new confidence into the Sikhs. At this very place Guru Hargobind Ji also used to settle the disputes of the Sikhs like a king in court. In fact, Akal Takht Sahib served the purpose of supreme court for the Sikhs. Very soon Akal Takht Sahib became a famous hub of the political activities of the Sikhs.

Question 14.
Give a brief account of the relations of Guru Hargobind Ji with the Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan.
Answer:
Shah Jahan became the new emperor of the Mughals in 1628 A.D. During his time, relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals became strained. First, Shah Jahan was a very orthodox emperor. He got the Baoli, built by Guru Arjan Dev Ji at Lahore, filled with filth and converted the Langar building into a mosque. Secondly, Naqashbandis started inciting Shah Jahan against the Sikhs with redoubled zeal. Thirdly, Shah Jahan did not like Guru Sahib’s keeping an army and the Sikhs calling him Sacha Padshah. Fourthly, Kaulan, daughter of a Qazi of Lahore became Guru Ji’s disciple. For this, the Qazi instigated Shah Jahan to take stern steps against the Sikhs. During 1634-35, four battles were fought between the Sikhs and the Mughals at Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara. In these battles the Sikhs became victorious while the Mughals had to face defeat. As a result the fame of Guru Hargobind Ji spread far and wide.

Question 15.
Write a short note on the relations between Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji and the Mughal Emperors.
Answer:
The Mughal Emperors Jahangir and Shah Jahan were contemporaries of Guru Hargobind Ji. Both of them were religiously intolerant. In order to crush the popularity of Sikh movement Jahangir had martyred Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The relation between the Mughals and the Sikhs had become strained. After few years he detained Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. After some time, Jahangir ordered his release and the relations between both took new turn. In 1628, Shah Jahan became the new Mughal Emperor. He was a great orthodox. As a result, the relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals once again became strained. In 1634-35 four battles—Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara were fought between them. In these battles Guru Hargobind Ji emerged victorious. The victories in these battles increased- the self-confidence among the Sikhs.

Essay Type Questions:

New Policy Of Guru Hargobind Ji:

Question 1.
What do you mean by ‘Miri and Piri’? Study the main features of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? Describe its main features and significance towards the transformation of Sikhism.
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? Explain in brief its main features.
Or
Examine the New Policy of Guru,Hargobind Ji.
Or
Describe the circumstances leading to the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji. What were the main features of this policy?
Or
Explain the main features of Miri and Piri.
Or
What do you understand by Miri and Piri? Explain its main features.
Or
What were the features of New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
“Guru Hargobind has been a much understood man.”—(I.B. Banerjee). Explain the statement in the light of his New Policy.
Or
What is meant by Miri and Piri? What was its importance?
Answer:
With the commencement of Guru Hargobind Ji’s Guruship in 1606 A.D. the Sikh Panth ventured into a new era of its history. During his Guruship he transformed the nature of the Sikh sect by turning the Sikhs into saint soldiers. Guru Hargobind Sahib had to adopt New Policy owing to the following reasons:

1. Change in the Religious Policy of the Mughals: Before Jahangir, the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs were very cordial. During the Saidpur invasion by Babar in 1520 A.D., the Mughal army had taken Guru Nanak Dev Ji as prisoner. When Babar came to know about it, he ordered the immediate release of Guru Nanak Sahib. He said that he would not have attacked Saidpur, if he had known that it was inhabited by such a holy man. In a bid to re-capture power, Humayun had sought the blessings of Guru Angad Sahib. During that time Akbar himself came to Goindwal Sahib and partook Langar. He donated 500 bigha land to Guru Ram Das Ji and waived off the revenue of farmers in Punjab for one year. In 1605 A.D. Jahangir ascended the throne of the Mughal empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam. In the changed circumstances, Guru Hargobind Sahib had to adopt New Policy.

2. Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji: Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir could not tolerate the increasing popularity of the Sikhs in Punjab. In a bid to crush this movement, he martyred, Guru Arjan Dev Ji in 1606 A.D. The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, a saintly personality who wished well for all, infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. Now, it became apparent to them that they would have to arm themselves against the Mughals for their survival. In this way, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was largely responsible for the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. Last Message of Guru Arjan Dev Ji: Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji sent a message through his Sikhs to his son, Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.” These words of Guru Arjan Dev Ji kept echoing in the ears of Hargobind Ji and he adopted the New Policy by giving it a practical shape.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Main Features of the New Policy:

1. Wearing of Miri and Piri Swords: At the time of assuming Guruship, Guru Hargobind Dev Ji decided to wear the swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri was a symbol of temporal power and the sword of Piri a symbol of religious leadership. Guru Hargobind ji enjoined on his Sikhs to recite the name of God on one hand, and to wear arms for self-defence on the other. In this way Guru Hargohind Sahib turned the Sikhs into saint soldiers. This policy of Miri and Piri as adopted by Guru Hargobind Ji exercised a deep impact on the Sikh History.

2. Organisation of Army: For the protection of the Sikh Panth, Guru Hargobind Ji decided to organise an army. By issuing a Hukamnama, he directed the Sikhs to join Guru Hargohind Ji’s army. Consequently, 500 soldiers joined his army. Guru Ji classified these soldiers into five Jathas (groups). Each Jatha was put under the charge of a Jathedar. Besides these soldiers, Guru Hargobind Ji also recruited 52 bodyguards. Guru Hargobind Ji’s army continued to swell gradually and their number rose to 2500. A separate regiment of the Pathans was organised and Painda Khan was made its commander.

3. Collection of Arms and Horses: Guru Hargobind Ji issued a Hukamnama to the Masands that he would be pleased with those Masands, who brought him offerings of arms and horses instead of money. He also told the Sikhs that they should offer arms and horses to the Masands. The Masands and the Sikhs hailed this decision of Guru Ji. This added to the military strength of Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Construction of Akal Takht Sahib: The construction of Akal Takht Sahib proved very helpful in the evolution of the New Policy. In fact, it was a great task of Guru Hargobind Ji. The construction of Akal Takht (Seat of the Almighty) was begun by Guru Hargobind Ji in front of Harmandir in 1606 A.D. This stupendous task was completed in 1609 A.D. Inside it was built a 12 feet high rostrum, which was like a throne. Guru Hargobind Ji used to guide the political and military affairs of the Sikhs by occupying the throne. Here, he would give military training to the Sikhs and watch their wrestling and other military feats. Here, too, he would accept horses and arms from the Masands. In order to, infuse a new spirit among the Sikhs, the professional bards sang ballads of unrivalled heroism. Besides, here Guru Hargobind Ji would settle the mutual disputes of the Sikhs. According to H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi,
“Sri Akal Takht is one of the most sacred institutions of Sikhism. It has played historic role in the socio-political transformation of the? Sikh community.”

5. Adoption of Royal Symbols: While following New Policy, Guru Hargobind Ji adopted many paraphernalia of sovereignty. In place of a woollen rosary he hung two swords from his waist. Like the kings, Guru Hargobind Ji started wearing a royal aigrette (Kalgi) on his headgear. A sort of umbrella was also swung over him. He also assumed the title of Sacha Padshah (True Emperor). He also started wearing costlier costumes. Like the Mughals, he also started keeping bodyguards.

6. Fortification of Amritsar: Amritsar was not only, the most.sacred place of the Sikhs, but also was a famous centre for their military training. Therefore, Guru Hargobind Ji got constructed a wall around the city of Amritsar for its defence. Besides this, in 1609 A.D. he also got constructed a fort which was named, Lohgarh.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism Img 1

7. Changes in the daily life of the Guru: With the adoption of the New Policy, the daily life of Guru Hargobind Ji underwent a number of changes. Guru Hargobind Ji raised a special kirtaniyas who went around Harmandir Sahib, reciting inspirational ‘Sabads’ loudly, to the accompaniment of drum-beats and torch-lights. Guru Hargobind Ji had brought about these changes in his life, only with a view to infuse a spirit of fearlessness among the Sikhs.

Critical Estimate of the New Policy:

At first when Guru Hargobind Ji adopted the New Policy, it created doubts in the minds of many Sikhs about the aims and objectives of Guru Hargobind Ji. In fact, Guru Hargobind Ji had been totally misunderstood. Firstly, Guru Hargobind Ji had no political motive. Secondly, he had not abandoned the Sikh code of conduct. He used to give religious guidance to the Sikhs. During his pontificate, he sent many missionaries in the different corners of Punjab to preach Sikhism. If Guru Hargobind Ji made certain changes in his routine, it was only to enthuse the Sikhs. With the passage of time, all doubts among the Sikhs about the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji began to be dispelled.

Bhai Gurdas-Ji appreciated the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji. He was of.the opinion as it is necessary to kill the snake to get the ‘Gem (Mani)’, to kill the deer to get ‘Kasturi’ and to break the shell to get coconut. It is necessary to have a wedge if you want to protect the garden. Similarly it is necessary for Guru Hargobind Ji to adopt the mew policy in order to protect Sikhism founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
In the words of H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi,
“Though outwardly, it may appear that Guru Hargobind Ji persued a slightly different course for fulfilling the mission of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, yet, basically, it was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s ideals that he preached.”
Thus we see that Guru Hargobind Sahib continued the policy of the old Gurus and also made new additions to it.

Importance of the New Policy:

The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji brought a radical transformation in Sikhism. The Sikhs,*became saint soldiers. Consequently, with the passage of time the Sikhs became fearless warriors. It infused the feelings of self-confidence and self-respect among the Sikhs. If Guru Hargobind Ji had not followed the New Policy, the pious brotherhood of the Sikhs would have either not survived or at any rate relapsed into the limited merits of monks and mendicants. It was due to the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji, that a large number of Jats embraced Sikhism. The New Policy widened the gulf between the Sikhs and the Mughals. During the reign of Shah Jahan, the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. Besides these, the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji provided the basis of the creation of Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh Ji in 1699 A.D. K.S. Duggal aptly says,

“Guru Hargobind Ji’s greatest contribution is that he gave a new turn to the Sikh way of life. He turned saints into soldiers and yet remained a man of God.”3

Guru Hargobind Ji’S Relations with the Mughals:

Question 2.
Describe briefly the relationship of Guru Hargobind Ji with Jahangir and Shah Jahan.
Or
Write a detailed note on relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.

First Period (1606-27):

1. Imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior: Immediately after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Hargobind Ji to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. There is a difference of opinion among historians on the point of Guru Hargobind Ji being taken as prisoner. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was responsible for it. Guru Sahib had refused to accept the proposal of his daughter’s marriage. Therefore, he instigated Jahangir against Guru Hargobind Ji. Consequently, Jahangir imprisoned the Guru. Most of the historians agree to the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Hargobind Sahib for adopting the New Policy. It had – aroused suspicions in the mind of Jahangir and the detractors-of Guru ArjanDev Ji poisoned his ears that Guru Hargobind Ji was preparing for a rebellion.

2. Period of Imprisonment: The historians differ on the point as to how long Guru Hargobind Ji was kept in prison in the fort of Gwalior. According to the writer of Dabistan-i-Majahib, Guru Hargobind Ji remained in prison for 12 years. Dr. Indu Bhushan Banerjee stated that the term of imprisonment was 5 years. Teja Singh and Ganda Singh put it to be two years. The Sikh chronicles mentioned that the period of imprisonment was 40 days. It is assessed from the historical facts that Guru Hargobind Ji remained imprisoned in the fort of Gwalior for two years i.e. from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

3. Release of Guru Hargobind Ji: The historians have also expressed different views about Guru Hargobind Ji’s release from the fort of Gwalior. Sikh chronicles wrote that after putting Guru Hargobind Ji in prison Jahangir began to feel uneasy. Bhai Jetha Ji, a devotee of Guru Hargobind Ji, cured him completely. At the insistence of Bhai Jetha Ji, Jahangir released Guru Hargobind Ji. Some historians say that Jahangir took this decision on the request of a famous Sufi saint named, Mian Mir. According to some other historiAnswer: Jahangir was greatly impressed by the profound devotion of the Sikhs. As a result, Jahangir ordered his release. Whatever be the reason, when the order of Guru Hargobind Ji’s release was issued, Guru Hargobind Ji refused to get his freedom as long as 52 other kings, who were imprisoned in the Gwalior fort were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir released these 52 kings also. Because of this, Guru Hargobind Ji began to be called “Bandi Chhor Baba” (emancipator of captives).

4. Friendly Relations with Jahangir: Jahangir became convinced that Chandu Shah was at the back of Guru Hargobind Ji’s woes. So Jahangir handed Chandu Shah over to the Sikhs in order to give him punishment for his misdeeds. Jahangir offered to bear the entire expenditure to be incurred in the construction of the Akal Takht, but Guru Ji refused it. Whatever be the case, there is no doubt that after the release of Guru Hargobind Ji, till Jahangir’s death, the relations between the two continued to be cordial.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Second Period (1628-35):

Shah Jahan became’the new Mughal emperor in 1628 A.D. After he ascended the throne, the relations between the Sikhs and the Mughals once again became strained owing to the following reasons:—

1. Shah Jahan’s Fanaticism: Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got many famous Hindu temples demolished. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore converted into a mosque. This act of Shah Jahan sent a wave of resentment among the Sikhs.

2. Opposition of Naqshbandis: Naqshbamdi was a movement launched in Punjab, by fanatic Muslims. After Shah Jahan had ascended the throne, the Naqshbandis again instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji. Being an orthodox, he was easily influenced by their words and turned against’Guru Hargobind Ji.

3. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji: The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between Guru Sahib and Shah Jahan. This policy largely added to the military power of Guru Hargobind Ji. Guru Hargobind Ji had assumed some royal symbols and Sikh devotees had started addressing him as Sacha Padshah (true emperor). Shah Jahan looked upon this policy of Guru Hargobind Ji as a danger to the Mughal empire. So, he decided to take action against Guru Hargobind Ji.

4. Kaulan’s Affair: The Kaulan’s affair further embittered the relationship between Guru Hargobind Ji and Shah Jahan. Kaulan was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan of Lahore. She was very religious minded. She was greatly impressed by the teachings of Guru Arjan Ji and used to read them with fondness. Qazi Rustam Khan, a fanatic Sunni Muslim could not tolerate it. As a result he imposed many restrictions on his daughter. She left her home and took refuge with Guru Hargobind Ji. When the Qazi came to know about it, he started poisoning Shah Jahan’s ears against Guru Hargobind Ji.

Battles Between The Sikhs And The Mughals:

Gradually the relations between the Mughals and the Sikhs became so strained that in 1634-35 A.D., four battles were fought between them. A brief description of these battles is as follows:

1. Battle of Amritsar 1634 A.D.: The first battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought in 1634 A.D. at Amritsar. At that time Shah Jahan with his soldiers was on a hunting tour near Amritsar. While hunting, a special hawk of Shah Jahan, flew away. The Sikhs caught this hawk. While searching for it some Mughal soldiers happened to come there. When they saw the hawk with the Sikhs, they demanded it back. The refusal by the Sikhs resulted in a clash. Some Mughal soldiers were killed in the clash. Shah Jahan sent a troop of 7,000 soldiers, under the leadership of Mukhlis Khan from Lahore to teach a lesson to Guru Hargobind Ji and his Sikhs. This army made a great deal of plundering after reaching Amritsar. The Sikh soldiers stoutly resisted the Mughal army. Besides Guru Hargobind Ji, Bhai Bidhi Chand, Bhai Jetha Ji and Painda Khan showed feats of bravery. Mukhlis Khan was killed, while he was fighting with Guru Hargobind Ji. As a result, the rest of the Mughal army fled from the battlefield. The victory in this battle greatly boosted the morale of the Sikhs. About this battle Prof. Harbans Singh aptly says,
“This Amritsar action was a small incident, but its implications were far-reaching.”

2. Battle of Lahira”l634 A.D.: Soon after the battle of Amritsar, second battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira (near Bathinda). The immediate cause of this battle was two horses named Dilbag and Gulbag. Two Masands named Bakht Mai and Tara Chand were bringing these horses from Kabul to present them to Guru Hargobind Ji. On the way the Mughals dispossessed them of these horses and sent them to the royal stable. Bhai Bidhi Chand, a devotee of Guru Ji went in disguise of a grass cutter and brought out both the horses from the royal stable and sent them to Guru Hargobind Ji. When Shah Jahan heard this news. He immediately sent a large army under the command of Lala Beg and Qamar Beg to crush the power of the Sikhs. A fierce battle was fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs at a place called Lahira. The Mughals had to suffer a heavy loss of life and both their commanders Lala Beg and Qamar Beg were killed. Bhai Jetha, too was martyred in this battle. The Sikhs emerged victorious in this battle.

3. Battle of Kartarpur 1635 A.D.: The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of’this battle was Painda Khan. He was the commander of the Pathan troop in the army of Guru Hargobind Ji. He stole a hawk of Guru Sahib and gave it to his son-in-law. When Guru Sahib enquired about it, he pretended ignorance. Later on when Guru Hargobind Ji came to know about his lie, Guru Hargobind Ji dismissed him from thejob. He sought refuge with Shah Jahan. On his instigation Shah Jahan sent an army under Painda Khan and Kale Khan to take action against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. In this battle Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji showed rare feats of bravery. In this battle Kale Khan, Painda Khan and his son Qutub Khan were killed, while fighting with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Mughal army too suffered heavy losses and had to face a crushing defeat.

4. Battle of Phagwara 1635 A.D.: After the battle of Kartarpur, Guru Hargobind Ji stayed at Phagwara for some time. Here some Mughal soldiers under the command of Ahmed Khan attacked Guru Hargobind Ji. Guru Hargobind Ji was not prepared for this attack, but on the other hand the Mughal army was very small in number. Therefore, there was only a skirmish between the two armies near Phagwara. This battle is not considered so significant. The battle of Phagwara was the last battle fought between the Mughals and the Sikhs during the pontificate of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Importance of the Battles:

In the battles, between the Mughals and the Sikhs mentioned above the Sikhs emerged victorious. These battles were fought at a time, when the resources of the Sikhs were very limited, as compared to those of the Mughals. The victories in these battles increased’ the self-confidence and infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Owing to these victories the fame of Guru Hargobind Ji spread far and wide. Many people embraced Sikhism. Consequently, the Sikh Panth began to flourish rapidly. Patwant Singh aptly says,
“The historical importance of these battles did not lie in their scale, but in the fact that the aggressor’s writ was rejected and his power scorned. A mood of defiance was generated against the Mughals and an example set for others.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What contribution was made by Guru Hargobind Ji in the transformation of Sikhsim?
Or
Briefly describe the achievements of Guru Hargobind Ji’s pontificate.
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D. He wore two swords of Miri and Piri. Guru Ji resolved to organise an army to face the tyrant Mughals. He got a fortress erected called, Lohgarh for the protection of Amritsar. Guru Hargobind Ji got Akal Takht Sahib built in front of Sri Harmandir Sahib. Jahangir was alarmed at the growing influence of Sikhism. During the regime of Shah Jahan the Mughals fought four battles with Guru Hargobind Ji. The Sikhs won all these battles.

Question 2. What were the main causes of adoption of New Policy (Miri and Piri) by Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
Describe any three causes of the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Or
Why did Guru Hargobind Sahib adopt the New Policy?
Or
Why did Guru Hargobind Ji adopt the ‘New Policy’? Give any three reasons.
Answer:

  • Jahangir was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. He could not tolerate the flourishing of any other religion except Islam,
  • Being a fanatic Sunni Muslim, Jahangir martyred Guru Arjan Ji in 1606 A.D. It infuriated the Sikhs and aroused anger in them. So they decided to arm themselves against the Mughals.
  • Before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Ji sent a message to his son, Hargobind Ji, “Let him sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability.”

Question 3.
What were the main features of Guru Hargobind Ji’s New Policy?
Or
What do you know about the New Policy of Miri and Piri of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Or
What was the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji? What were its main features?
Or
Write any three features of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:

  • Guru Hargobind Ji sat on Gurgaddi with great pomp and show. He wore two swords of Miri and Piri.
  • Guru Hargobind Ji decided to keep an army for the protection of the Sikh Panth.
  • Guru Hargobind Ji announced that the Sikhs should offer horses and arms in place of money.
  • With the objective of making Amritsar secure and protected, he got a fortress, Lohgarh constructed.
  • He got constructed Akal Takht Sahib near Sri Harmandir Sahib.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Miri and Piri?
Or
What is ‘Miri’ and ‘Piri’? Describe its historical importance?
Or
What do you mean by Miri and Piri?
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
At the time of ascending Gurgaddi Guru Hargobind Ji, he decided to wear two swords of Miri and Piri. The sword of Miri symbolised temporal power and the sword of Piri symbolised the spiritual power. The wearing of these two swords by Guru Hargobind Ji meant that, hence forward, he would guide the Sikhs in both worldly and religious matters. Thus, Guru Hargobind Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers.

Question 5.
Write a short note on the imprisonment of Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Or
Why did Jahangir arrest Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
A few years after the assumption of Guruship by Guru Hargobind Ji, Jahangir called Guru Sahib to Delhi and imprisoned him in the fort of Gwalior. Why was Guru Hargobind Ji taken prisoner? There is a difference of opinion among historians on this point. Some historians are of the view that Chandu Shah’s conspiracy was responsible for it. Most of the historians agree to the view that Jahangir imprisoned Guru Sahib for adopting the New Policy. Guru Sahib remained imprisioned from 1606 to 1608 A.D.

Question 6.
Write a shor£ note on relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and Mughal emperor Jahangir.
Answer:
In 1605 A.D. Jahangir ascended the throne of Mughal Empire. He was a fanatic Sunni Muslim. In a bid to crush the Sikh movement, he martyred Guru Arjan Sahib in 1606 A.D. So Guru Hargobind Ji decided to arm the Sikhs against the Mughals. It infuriated Jahangir. He imprisoned Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. Later on Jahangir ordered Guru Sahib’s release. After the release, the relation between Guru Hargobind Ji and Jahangir took a friendly turn.

Question 7.
What were the causes of battles between Guru. Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Or
Write any three causes of battles between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.
Answer:

  • Shah Jahan was a great orthodox. He got Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s baoli at Lahore filled with debris.
  • Shaikh Masoom, the leader of Naqshbandis, instigated Shah Jahan against Guru Hargobind Ji.
  • The New Policy of Guru Hargobind Ji became the major factor in widening the gulf between the Sikhs and the Mughals.
  • Guru Ji was called as Sacha-Padshah by his followers
  • Shah Jahan could not tolerate Kaulani’s becoming of Guru Hargobind Ji’s disciple.

Question 8.
Give a brief account of the battle of Amritsar fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals.
Answer:
The first battle between the Sikhs and the Mughals was fought during Guru Hargobind Ji’s time, at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. A royal hawk was the immediate cause of this battle. Shah Jahan’s hawk flew away. The Sikhs refused to give it back to the Mughals. Consequently, Shah Jahan sent an army of 7000 soldiers under the command of Mukhlis Khan to teach a lesson to the Sikhs. The Sikhs became victorious in this first battle.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 9.
What do you know about the battle of Kartarpur fought between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughals?
Answer:
The third battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. The cause of this battle was Painda Khan. He had become arrogant. So Guru Hargobind Ji had dismissed him from the army. Painda Khan decided to avenge this insult. He instigated Shah Jahan to take military action against Guru Hargobind Ji. As a result Shah Jahan sent an army against Guru Hargobind Ji. A fierce battle was fought between the two armies at Kartarpur. The Mughal army had to face a crushing defeat.

Question 10.
Write briefly Guru Hargobind’s battles with the Mughals. What is their significance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji fought four battles against the Mughals in Shah Jahan’s time from 1634 to 1635 A.D. The first battle was fought at Amritsar in 1634 A.D. The second battle was fought at Lahira in 1634 A.D. The third battle was fought at Kartarpur in 1635 A.D. In the same year, the last battle was fought at Phagwara. Despite their limited resources, the Sikhs came out victorious in these battles.

Question 11.
Why is Guru Hargobind Ji known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Answer:
The Mughal emperor Jahangir had detained Guru Hargobind Ji in the fort of Gwalior. In this fort were confined 52 other kings. These kings were very much impressed by Guru Hargobind Ji’s personality.. But when Jahangir decided to release Guru Hargobind Ji, sent a message to Jahangir that he would not get released from the fort of Gwalior as long as 52 kings were also not released. Consequently, Jahangir had to order the release of these 52’kings also. In’this way, Guru Hargobind Ji came to be known as Bandi Chhor Baba (emancipator of captives).

Question 12.
Write a note on Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
Explain briefly about the construction and importance of Akal Takht Sahib.
Or
What is the importance of the construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The construction of Akal Takht Sahib (The eternal throne) by Guru Hargobind Ji was his stupendous work. Its construction was started by Guru Hargobind Sahib in 1606 A.D. in front of Harmandir Ji. This project was completed ’ in 1609 A.D. Here Guru Hargobind Ji used to sit in a princely attire and guide the Sikhs in political and military affairs. From here he used to witness wrestling bouts and other martial arts of the Sikhs.

Question 13.
Give a.brief account of the relations of Guru Hargobind Ji with the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan.
Answer:

  • Shah Jahan was a very orthodox emperor. He got the Baoli, built by Guru Arjan Dev Ji at Lahore, filled with filth.
  • Naqshbandis started inciting Shah Jahan against the Sikhs with redoubled zeal,
  • Shah Jahan did not like Guru Sahib’s keeping an army and the Sikhs calling him Sacha Padshah,
  • Dining-1634-35 A.D. four battles were fought between the Sikhs and the Mughals at Amritsar, Lahira, Kartarpur and Phagwara. In these battles the Sikhs became victorious while the Mughals had to face defeat.

Question 14.
Write a short note on the relations between Guru Hargobind Ji and the Mughal emperors.
Answer:
The Mughal emperors Jahangir and Shah Jahan were contemporaries of Guru Hargobind Ji. Both of them were religiously intolerant. Wearing of the swords of Miri and Piri and being called as Sacha Padshah by Guru Hargobind Ji was, intolerable for Jahangir. He detained Guru Ji in the fort of Gwalior. After Jahangir, Shah-Jahan became the emperor. Guru Ji had to fight four battles against him, in which Guru Ji was victorious.

Question 15. Why did Guru Hargobind Ji choose the settle down at Kiratpur?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji choose to settle down at Kiratpur Sahib because of the following reasons:

  • Kiratpur was not directly under the Mughal aifthorities.
  • It was surrounded by Shivalik Hills. Therefore it was a more secure place.
  • Guru Ji could live here with peace. Therefore he could devote his time to the spread of Sikhism.
  • It is a good place for training of the soldiers.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Answer in One Word to One Sentence:

Question 1.
Who was the sixth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 2.
Give the period of Guruship of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
1606 A.D. to 1645 A.D.

Question 3.
When did Guru Hargobind Ji succeed the Gurgaddi?
Answer:
1606 A.D.

Question 4.
Name the father of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of Guru Hargobind Ji’s mother?
Answer:
The name of Guru Hargobind Ji’s mother was Mata Ganga Devi Ji.

Question 6.
Who was Bibi Veero?
Answer:
The daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 7.
Who was the eldest son of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
Baba Gurditta Ji.

Question 8.
Whose son was Baba Gurditta Ji?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 9.
Whose son was Baba Atal Rai Ji?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 10.
Give any one reason which led to the adoption of New Policy by Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 11.
Which Guru started the Miri and Piri system?
Or
Which Guru wore two swords?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 12.
What is meant by the Miri and Piri?
Answer:
(a) Miri symbolised worldly power.
(b) Piri stood for spiritual power.

Question 13.
Where wasISri Akal Takht Sahib established?
Answer:
At Amritsar.

Question 14.
By whom was Sri Akal Takht Sahib built?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 15.
When was Sri Akal Takht Sahib constructed?
Answer:
In 1606 A.D.

Question 16.
What is meant by Sri Akal Takht Sahib?
Answer:
The seat of God.

Question 17.
On which historical fact Sri Akal Takht Sahib throws light?
Answer:
Blend of Sikh religion and Sikh politics.

Question 18.
Who was the commander of Pathan batallion of Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
Painda Khan.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Question 19.
By which Mughal emperor was Guru Hargobind Ji kept as a prisoner?
Answer:
Jahangir.

Question 20.
Where did Jahangir imprison Guru Hargobind Ji?
Answer:
In the fort of Gwalior.

Question 21.
Who is known as Bandi Chhor Baba?
Or
Which Guru is addressed as ‘Bandi Chhor’?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 22.
Mention any one reason for straining of relations between the Sikhs and Shah Jahan.
Answer:
Religious fanaticism of Shah Jahan.

Question 23.
Who was Kaolan?
Answer:
She was the daughter of Qazi Rustam Khan.

Question 24.
Which Guru is known as ‘Dal Banjan Gur Surma’?
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 25.
Where was the first battle between Guru Hargobind Ji and Mughals (Shah Jahan) fought?
Answer:
At Amritsar.

Question 26.
When was the battle between the Mughals and Guru Hargobind Ji fought?
Answer:
In 1634 A.D.

Question 27.
Name the two horses responsible for the battle of Lahira.
Answer:
Dilbag and Gulbag.

Question 28.
Whose name was Gulbag?
Answer:
It was the name of a horse presented to Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 29.
Whose name was Dilbag?
Answer:
It was the name of a horse presented to Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 30.
Who was Bidi Chand?
Answer:
A devoted follower of Guru Hargobind Ji.

Question 31.
When was’the battle of Kartarpur fought?
Answer:
1635 A.D.

Question 32.
Which Guru Sahib showed his bravery in the battle of Kartarpur?
Answer:
Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Question 33.
Where did Guru Hargobind Ji spend his last ten years?
Answer:
At Kiratpur Sahib.

Question 34.
When did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse with Immortal?
Answer:
1645 A.D.

Question 35.
Where did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse with Immortal?
Answer:
At Kiratpur Sahib.

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Hargobind was born in ………………….
Answer:
1595 A D.

2. The name of the father of Guru Hargobind Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

3. In ……………… Guru Hargobind Ji succeeded to Guruship.
Answer:
1606 A.D.

4. The name of the daughter of Sri Guru Hargobind was ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Veero Ji

5. The age of Sri Guru Hargobind Ji at the time of Guruship was ………………. years.
Answer:
11

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

6. Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji wore ………………. swords.
Answer:
Miri and Piri

7. Sri Akal Takhat Sahib was raised by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Hargobind Ji

8. The construction of Sri Akal Takht Sahib was started in ……………
Answer:
1606 A.D.

9. After the death of Jahangir ……………… became the Mughal Emperor.
Answer:
Shah Jahan

10. Guru ……………….. Ji is called Bandi Chhor Baba.
Answer:
Hargobind

11. Battle of Amritsar was fought in ………………….
Answer:
1634 A.D.

12. The immediate cause of battle of Lahira was two horses named ……….. and ……………..
Answer:
Dilbag, Gulbag

13. Guru Hargobind Ji established a new town ……………….
Answer:
Kiratpur Sahib

14. Guru Hargobind Ji immersed in Eternal Light in …………….
Answer:
1645 A.D.

15. Sri Hargobind Ji disappeared in ……………… A.D.
Answer:
1645

True or False:

1. Guru Hargobind Ji was the Seventh Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
False

2. Guru Hargobind Ji was born in 1595 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the father of Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
True

4. Baba Gurditta Ji was the eldest son of Guru Hargobind Sahib Ji.
Answer:
True

5. The name of the daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji was Bibi Veero.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Hargobind Ji succeeded to Guruship in 1606 A.D.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Hargobind Ji adopted New Policy.
Answer:
True

8. Guru Hargobind Ji started the New Policy of Miri and Piri.
Answer:
True

9. Guru Aijan Sahib Ji started the construction of Akal Takht Sahib.
Answer:
False

10. The Mughal Emperor Jahangir imprisoned Guru Hargobind Ji at Gwalior.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Hargobind Ji, is addressed as ‘Bandi Chhor’.
Answer:
True

12. Shah Jahan became the new Mughal Emperor in 1628 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. The first battle between the Mughals and the Sikhs was fought in 1634 A.D. at Amritsar.
Answer:
True

14. Guru Hargobind Ji established the new town of ‘Kiratpur Sahib’.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Hargobind Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1635 A.D.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 7 Guru Hargobind Ji and Transformation of Sikhism

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the sixth Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Guru Har Krishan Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Har Rai Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji

2. When was Guru Hargobind Ji born?
(a) In 1509 A.D.
(b) In 1593 A.D.
(c) In 1595 A.D.
(d) In 1597 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1595 A.D.

3. Who was the father of Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

4. What was the name of the mother of Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Lakshmi Devi Ji
(b) Ganga Devi Ji
(c) Sulakhni Ji
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) Ganga Devi Ji

5. Who was BibfVeero?
(a) Wife of Guru Hargobind Ji
(b) Daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Daughter of Guru Har Rai Ji
(d) Wife of Bhai Gurditta Ji.
Answer:
(b) Daughter of Guru Hargobind Ji

6. When did Guru Hargobind Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1506 A.D.
(b) In 1556 A.D.
(c) In 1605 A.D.
(d) In 1606 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1606 A.D.

7. Which Guru started the Miri and Piri system?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji
(c) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Hargobind Ji

8. Which Guru built Akal Takht Sahib?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji

9. When was the construction of Akal Takhat Sahib completed?
(a) In 1606 A.D.
(b) In 1607 A.D.
(c) In 1609 A.D.
(d) In 1611 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1609 A.D.

10. Who is called Bandi Chhor Baba?
(a) Banda Singh Bahadur
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Guru Hargbind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Hargbind Ji

11. Where was the first battle fought between Guru Hargbind Ji and Mughals?
(a) Phagwara
(b) Amritsar
(c) Kartarpur
(d) Lahore.
Answer:
(b) Amritsar

12. When was the first battle between Hargobind Ji and Mughals fought?
(a) In 1606 A.D.
(b) In 1624 A.D.
(c) In 1630 A.D.
(d) In 1634 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1634 A.D.

13. In which battle Guru Tegh Bahadur showed feats of bravery?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Lahira
(c) Kartarpur
(d) Phagwara.
Answer:
(c) Kartarpur

14. Which town was founded by Guru Hargobind Ji?
(a) Kartarpur
(b) Kiratpur Sahib
(c) Amritsar
(d) Tarn Taran.
Answer:
(b) Kiratpur Sahib

15. Whom did Guru Hargobind Ji appoint his successor?
(a) Har Rai Ji
(b) Har Kishan Ji
(c) Tegh Bahadur Ji
(d) Gobind Rai Ji
Answer:
(a) Har Rai Ji

16. When did Guru Hargobind Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1628 A.D.
(b) In 1635 A.D.
(c) In 1638 A.D.
(d) In 1645 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1645 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji when he became the Guru?
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji after his accession to Gurgaddi?
Answer:
After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims had established the Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi was the leader of this organization. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his, ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans or the priestly class of Punjab were also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of the Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against Guru Ji. So, they asked an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became an arch-enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Throw a brief light on four important achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. In 1601 A.D. the construction of Harmandir Sahib was completed. The construction of Harmandir Sahib proved a milestone in the history of Sikhism.

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in the Majha tract of Punjab, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 km to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Development of Masand System: The development of the Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programs. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands. This Masand’s not only collected money but also propagated Sikhism with vigorous zeal.

5. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji, and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints, and Baths. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of the Sikh religion.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid on 13th January 1588 A.D. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolizes that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, color, or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D., Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about Masand System?
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand System.
Or
Who started Masand System? What were its aims?
Or
Give a brief description of the Masand System.
Or
Write a short note on Masand System.
Answer:
Of the institutions which appreciably contributed towards the development of Sikhism, the Masand system was one of them. A brief description of its various aspects is given below:

1. Meaning of Masand System: The word Masand has been derived from the Persian word ‘Masnad’. Masand means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others they were called Masands.

2. Introduction: When did the Masand system start is a controversial question among historians were: Some historians are of the view that the Masand system started during the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji. Hence the Masands were called Ramdasiyas in the beginning. Some other historians are of the view that the Masand system was started by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The majority of the historians are of the view that though the Masand system was started by Guru Ram Das Ji, its real development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Necessity of Masand System: The need for the Masand system arose because Guru Ram Das Ji needed money for the development of Ramdaspura or Amritsar and for the digging of the tanks of Amritsar and Santokhsar. Secondly, with the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for langar and other development programs. Thirdly, the Masand system was introduced for the propagation of Sikhism.

4. Development of Masand System: Though Guru Ram Das Ji started the Masand system yet its actual development took place during the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji reorganized the Masand system and gave it some new rules and regulations,

  • Guru Sahib enjoined upon the Sikhs to give away one-tenth (Daswandh) of their income in the name of Guru Sahib. It was not a compulsion but depended on their own will.
  • To collect the Daswandh, Guru Sahib appointed the Masands. They deposited this money every year on the occasion of Baisakhi and Diwali with the Guru Sahib at Amritsar.

5. Importance of Masand System: The Masand system initially made a commendable contribution towards the development of Sikhism. It was due to this that the Sikh religion spread far and wide. Many people embraced Sikhism. Secondly, it fixed the income of the Guru’s house. This income was used to establish new towns by Guru Sahib and other development works for Sikhism. It further increased the popularity of Guru Sahib and Sikhism. Thirdly, the institution of langar could run smoothly with this income.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 5.
Write a note on the compilation and importance of Adi Granth Sahib (Guru Granth Sahib).
Or
Discuss in brief the importance of Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Write a note on Adi Granth Sahib.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib and its historical importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji used various sources for writing the Bani. The Bani of the first three Gurus—Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, and Guru Amar Das Ji were with the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji i.e. Baba Mohan Ji. To compile the Bani, Guru Arjan Dev Ji first sent Bhai Gurdas Ji and then Baba Buddha Ji to Baba Mohan Ji but they were not successful in their objective. After this, Guru Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib barefooted. Impressed by the humility of Guru Ji, ‘Baba Mohan Ji gave away the entire Bani to Guru Ji. Guru Arjan Dev Ji already had the Bani of Guru Ram Das Ji with him. Guru Sahib included his own Bani in it. After this Guru Sahib called upon the devotees of Hindu Bhagats and Suffi Saints and asked them to recite the hymns of their saints correctly.

The hymns of only those Bhagats and Suffi Saints were included in the Guru Granth Sahib which was similar to the Bani of the Gurus. The works of Kahna, Chhajju, Shah Hussain, and Pilu were rejected. The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D. is a great landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It provided the Sikh with a unique religious scripture. No doubt Guru Granth Sahib is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries.

Question 6.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji and elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He had been dreaming of getting the Gurgaddi for a long. As such, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji when the latter got Gurgaddi. He started grabbing the offerings meant for Langar. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Ji. He connived with the Mughal officials and started hatching conspiracies against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. These conspiracies became a major cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.

Question 7.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this, he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned, they proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandhu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. But after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the proposal of his daughter’s marriage with Hargobind. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks of Chandhu Shah against the Guru. So they asked Guru Arjan Dev to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Ji did the same.

On hearing this Chandhu Shah got very angry and became Guru Ji’s sworn enemy. Then he planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. First, he incited Mughal Emperor Akbar and later on Jahangir. Jahangir decided to take stern action against Guru Ji.

Question 8.
Mention five main causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine five major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri.

2. Development of Sikh Panth: In Guru Arjan Ji’s time, Sikhism progressed considerably. It got a new impetus with the construction of Harmandir Sahib and establishment of the cities like Tarn Taran, Kartarpur and Hargobindpur. Masand system played a significant role in the development of Sikhism. The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib helped in propagating Sikh religion. This was something intolerable and unbearable for the Mughals. They, therefore, thought of crushing the growing power of the Sikhs.

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason, only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing GuruArjan Dev Ji openly.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested he marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On hearing it Chandu Shah was enraged and he uttered some objectionable words in the honor of Guru Sahib. Afterward, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to accept this relation. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears. Jahangir made up his mind to take strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had come to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures and to confiscate the whole of his property.

Question 9.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Its headquarters was at Sirhind. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence and powers of the Sikhs in Punjab. The main reason was that the Muslims were intolerant to any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

Question 10.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib?
Answer:
Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Sahib became the immediate cause of Guru Sahib’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. When the Mughal forces tried to arrest him he ran to Punjab. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Sahib’s blessings. Being the grandson of Akbar with whom Guru Sahib had very good relations, it was but natural that he won Guru Sahib’s sympathy. Moreover anybody was free to come to the home of Guru and receive his blessings. It is said that Guru Sahib put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required by him to go to Kabul.

When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Sahib. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 11.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.
1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers.

2. Unity among the Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Now, they felt the need of joining their hands in order to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals. The Sikhs, henceforth, began to assemble under one banner.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position’had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for.an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour’, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru .Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism.

Essay Type Questions:

Early Career And Difficulties Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 1.
Describe briefly the early life of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What difficulties he have to face at the time of his accession to Guruship?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15,1563 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib. He was the youngest son of Guru Ram Das Ji. He belonged to a Kashatriya family of Sodhi caste. His mother’s name was Bibi Bhani.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very dear to his parents. His maternal grandfather Guru Amar Das Ji had special attachment with this grandson. He made a forecast that the child would become a great man, “Ih Mera Dohta, Bani Ka Bohita Hovega”. (This grandson of mine will produce the boat of Bani to ferry others across). His prediction proved true. Right from the beginning Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very promising, a symbol of modesty and a very religious-minded person. He learnt Hindi and Persian languages. He received knowledge about Gurbani from his parents and grandfather. He was married to Ganga Devi, daughter of Krishan Chand of village Mou of Phillaur. In 1595 A.D. he was blessed with a son named Hargobind.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Ram Das Ji had three sons. Prithi Chand the eldest son was utterly selfish and subtle. His second son Mahadev was an ascetic, who showed no interest in the worldly affairs. Arjan Dev Ji was his third and the youngest son. Devotion to God, modesty and selfless service were his three main characteristics. So Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Dev Ji as his successor in 1581 A.D. Thus Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased. Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs.

When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans of Punjab w;ere also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind,;son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honour of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against the Guru Ji. So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same.

Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 2.
What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the evolution of Sikhism?
Or
Describe the various organizational works done by Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give an account of the various achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the organization and development of Sikhism.
Or
Discuss the contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid in 1588 AD. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings.

Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side. It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom Img 1

Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in Majha tract of the Punjab founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 kms to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named as Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism was of great value.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593-94 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. It is situated between the Beas and the Sutlej rivers. Here Guru Sahib built a tank named ‘Gangsar’. Thus, Kartarpur also became the centre of propagation of Sikhism. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named as Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Construction of a Baoli at Lahore: Once on the request of Sikh Sangat, Guru Sahib went to Lahore. There he got constructed a Baoli in Dabbi Bazaar. This Baoli became a holy place for the Sikhs of that area.

5. Development of Masand System: Development of Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others, so they were called as Masands. With the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programmes. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands.

These Masands not only collected money, but also propagated Sikhism with a vigorous zeal. The money collected by Masands was deposited in the Guru’s treasury at Amritsar on the occasions of Diwali and Baisakhi. The Masand system played a vital role in spreading the message of Sikhism to far-off places. Secondly, it gave a definite income to Guru Arjan Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The main objective of its compilation was to keep the Gurbani of the former Sikh Gurus intact and .to provide the Sikhs a separate religious scripture of their own. The compilation work was started by the Guru at Ramsar sarovar near Amritsar. He dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji.

This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of Sikh religion. It gave the Sikhs a holy book of their own. It is called the Bible of the Sikhs. By including the hymns of the people belonging to different religions and castes in it, Guru Arjan Dev Ji has set up an example. Adi Granth Sahib Ji throws ample light on the political, religious, social and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Before Guru Gobind Singh Ji immersed in Eternal Light he gave Adi Granth Sahib Ji the status of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “The compilation of the Granth formed an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

7. Trade of Horses. In order to make the Sikhs rich and prosperous, Guru Arjan Sahib encouraged,the Sikhs to take the trade of horses beyond the Indus with Arab countries. This step of Guru Arjan Sahib not only increased the income of the Sikhs but they became good horse riders also. Moreover, it dealt an effective blow at the stringency of caste and Hindu superstitions. It went a long way in breaking down the barrier that prevented the Hindus from crossing the Indus.

8. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Mughal emperor Akbar had set up friendly relations with Guru Arjan Sahib. During the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji his opponents Prithia, Ghandhu Shah, Brahmans and orthodox Muslims all tried their best to instigate the emperor against the Guru in’every possible way, but Akbar paid no heed to their false complaints. Some Muslims tried to instigate Akbar by complaining that the Adi Granth Sahib’ written by Guru Sahib contained many sayings against Islam. When Akbar looked into the matter, he said that the Granth was worthy of reverence, On the request made by Guru Arjan Sahib, Akbar reduced the land revenue by 10%. Due to it Guru Arjan Sahib earned a good name and fame and it helped in the development of Sikhism also.

9. Nomination of the Successor: In 1606 A.D., before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji nominated his son Hargobind as his successor. Guru Sahib instructed him to sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability. Thus, Guru Arjan not only maintained the tradition of Gurgaddi, but also changed its peaceful course.

10. Estimate of Guru Arjan Sahib’s Achievements: Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the development of Sikhism is remarkable. By constructing Harmandir Sahib, he has presented to the Sikhs their most sacred religious place. In the coming times, the Sikhs always got inspiration from it. Establishment of Tarn Taran, Hargobindpur and Kartarpur proved to be very helpful in the propagation of Sikh religion. Masand system made Sikh religion more powerful.

The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. We agree with the remarks of Prof. Harbans Singh, “Under Guru Arjan, the Fifth Guru, Sikhism became more firmly established.” According to another famous historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “During the period of Guru Arjan, Sikhism took a significant stride.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 3.
Give an account of the early career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was his contribution to Sikhism?
Answer:

Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontification was from 1581 to 1606 A.D. The pontification of Guru Arjan Dev Ji saw the unprecedented development on the one band and on the other hand his martyrdom started a new era in the Sikh history. A brief description of early career and difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is as under:

Early Career of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15,1563 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib. He was the youngest son of Guru Ram Das Ji. He belonged to a Kashatriya family of Sodhi caste. His mother’s name was Bibi Bhani.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Right from his childhood, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very dear to his parents. His maternal grandfather Guru Amar Das Ji had special attachment with this grandson. He made a forecast that the child would become a great man, “Ih Mera Dohta, Bani Ka Bohita Hovega”. (This grandson of mine will produce the boat of Bani to ferry others across). His prediction proved true. Right from the beginning Guru Arjan Dev Ji was very promising, a symbol of modesty and a very religious-minded person. He learnt Hindi and Persian languages. He received knowledge about Gurbani from his parents and grandfather. He was married to Ganga Devi, daughter of Krishan Chand of village Mou of Phillaur. In 1595 A.D. he was blessed with a son named Hargobind.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Guru Ram Das Ji had three sons. Prithi Chand the eldest son was utterly selfish and subtle. His second son Mahadev was an ascetic, who showed no interest in the worldly affairs. Arjan Dev Ji was his third and the youngest son. Devotion to God, modesty and selfless service were his three main characteristics. So Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Dev Ji as his successor in 1581 A.D. Thus Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.

Difficulties of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

After ascending Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face a number of difficulties. A brief description of these is given as under:

1. Opposition of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Therefore, he presumed himself as the true successor of Gurgaddi. But, when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was nominated as the successor by Guru Ram Das Ji he refused to submit and adopted an attitude of open defiance. He spoke bad words to his father. When Guru Rain Das Ji immersed with Immortal, Prithia spread the rumour that Arjan Dev Ji poisoned Guru Ram Das Ji so that, he might succeed to Gurgaddi. He asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji for his share in the property. Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave him all his property, but still he was not appeased.

Now, he forcibly started collecting funds brought for Langar by the Sikh Sangat and used them for his personal affairs. When in 1595 A.D. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s wife was blessed with a son, named Hargobind, he hatched a number of conspiracies to put an end to the life of infant Hargobind. Prithi Chand planned a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji and complained to Akbar through a Mughal employee Sulahi Khan. But Akbar paid no heed to his complaints. Thus, till his death, Prithia remained an arch enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

2. Opposition of Orthodox Muslims: Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face stiff opposition from orthodox Muslims. Muslims could never tolerate the increasing influence of Sikhs. Orthodox Muslims in order to save their religion established Naqshbandi order at Sirhind. Shaikh Ahmad Sibhindi was the leader of this organisation. In 1605 A.D., when Jahangir became the new Mughal ruler, these Naqshbandis poisoned his ears against the Sikhs. As Jahangir was an orthodox emperor, so it had the desired impact on him.

3. Opposition of Brahmans: The Brahmans of Punjab w;ere also against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The main reason behind this was that the propagation of Sikh religion resulted in the decreasing influence of BrahmAnswer: Sikhs had started performing their customs and traditions even without BrahmAnswer: When Guru Arjan Dev Ji edited Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Brahmans could not tolerate it. They complained to Akbar against Guru Granth Sahib but Akbar observed that it was a scripture worthy of reverence.

4. Opposition of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. In connection with this he sent his messengers in different parts. When they returned they proposed the name of Hargobind,;son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and remarked some objectionable words in the honour of Guru Ji. But, after being persuaded by his wife he agreed to the proposal. By this time the Sikhs had come to know about the remarks given by Chandu Shah against the Guru Ji.

So, they asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to turn down this proposal. Consequently, Guru Arjan Dev Ji did the same. Now Chandu Shah personally came to Guru Arjan Dev Ji and offered Rs. 1 lakh and promised to give more dowry. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused saying, “My words are engraved on stone, and cannot be effaced. If you give me the whole world as a dowry with your daughter, my son will not marry her.” On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Guru Arjan Dev Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1581 to 1606 A.D/ With his accession to Guruship, Sikhism entered into a new phase. Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism is multifaceted. His important achievements are as follows:

1. Construction of Harmandir Sahib: The foremost achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the consolidation of Sikhism was the construction of Harmandir Sahib. Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging of Amrit Sarovar and it was completed by Guru Arjan Dev Ji. After this, he started the construction work of Harmandir Sahib (Temple of God) in Amrit Sarovar. Its foundation was laid in 1588 AD. by a very famous Sufi Saint, named Mian Mir Ji. The Sikhs suggested to Guru Arjan Dev Ji that the temple should be higher than the surrounding buildings. But Guru Arjan Sahib said, “He who is humble shall be exalted.” That is why the building of the temple was kept lower as compared to the other buildings. Another distinguishing feature of Harmandir Sahib was that it has four doorways, one on each side.

It symbolises that the people from all the four directions of the world may come to this temple of God without any discrimination on the basis of caste, colour or creed. On completion of this temple in 1601 A.D. Guru Sahib announced that the pilgrimage to this place would have the value of all the 68 Hindu places of pilgrimage and if any pilgrim takes bath here with full devotion shall attain salvation. It impressed a large number of people. They started coming here in large numbers and it helped in the propagation of Sikhism. In a very short period, Harmandir Sahib became the most important pilgrimage of the Sikhs. According to G.S. Talib,

“This temple and the pool became to Sikhism what Mecca is to Islam, Jerusalem to Judaism and Christianity and Bodh Gaya to Buddhism.”

2. Foundation of Tarn Taran: Guru Arjan Dev Ji, in order to propagate Sikhism in Majha tract of the Punjab founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. This city is 24 kms to the South of Amritsar. Here a tank named as Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim who takes bath in this tank shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism was of great value.

3. Foundation of Kartarpur and Hargobindpur: In 1593-94 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji laid the foundation of another town called Kartarpur in Jalandhar Doab. Kartarpur means, ‘The City of God’. It is situated between the Beas and the Sutlej rivers. Here Guru Sahib built a tank named ‘Gangsar’. Thus, Kartarpur also became the centre of propagation of Sikhism. On the occasion of the birth of his son in 1595 A.D. Hargobind, Guru Arjan Dev Sahib founded another town on the bank of the river Beas and this town was named as Hargobindpur after the name of his son.

4. Construction of a Baoli at Lahore: Once on the request of Sikh Sangat, Guru Sahib went to Lahore. There he got constructed a Baoli in Dabbi Bazaar. This Baoli became a holy place for the Sikhs of that area.

5. Development of Masand System: Development of Masand system was one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. The word Masand has been derived from the word ‘Masnad’ which means high place. As the representatives of Guru Sahib used to sit on a higher place than others, so they were called as Masands. With the passage of time, the number of Sikhs had increased considerably. As a consequence, the Guru needed money for Langar and other development programmes. It was enjoined upon every Sikh to give Daswandh (l/10th) of his total income to Guru Sahib. For collecting this money from Sikhs, he appointed very responsible persons called Masands.

These Masands not only collected money, but also propagated Sikhism with a vigorous zeal. The money collected by Masands was deposited in the Guru’s treasury at Amritsar on the occasions of Diwali and Baisakhi. The Masand system played a vital role in spreading the message of Sikhism to far-off places. Secondly, it gave a definite income to Guru Arjan Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The crowning achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism is the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The main objective of its compilation was to keep the Gurbani of the former Sikh Gurus intact and .to provide the Sikhs a separate religious scripture of their own. The compilation work was started by the Guru at Ramsar sarovar near Amritsar. He dictated the hymns to Bhai Gurdas Ji. This work was completed in 1604 A.D. In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Dev Ji included the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji, Guru Amar Das Ji, Guru Ram Das Ji and his own hymns, which were maximum (2216) in number. Besides this, he had added the hymns of many Bhagats, Sufi Saints and Bhats. Later on, the hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included in it.

The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a great landmark in the history of Sikh religion. It gave the Sikhs a holy book of their own. It is called the Bible of the Sikhs. By including the hymns of the people belonging to different religions and castes in it, Guru Arjan Dev Ji has set up an example. Adi Granth Sahib Ji throws ample light on the political, religious, social and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Before Guru Gobind Singh Ji immersed in Eternal Light he gave Adi Granth Sahib Ji the status of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “The compilation of the Granth formed an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

7. Trade of Horses. In order to make the Sikhs rich and prosperous, Guru Arjan Sahib encouraged,the Sikhs to take the trade of horses beyond the Indus with Arab countries. This step of Guru Arjan Sahib not only increased the income of the Sikhs but they became good horse riders also. Moreover, it dealt an effective blow at the stringency of caste and Hindu superstitions. It went a long way in breaking down the barrier that prevented the Hindus from crossing the Indus.

8. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Mughal emperor Akbar had set up friendly relations with Guru Arjan Sahib. During the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji his opponents Prithia, Ghandhu Shah, Brahmans and orthodox Muslims all tried their best to instigate the emperor against the Guru in’every possible way, but Akbar paid no heed to their false complaints. Some Muslims tried to instigate Akbar by complaining that the Adi Granth Sahib’ written by Guru Sahib contained many sayings against Islam. When Akbar looked into the matter, he said that the Granth was worthy of reverence, On the request made by Guru Arjan Sahib, Akbar reduced the land revenue by 10%. Due to it Guru Arjan Sahib earned a good name and fame and it helped in the development of Sikhism also.

9. Nomination of the Successor: In 1606 A.D., before his martyrdom, Guru Arjan Dev Ji nominated his son Hargobind as his successor. Guru Sahib instructed him to sit fully armed on his throne and maintain an army to the best of his ability. Thus, Guru Arjan not only maintained the tradition of Gurgaddi, but also changed its peaceful course.

10. Estimate of Guru Arjan Sahib’s Achievements: Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution in the development of Sikhism is remarkable. By constructing Harmandir Sahib, he has presented to the Sikhs their most sacred religious place. In the coming times, the Sikhs always got inspiration from it. Establishment of Tarn Taran, Hargobindpur and Kartarpur proved to be very helpful in the propagation of Sikh religion. Masand system made Sikh religion more powerful.

The compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. We agree with the remarks of Prof. Harbans Singh, “Under Guru Arjan, the Fifth Guru, Sikhism became more firmly established.” According to another famous historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “During the period of Guru Arjan, Sikhism took a significant stride.”

Adi Granth Sahib Ji:

Question 4.
Write a detailed note on the compilation and historical importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a critical note on compilation, language, contents and significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Undoubtedly the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji is Guru Arjan Sahib’s greatest achievement. In Sikhism, this sacred Granth is as revered as the Bible by the Christians, the Quran by the Mohammedans and the Vedas and Gita by the Hindus. In fact, Adi Granth Sahib is not only a holy book of the Sikhs but also a priceless treasure for the whole humanity.

1. Need for its Compilation: Many factors impressed upon the Guru the necessity for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. In the times of Guru Arjan Sahib, Sikh religion was getting momentum. So, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the necessity of laying down rules for the guidance of his followers in the performance of their daily religious duties. Secondly, Prithia, the elder brother of Guru Arjan had also started composing religious hymns of his own which he described as the compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and his successors. Under these circumstances, if the compositions of the Sikh Gurus were to be saved from spurious writings, an authentic text had to be written.

Thirdly, if the independence of the Sikh race was to be established, it was essential that they should have an independent religious book. Fourthly, Guru Arjan Dev Ji felt the need to replace the Hindu Granths, written in the Sanskrit language with a Granth of their own written in the simple language of the people of Punjab. The twenty-third and twenty-fourth pauris of the Anand Sahib state that real hymns of the Gurus should alone be repeated and revered by the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji writes,

“Come, ye disciples, beloved of the true Guru, sing a true song. Sing the song of the Guru, the song of songs, Saith Nanak, ever sing this true song.” Hence it was obligatory for Guru Arjan Dev Ji to take precautions, lest the Sikhs should recite writings other than those of the Sikh Gurus.

2. Collection of Hymns: For editing Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib collected hymns from different sources. Hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Guru Angad Dev Ji and Guru Amar Das Ji were lying with Baba Mohan Ji, the eldest son of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib himself went from Amritsar to Goindwal Sahib bare-footed. Impressed by the modesty of Guru Arjan Sahib, Baba Mohan handed over the whole material to the Guru. Hymns of Guru Ram Das Ji were already with Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib then added his own hymns. Then, Guru Arjan Dev Ji invited many disciples of Hindu and Muslim Saints to give him the best hymns of their Gurus and Saints. Thus, the Bani was collected from different sources.

3. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: For the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji, Guru Arjan Sahib selected a beautiful and solitary place situated to the south of Amritsar. Here Guru Arjan Dev Ji built a tank named as Ramsar Sarovar. On the bank of this sarovar tents were fixed under a peepal tree. Here Guru Arjan Sahib started the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. Guru Arjan Sahib dictated and Bhai Gurdas Ji went on writing. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. This Granth Sahib Ji was kept in Sri Harmandir Sahib and Baba Buddha Ji was appointed as the .first Head Granthi (priest).

4. Contributions in Adi Granth Sahib: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a very vast Granth. It contains a total of 5,894 Shabads (Hymns). The contributors in Adi Granth Sahib are divided into four classes:

  •  Sikh Gurus: Guru Granth Sahib Ji contains 976 hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, 62 of Guru Angad Dev Ji, 907 of Guru Amar Das Ji, 679 of Guru Ram Das Ji and 2216 hymns of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. Later on, in Guru Gobind Singh Ji’s time 116 hymns of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji were also included.
  • Bhagats and Saints: Adi Granth Sahib Ji includes the hymns of 15 Hindu Bhagats and Sufi Saints, whose teachings were similar to the teachings of the Sikh Gurus. These Saints and Bhagats are Bhagat Kabir Ji, Sheikh Farid Ji, Bhagat Namdev Ji, Bhagat Ravidas Ji, Bhagat Dhanna Ji, Bhagat Ramanand Ji and Bhagat Jaidev Ji. Out of them the maximum hymns numbering 541 belonged to Bhagat Kabir Ji.
  • Bhats: Adi Granth Sahib Ji also includes the sawayyas of 11 famous Bhats (Bards). These sawayyas are 123 in total. The famous Bhats are Nal Ji, Bal Ji, Jalap Ji, Bhikha Ji and Harbans Ji.
  • Others: The hymns of Satta, Balwand, Sunder and Mardana are also included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

5. Arrangement of the Matter: Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji have been divided into three parts. The first part consists of 13 pages contains the daily prayers like Japji Sahib, Rehras Sahib and Sohla. Second part is the main part of Granth Sahib. The hymns in this part have been divided into 31 parts based on 31 Ragas. As all the hymns contain the name of ‘Nanak’ therefore, the word ‘Mahala’ has been used to indicate which Guru’s composition it is. The third part contains the swayyas of Bhats, and those salokas of Sikh Gurus and Bhagats which could not be described in Ragas. Adi Granth Sahib Ji ends with an epilogue called ‘Mundavani’ which has two salokas.

6. Subject: In Adi Granth Sahib Ji, there are hymns in praise of God. It throws light on the importance of the remembrance of the Holy Nam, which is a kind of meditation, attainment of Sach Khand and importance of Guru. It gives us the message of welfare for all human beings, oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

7. Language: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Gurmukhi script. In it, the words from Punjabi, Hindi, Marathi, Gujarati, Sanskrit and Persian languages spoken in 15th, 16th and 17th centuries were used.

Significance of Adi Granth Sahib:

Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a matchless religious book not only of the Sikhs, but of the whole mankind. The hymns of Adi Granth Sahib Ji give the universal message of the oneness of God and brotherhood of mankind.

1. Importance for the Sikhs: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. Today in every Sikh Gurudwara of the world, this sacred Granth is installed at a higher platform wrapped in silk cloth under a canopy. Sikhs revere it and bow before it with great respect. All Sikh ceremonies right from the birth till death are done in the presence of Guru Granth Sahib Ji. For the Sikhs, Guru Granth Sahib is the main source of inspiration for them. According to Dr. Wazir Singh,
“The Adi Granth‘was indeed his most precious gift to the Sikh world.”

2. Message of Brotherhood: Adi Granth Sahib Ji is the only sacred book of the world, which contains the hymns without any distinction on the basis of caste, colour and creed. By doing so Guru Arjan Sahib has given the message of brotherhood to all human beings.

3. Literary Importance: From the literary point of view Adi Granth Sahib is a unique work. It contains beautiful similies and embellishments. It has a, form and finish not equalled by subsequent writers. Therefore, from the literary point of view Guru Granth Sahib carries immense importance.

4. Historical Importance: No doubt Adi Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious political and economic life of 15th to 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In social field women’s position was miserable. They occupied a very low place in the society. A widow was cursed by one and all. Hindu society was divided into a number of castes and sub-castes. Guru Granth Sahib Ji also throws a good deal of light on the agriculture and trade and commerce of that period. According to Dr. D.S. Dhillon,
“Its compilation was undoubtedly an important landmark in the history of the Sikhs.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Martyrdom Of Guru Arjan Dev Ji:

Question 5.
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was the significance of this martyrdom?
Or
Explain the circumstances responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji,
Or
Write in detail about the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and its effects,
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji? What was its importance?
Or
Explain the causes which led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the real cause of the martyrdom?
Or
Examine the circumstances leading to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What was the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Describe the circumstances that led to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. What is the significance of his martyrdom?
Or
Discuss the causes and importance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Describe the causes and significance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
In 1606 A.D., Guru Arjan Dev Ji sacrificed his life for the sake of religion and truth. His martyrdom started a new era in Sikh history. Now Sikhs began to arm themselves to face the Mughals with bravery and courage. Many factors were responsible for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, which are discussed as below:

1. Fanaticism of Jahangir: Jahangir’s fanaticism was the main reason for Guru Arjan Ji’s martyrdom. He could not bear to see any other religion more prosperous than Islam. He could not tolerate the growing popularity of Sikhs in Punjab. So, he was looking for a chance to hamper their development. He wanted to put a stop to all this. He has written about it in his autobiography Tuzak-i- Jahangiri, “In Goindwal on the banks of the river Beas lived a Hindu named Arjan in the garb of ‘Pir’ or ‘Shaikh’. By his ways and manners he captured the fancy of many of the simple hearted Hindus and even many ignorant Muslims. He had loudly sounded the drum of his being Pir and a holy person.

They called him Guru and from all sides innocent and foolish people crowded to manifest their complete faith in him. For three or four generations they had kept their shop warm. Many times I thought of putting a stop to this vain affair onto bring him to Islam.” These words of Jahangir clearly show that his religious fanaticism was the main reason behind the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji

2. Development of Sikh Panth: In Guru Arjan Ji’s time, Sikhism progressed considerably. It got a new impetus with the construction of Harmandir Sahib and establishment of the cities like Tarn Taran, Kartarpur and Hargobindpur. Masand system played a significant role in the development of Sikhism. The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib helped in propagating Sikh religion. This was something intolerable and unbearable for the Mughals. They, therefore, thought of crushing the growing power of the Sikhs.

3. Enmity of Prithi Chand: Prithi Chand alias Prithia was the eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was a very greedy and selfish person. For this reason only Guru Ram Das Ji appointed Guru Arjan Sahib as his successor in 1581 A.D. Prithia could not tolerate that the Gurgaddi had passed on to somebody else. He then made a firm decision that he would not sit at ease until he had dethroned Guru Arjan Dev Ji and received Gurgaddi for himself. So, he started opposing Guru Arjan Dev Ji openly. He collected money from Masands meant for Langar and used it for his own personal use.

He tried to popularise his own compositions naming them as those of Guru Arjan Sahib’s. He started planning a conspiracy against Guru Arjan Dev Ji with the help of some Mughal officials. It further strained the relationship between the Mughals and Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

4. Enmity of Chandu Shah: Chandu Shah was the Diwan cJ Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. Many advisors suggested him to marry his daughter with Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He on hearing it Chander Shah was emerged and he uttered some objectionable words in the house of Guru Sahib. Afterwards, when Chandu Shah’s wife convinced him, he was ready to accept this relation. By this time, Guru Arjan Dev Ji came to know about all those abusive words Chandu Shah had uttered for him. So, he refused to accept shagun sent by Chandu Shah. When Chandu Shah came to know about this, he was determined to avenge the insult. He started poisoning Jahangir’s ears and he succeeded in getting what he wanted. Jahangir made up his mind to take a strict action against Guru Arjan Sahib.

5. Opposition of Naqshbandis: Naqshbandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Muslims could never see any other religion prospering and developing. Sheikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis, had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Sahib. Therefore, Jahangir decided to take action against Guru Sahib.

6. Compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji: The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji was another important reason of Guru Arjan Sahib’s martyrdom. Opponents of Guru Arjan Dev Ji complained against him to Jahangir saying that he had written many things against Islam. Jahangir instructed Guru Arjan Dev Ji to remove all anti-Islamic points from the Granth Sahib Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that Guru Granth Sahib Ji contained nothing against Islam. Then Jahangir asked him to write something about Hazrat Mohammad in this scripture. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji said that he could not do any such thing without Almighty’s permission. This enraged Jahangir all the more.

7. Help of Khusrau: Help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyrdom. Prince Khusrau had revolted against his father some time after his enthronement. On reaching Punjab Khusrau came to Tarn Taran to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead and gave him all sorts of help required to go to Kabul. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He ordered Lahore Governor, Murtaza Khan to execute him by giving severe physical tortures, and to confiscate the whole of his property.

How was Guru Arjan Dev Ji Martyred?

On Jahangir’s order Guru Arjan Dev Ji was arrested on 24th May, 1606 A.D. and brought to Lahore. Here Muslim Sufi Saint Mian Mir requested Jahangir to spare his life. Jahangir asked Guru Arjan Dev Ji to pay a fine of Rs. 2 lakh for sparing his life. But Guru Arjan Dev Ji refused to pay this fine. As a result, the Mughals made Guru Arjan Dev Ji to sit in a vessel of boiling water. Then Guru Arjan Dev Ji was made to sit on hot iron bars and hot sand was thrown on his naked body. The Guru Arjan Dev Ji bore all the tortures cheerfully by uttering the following verse: –

“Whatever you ordain appears sweet. I supplicate for the gift of Nam.”
Thus, Guru Arjan Dev Ji was immersed in Eternal Light on 30th May, 1606 A.D. at Lahore.

Significance of the Martyrdom:

The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was an event of tremendous importance in the evolution of the Sikh movement and in the history of Punjab.

1. New Policy of Guru Hargobind Sahib: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a turning point in the development of the Sikh community. Guru Hargobind Ji decided to adopt a New Policy in order to turn his followers into saint soldiers. He constructed Akal Takht Sahib with a view to impart military training to the Sikhs. He asked his followers to bring him horses and arms and join his army. It changed the entire character of the reformatory religious movement. According to famous historian K.S. Duggal, “Guru Arjan’s martyrdom precipitated the issues. It gave a new complexion to the shape of things in the Punjab and the Sikh Polity.”

2. Unity among the Sikhs: The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji infused a new spirit among the Sikhs. Now, they felt the need of joining their hands in order to put an end to the tyrannical rule of the Mughals. The Sikhs, henceforth, began to assemble under one banner. It created a glorious tradition in the Sikh history. Undoubtedly its credit goes to the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

3. Change in relationship between Mughals and the Sikhs: Before the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, there were cordial relations between the Sikh Gurus and the Mughal emperors. But, now with the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the position had been completely reversed. The Sikhs became the sworn enemy of the Mughals. They were now looking for an opportunity to avenge the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. On the other hand, the Mughal emperors also did not like that the Sikhs should take to arms. Thus, it strained the relationship between the Sikhs and the Mughals.

4. Persecution of the Sikhs: After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the Mughals started a reign of terror against the Sikhs. Jahangir had put Guru Hargobind Ji in prison in the-fort of Gwalior. During the reign of Shah Jahan, Guru Hargobind Ji was forced to fight four battles with the Mughals. In 1675 A.D., Aurangzeb got Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji martyred in Delhi. During his rule, he left no stone unturned to convert the whole of India into Islam. A large number of people were put to sword for refusing to embrace Islam. To face boldly the tyrannies of the Mughals, Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Banda Singh Bahadur and thousands of other Sikhs laid down their lives. In fact, the Sikhs got this inspiration of self¬sacrifice from the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.-

5. Popularity of Sikhism: With the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, Sikhism became more popular. This incident infused a new vigour, love and reverence for Sikhism, not only among the Hindus, but also among the Muslims. Consequently, they began to join Sikhism in larger numbers. Thus, the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji proved a milestone in the development of Sikhism. According to famours historian Dr. G.S. Mansukhani, “The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib marks a .turning point in the development of Sikh religion.”

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Write a brief note on the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji immediately after his accession to Gurgaddi.
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Arjan Dev Ji, when he became the Guru?
Answer:
At the time of accession to Gurgaddi, Guru Arjan Dev Ji had to face the opposition firstly of his elder brother Prithi Chand. He vehemently protested against his supersession. The fanatic Muslims of Punjab could not bear the growing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. They incited Jahangir against Guru Ji. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He had sent a proposal to Guru Arjan Dev Ji for the marriage of his daughter to his son Hargobind Ji. But Guru Arjan Dev ji declined the proposal. As a result, Chandu Shah turned a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 2. What was Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
Describe briefly the contributions of Guru Arjan Dev Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
Give a brief account of the organizational works of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:

  • By making Sri Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar, Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave the Sikhs their most sacred place of pilgrimage,
  • He built a Baoli at Lahore.
  • The development of the Masand system was one of his greatest achievements.
  • The compilation of Guru Granth Sahib in 1604 A.D. by Guru Arjan Dev Ji is considered his crowning achievement.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Describe briefly the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib by Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the foundation and importance of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
The building of Sri Harmandir Sahib is one of the greatest achievements of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. It was constructed in the midst of Amrit Sarovar. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got its foundation laid by a famous Sufi saint, Mian Mir in 1588 A.D. Harmandir means “Temple of God.’ Guru Arjan Dev Ji kept the height of the building of Sri Harmandir Sahib lower than those of the surrounding buildings and said, “What is humble, shall be exalted.” Soon, Sri Harmandir Sahib became the leading pilgrimage centre of the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What do you know about the Masand system? Explain.
Or
Examine the organization and development of the Masand system.
Or
What do you mean by the Masand system?
Answer:
“Masand’ is derived from the Persian word Masand which means ‘a high place’. This system was set up by Guru Ram Das Ji, but its real development took place during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s time. Guru Arjan Dev Ji announced that each Sikh should offer Daswandh (one-tenth of income) to him. He appointed Masands to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat. The Masands not only collected Daswandh but also preached Sikhism. Masand system played a significant role in the evolution of the Sikh movement.

Question 5.
What were the functions of the Masands?
Answer:

  • Masand’s used to preach Sikhism in the area under him.
  • He used to collect Daswandh from the Sikh Sangat.
  • Masand’s used to deposit the collected Daswandh to the Guru Sahib on the occasions of Baisakhi and Diwali.

Question 6.
Write a short note on Tarn Taran and Its importance.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji, founded the city of Tarn Taran in 1590 A.D. Here a Sarovar named Tarn Taran was also dug. Tarn Taran means that any pilgrim, who takes bath in this Sarovar shall get salvation from transmigration. Tarn Taran also became a famous holy place of the Sikhs. As a result, thousands of Jats of the Majha became the followers of Guru Arjan Dev Ji and embraced Sikhism. The services of these Jats towards Sikhism were of great value.

Question 7.
Write a note on the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji (Guru
Or
Briefly explain the significance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Write a short note on Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
Give a brief description of Adi Granth Sahib Ji and its historical
Answer:
The most important work during Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s pontificate was the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji. The objective was to compile the Bani of Gurus in one place. Guru Arjan Dev Ji initiated this great work at Ramsar. The Bani of the first five Guru Sahibs, Saints, and Bhagats was included in it. The job of writing Guru Granth Sahib was done by Bhai Gurdas Ji. This great work was completed in 1604 A.D. Later on, the Bani of Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji was also included in it. Adi Granth Sahib occupies a special place in the history of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 8.
Briefly explain the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Or
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
No doubt Guru Granth Sahib Ji is a religious scripture, yet it furnishes valuable information regarding the social, religious, political, and economic life of the 16th and 17th centuries. Guru Nanak Sahib gave a vivid account of the political condition of that time in Babar Vani. In the social field, women’s position was miserable. The compilation of Adi Granth Sahib is a landmark in the history of the Sikhs. It gave the message of the universal brotherhood of mankind to the world.

Question 9.
Write a note on Prithi Chand.
Or
Who was Prithi Chand? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Who was Prithi Chand (Prithia)? How did he act against Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Prithi Chand or Prithia was the elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. He was. the founder of the Mina Sect. He was very selfish and cunning. That is why Guru Ram Das Ji gave the Gurgaddi to Guru Arjan Dev Ji instead of giving it to him. On hearing this decision, Prithi Chand got furious. He hoped that his son Meharban would get Gurgaddi after Guru Arjan Dev Ji. But when Guru Arjan Dev Ji was blessed with a son, Hargobind, all his hopes seemed to dash to the ground. Therefore, he became a sworn enemy of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 10.
Who was Chandu Shah? Why did he oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Why does Chandu Shah oppose Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Or
Write a short note on Chandu Shah.
Answer:
Chandu Shah was the Diwan of Lahore. He was looking for a suitable match for his daughter. His messengers proposed the name of Hargobind, son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, for his daughter. On hearing this Chandu Shah was enraged and uttered some objectionable words in honor of Guru Ji. But after being persuaded by his wife, he agreed to the proposal. Again he sent his messengers to Guru Arjan Dev Ji with this proposal. Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned down the proposal. On hearing this Chandu Shah got very angry and became Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.

Question 11.
Mention the three causes for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Examine three major causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
What were the three main causes of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:

  • Jahangir could not tolerate the flourishing of Sikhism.
  • Chandu Shah, the Diwan of Lahore sent a proposal of his daughter’s marriage to Hargobind, the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji. When this proposal was not accepted, Chandu Shah turned Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s sworn enemy.
  • The help rendered to Khusrau, the elder son of Jahangir, by Guru Arjan Ji became an immediate reason for the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
  • Prithi Chand played a great role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 12.
Describe the role of Naqshbandis in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib.
Answer:
Naqshabandis played an important role in the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Sahib. Naqshbandi was an order started by fanatic Muslims. Naqshbandis were enraged to see the increasing influence of the Sikhs in Punjab. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the leader of Naqshbandis had great influence in Mughal Darbar. So, he also instigated Jahangir against Guru Ji. Therefore, Jahangir decided” to take action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 13.
Why was Jahangir hostile to Sikh Gurus?
Answer:

  • Jahangir could not tolerate the rapidly increasing power of the Sikhs under Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
  • Some Muslims had embraced Sikhism. It embroiled the blood of Jahangir.
  • Jahangir could not tolerate the help rendered to rebellious Prince Khusrau.

Question 14.
What was the immediate cause of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
The help of Khusrau by Guru Arjan Dev Ji became the immediate cause of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom. Prince Khusrau was the eldest son of Jahangir. He revolted against his father sometime after his enthronement. Khusrau came to seek Guru Arjan Dev Ji blessings. It is said that Guru Arjan Dev Ji put a tilak on his forehead. When Jahangir came to know about all this he got a golden opportunity to take stern action against Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Write the importance of Guru Arjan Dev Ji’s martyrdom.
Or
Write down the impact of the martyrdom of Sri Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly describe the importance of martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
The martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji gave a new turn to Sikh history. The peace-loving Sikhs flared up as a result of this martyrdom. It became evident to them that taking to arms was now essential. That is why Guru Hargobind Ji adopted a New Policy. He carried two swords of Miri and Piri. In this way, Guru Arjan Dev Ji turned the Sikhs into saint-soldiers. After the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji, the era of friendship between the Sikhs and the Mughals came to an end.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
April 15, 1563 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Goindwal Sahib.

Question 4.
What was the name of the father of Guru Arjan- Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bibi Bhani Ji.

Question 6.
Mention the pontificate of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
1581 to 1606 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was Prithia?
Answer:
The eldest brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 8.
Why was Prithia annoyed with Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Because he considered himself the real claimant of the Giirgaddi.

Question 9.
Which sect was founded by Prithi Chand?
Answer:
Mina sect.

Question 10.
What was the name of Meharban’s father?
Answer:
Prithi Chand.

Question 11.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 12.
Name any one achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
He founded Harmandir Sahib at Amritsar.

Question 13.
What is meant by Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
The place of God’s residence.

Question 14.
By which Guru was Harmandir Sahib got built?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 15.
Who laid the foundation stone of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Famous Sufi Saint Mian Mir.

Question 16.
When was the foundation of Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
1588 A.D.

Question 17.
When was the construction of Harmandir Sahib completed?
Answer:
1601 A.D.

Question 18.
Who was the first Head Granthi of Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji.

Question 19.
Why four doors have been built on* four sides of Harmandir Sahib?
Or
What do the four doors of Harmandir Sahib, indicate?
Answer:
It indicates that the doors of Harmandir Sahib are open for people coming from all four directions without any discrimination.

Question 20.
What is meant by Tarn Taran?
Answer:
A person can swim across the world by bathing in the tank of Tarn Taran.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Question 21.
Who got town of Tarn Taran constructed?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 22.
Which Guru got built a Baoli in Dabbi Bazar at Lahore?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 23.
What is meant by the word Masand?
Answer:
High place.

Question 24.
What does Daswandh imply?
Answer:
Daswandh means the 1/10th of income which the Sikhs gave to the Masands.

Question 25.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji compiled?
Answer:
1604 A.D.

Question 26.
Which Guru Sahib compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 27.
Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib?
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji.

Question 28.
When was Adi Granth Sahib Ji installed in Harmandir Sahib?
Answer:
16th Aug, 1604 A.D.

Question 29.
Which Guru composed the maximum Shabads (Hymns) for Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 30.
What is the number of saints whose hymns (bani) have been included in the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
15.

Question 31.
Name any one saint, whose hymns have been included in Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
Answer:
Kabir Ji.

Question 32.
Into how many Ragas the Adi Granth Sahib Ji has been divided?
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib has been divided into 31 Ragas.

Question 33.
How many pages (Angas) does Adi Granth Sahib Ji contain?
Answer:
1430.

Question 34.
Write the name of the script of ‘Adi Granth Sahib Ji’.
Answer:
Gurmukhi.

Question 35.
Name the main religious book of (Granth Sahib) the Sikhs.
Answer:
Adi Granth Sahib Ji or Guru Granth Sahib Ji„

Question 36.
With which Bani does the Adi Granth Sahib Ji start?
Answer:
Japji Sahib.

Question 37.
Who composed Japji Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 38.
What is the importance of Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
Answer:
It contains the message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

Question 39.
Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
Answer:
The first Head Granthi of Sri Darbar Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 40.
Name the central shrine of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Sri Harmandir Sahib, Amritsar.

Question 41.
Who was Chandu Shah?
Answer:
Diwan of Lahore.

Question 42.
Who was Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi?
Answer:
The head of Naqashbandi order.

Question 43.
What was the name of the eldest son of Jahangir?
Answer:
Khusrau.

Question 44.
Who was the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus?
Or
Which Guru is known as King of Martyrs (Shaheedan de Sartaj).
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 45.
Which Mughal emperor ordered to martyr Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
Answer:
Jahangir.

Question 46.
When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

Question 47.
Where was Guru Arjan Dev Ji martyred?
Answer:
In Lahore.

Question 48.
Write down any one result of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
It inflammed the sentiments of the Sikhs.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the ……………… Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
fifth

2. The name of the father of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was …………………..
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

3. The name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Bhani

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was ………………….
Answer:
Hargobind

5. Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeeded to Guruship in ………………..
Answer:
1581 A.D.

6. Prithia established ………………..
Answer:
Mina sect

7. Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi started the …………………. order.
Answer:
Naqashbandi

8. Naqasbandis established their headquarters at …………………
Answer:
Sirhind

9. Chandu Shah was the Diwan of ……………..
Answer:
Lahore

10. ……………. got built Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

11. Famous Saint ……………… laid the foundation stone of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Mian Mir

12. ………………. founded Tarn Taran.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

13. ………………. got built a Baoli at Lahore.
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

14. The Adi Granth Sahib was complied by …………………
Answer:
Guru Arjan Dev Ji

15. Compilation of the Adi Granth Sahib was completed in ………………..
Answer:
1604 A.D.

16. ………………… was appointed as the first Head Granthi in Sri Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
Baba Buddha Ji

17. The autobiography of Jahangir is …………………..
Answer:
Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

18. Dara Shikoh’s father’s name was …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on …………………
Answer:
May 30, 1606 A.D.

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at ………………..
Answer:
Lahore

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred by Mughal emperor …………………
Answer:
Jahangir

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

True or False:

1. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was the fifth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

2. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was born on April 15, 1563 A.D.
Answer:
True

3. Tripta Devi was the name of mother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

4. The name of the son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji was Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
True

5. Prithi Chand found the Mina Sect.
Answer:
True

6. Chandu Shah became the friend of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
False

7. Guru Arjan Dev Ji got constructed the Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

8. The construction of Harmandir Sahib was started in 1688 A.D.
Answer:
False

9. The foundation of Harmandir Sahib was laid by Sufi Saint, Mian Mir.
Answer:
True

10. Development of Masand system was the greatest achievement of Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

11. Guru Arjan Dev Ji compiled Adi Granth Sahib Ji in 1604 A.D.
Answer:
True

12. Baba Buddha Ji wrote hymns of Adi Granth Sahib.
Answer:
False

13. Baba Buddha Ji was the first Head Granthi (priest) of Harmandir Sahib.
Answer:
True

14. The hymns of Adj Granth Sahib Ji have been divided according to 33 Ragas.
Answer:
False

15. Adi Granth Sahib Ji has a total of 1430 pages.
Answer:
True

16. Guru Granth Sahib Ji has hymns of six Gurus.
Answer:
True

17. Adi Granth Sahib Ji is written in Sanskrit Language.
Answer:
False

18. The writer of Tuzak-i-Babari was Jahangir.
Answer:
False

19. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred in 1606 A.D.
Answer:
True

20. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred on the orders of Aurangjeb.
Answer:
False

21. Guru Arjan Dev Ji was martyred at Lahore.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 6 Guru Arjan Dev Ji and His Martyrdom

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the fifth Guru of Sikhs?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Arjan Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1539 AD.
(b) In 1560 A.D.
(c) In 1563 A.D
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1563 A.D

3. Where was Guru Arjan Dey Ji born?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Tarn Taran.
Answer:
(c) Goindwal Sahib

4. Who was the father of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(d) Haridas Ji
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

5. What was the name of the mother of Guru Arjan Dcv Ji?
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji
(b) Bibi Amro Ji
(c) Bibi Anokhi Ji
(d) Bibi Dhanì Ji.
Answer:
(a) Bibi Bhani Ji

6. Which sect was, founded by Prithin?
(a) Mina
(b) Udasi
(c) Harms
(d) Nirjania
Answer:
(a) Mina

7. Whose son was Meharban?
(a) Guru Arjan Dcv Ji
(b) Sri Chiad Ji
(c) Baba Mohan Ji
(d) Prithi Chand.
Answer:
(d) Prithi Chand.

8. When did Guru Arjan Dev Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1580 A.D.
(b) In 1581 A.D.
(c) In 1585 A.D.
(d) In 1586 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1581 A.D.

9. Where was headquarter of Naqshbandis located In Punjab?
(a) Malerkutla
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Sirhind
Answer:
(d) Sirhind

10. Who was the leader of Naqshbandis at the time of Guru Arjan Dev Ji?
(a) Baba Farid Ji
(b) Data Ganj Baksh
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi
(d) Ram Rai.
Ans.
(c) Shaikh Abmed Sirhindi

11. Who was Chandu Shah?
(a) Diwan of Lahore
(b) Faujdar of Punjab
(c) Subedar of Jalandhar
(d) Diwan of Multan
Answer:
(a) Diwan of Lahore

12. When was the foundation of Sri Harmandir Sahib laid?
Answer:
(a) In 1581 A.D.
(b) In 1585 A.D.
(c) In 1588 A.D.
(d) In 1589 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1588 A.D.

13. Who laid the foundation of sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(b) Baba Farid Ji
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji
(d) Baba Buddha Ji.
Answer:
(c) Saint Mian Mir Ji

14. Where did Guru Arjan Dev Ji Start compiling of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Ramsar
(b) Goindwal Sahib
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Baba Bakala
Answer:
(a) Ramsar

15. Who helped Guru Arjan Dev Ji in compiling the Adi Granth Sahib Ji?
(a) Baba Buddha Ji
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(c) Bhai Moh1cam Chand Ji
(d) Bhai Mani Singh Ji.
Ans.
(b) Bhai Gurdas Ji

16. When was compilation of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji completed?
(a) In 1600 A.D.
(b) In 1601 A.D.
(c) In 1602 A.D.
(d) In 1604 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1604 A.D.

17. Where was the Adj Granth Sahib JI first kept?
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib
(b) Khadur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Nankana Sahib.
Answer:
(a) Sri Harnjandjr Sahib

18. When was the Adj Granth Sahib Ji first read.?
(t) In 1602 AD.
(ii) In 1604 A.D.
(iii) In 1605 A.D.
(iv) In 1606 A.D.
Answer:
(ii) In 1604 A.D.

19. Who was appointed First Head Granthi in the Sri Harmandir Sahib?
(a) Bhai Gurdas Ji
(b) Bhai Mani Singh Ji
(c) Baba Buddha Ji
(d) Baba Deep Singh Ji
Answer:
(c) Baba Buddha Ji

20. Into how many Ragas has the Bani of the Adj Granth Sahib Ji been divided?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 21
(d) 31
Answer:
(d) 31

21. In which Script the Adi Granth Sahib Ji was written?
(a) Hindi
(b) Persian
(c) Marathi
(d) Gurmukhi
Answer:
(d) Gurmukhi

22. Who was Baba Buddha Ji?
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.
(b) Writer of the Adi Granth Sahib Ji.
(c) The founder of Sri Harmandir Sahib.
(d) None of These
Answer:
(a) The first Head Granthi of Sri Harmandir Sahib Amrister.

23. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji
(b) Dasam Granth Sahib Ji
(c) Zafarnama
(d) Rehat Nama
Answer:
(a) Adi Granth Sahib Ji

24. Name the main religious scripture of the Sikhs.
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib
(b) Sis Ganj
(c) Rakab Ganj
(d) Kesgarh Sahib
Answer:
(a) Sri Harmandir Sahib

25. What was the name of autobiography of Jahangir?
(a) Tuzak-i-Babari
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri
(c) Jahangir Nama
(d) Aalamgir Nama.
Answer:
(b) Tuzak-i-Jahangiri

26. Name the first martyr among the Sikh Gurus.
(a) Guru Nanak Dey Ji
(b) Guni Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Arjan Dey Ji

27. On the orders of which Mughal emperor was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) Babar
(b) Jahangir
(c) Shah Jahan
(d) Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(b) Jahangir

28. Where was Guru Arjan Dcv Ji martyred?
(a) Delhi
(b) Amritsar
(c) Lahore
(d) Multan.
Answer:
(c) Lahore

29. When was Guru Arjan Dey Ji martyred?
(a) In 1604 A.D.
(b) In 1605 A.D.
(c) In 1606 A.D.
(d) In 1609 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1606 A.D.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the composition of Indian Parliament and compare the powers of the Rajya Sabha with those of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Discuss the composition of Indian Parliament. Describe the relations between the two Houses of Parliament.
Answer:
All the legislative powers of the federal government are vested in the Parliament. The laws framed by the Indian Parliament are enforced in the whole of the country. The Parliament holds its meetings in New Delhi, the Capital of India.

Composition:
Article 79 of the Constitution provides a bicameral parliament for the Union. The Union Parliament consists of the president and the two Houses to be known respectively as the Council of States (Rajya Sabha) and the House of the People (Lok Sabha).

1. Rajya Sabha:
Rajya Sabha is the upper chamber of the Parliament. It can have at the most 250 members in it. The President of India nominates 12 members. These are the persons who have distinguished themselves in the field of art, literature, science and social service. Rest of the members are elected by the members of State legislatures. At present it consists of 245 (233 + 12) members in all. l/3rd of its members retire after every two years and other members are elected to fill up the vacancies. Each member remains in office for a period of 6 years.

2. Lok Sabha:
Lok Sabha is the lower chamber of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members will be elected acording to the laws framed by the Union Parliament. The President can nominate two members of the Anglo-Indian community if he feels that in the Lok Sabha this- community has not got adequate representation. In this manner maximum strength of the Lok Sabha can be 552.

But at present Lok Sabha has 543 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha before the expiry of its term and can order fresh elections. The members of the Lok Sabha elect one Speaker and one Deputy Speaker from amongst its members.

Salary and Allowances of the Members of Parliament:
The salary and allowances of the members of Parliament are determined by Parliament from time to time. Session of the Parliament. The President of India convenes the session of the Parliament. He can call the sessions of both the Houses on the same date or on different dates. The second session of the Parliament must be convened within a period of 6 months. There should not be a difference of more than 6 months between the last meeting of the last session and the first meeting of the next session. This way two sessions are certainly called in one year.

Relations Between The Two Houses Of Parliament
Although the participation and collaboration of both the Houses are essential for all legislative activities, even a cursory perusal of the provisions of the Constitution with regard to the two Houses of Parliament will show that the Constitution recognizes the supremacy of the Lok Sabha over the Rajya Sabha. The two Houses, unlike the Australian Parliament do not stand on the footing of equality. The relation of the two Houses, unlike the Australian Parliament does not stand on the footing of equality. The relation of the two Houses may be discussed as under:

1. Ordinary Bills:
Ordinary Bills can originate in either House of Parliament. Unless passed by both the Houses they cannot be sent to the President for his assent. A Bill passed by one House is sent to the other House. If the other House passes the Bill in the form in which it was passed by originating House, it is sent to the President for his assent. The other House may propose amendments in the Bill or may even reject the Bill.

Thus, if the two Houses do not agree on the proposed amendments or if the two Houses finally disagree on the Bill, the President, under Art. 108 of the Constitution is empowered to call a joint meeting of the two Houses. In case the receiving House takes no action on the Bill for six months from the date of its receipt in that case also the President may summon a joint meeting of both the Houses. It should be noted that there can be no joint meeting of the two Houses if the Bill has lapsed because of the dissolution of the Lok Sabha.

Even if the President has already issued a notification for joint sitting and even if the date, time and place of the meeting have been announced and summons issued, the meeting shall have to be cancelled because no joint sitting can be held for deliberating and voting on a Bill which has already lapsed. When the President has notified his intention to summon the two Houses to meet in a joint sitting, neither House can proceed with the Bill.

If at the joint meeting of the two Houses the Bill is passed by a majority of the total number of members of both Houses present and voting, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both the Houses. At the joint sitting of the two Houses, the voice of the Lok Sabha should prevail because of its numerical strength. It should not, however, be taken for granted. In India, thus, the Rajya Sabha can delay a Bill or six months.

It may succeed in killing it also especially when the Government has a thin majority in the Lok Sabha and substantial opposition in the Rajya Sabha. In England, the House of Lords can delay a non-money Bill for one year. There is no provision for a joint sitting. In Japan also there is no provision for a joint sitting of the two Houses in case of a deadlock over a Bill. The Upper House of Japn (House of Councillors) can delay an ordinary Bill for sixty days. If the Lower House passes that Bill for the second time by a two-third majority of the members present the Bill is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses.

2. Money Bills:
Money Bills and Budget can originate in the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha is the receiving end. When a Money Bill is passed by the Lok Sabha it is sent to he Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Rajya Sabha, has the right to propose amendments in the Money Bill. It must return the Bill to the Lok Sabha, with or without amendments, within 14 days, but Lok Sabha may or may not agree to those recommendations.

If the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill within 14 days from the date of the receipt of the Bill, the same shall be considered to have been passed by both the Houses of Parliament in the same form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. All these provisions clearly prove that the hold of the Lok Sabha over the finance of the country is complete and absolute. It should be noted that in case of disagreement over Money Bill, there cannot be a joint sitting of the two Houses. The Senate of Australia possesses the power to reject even a Money Bill.

The House of Lords of England can delay a money bill for a month. The Upper House of Japan can also delay the passage of a money bill for 30 days. In matters of finance the powers of the Rajya Sabha are insignificant.

3. Control over the Executive:
In India, Parliamentary system of Government has been established. The essence of this form of Government is that the executive is responsible to the legislature for its actions and policies. In practice it is answerable to the Popular House. Thus, according to the Constitution of India, the Council of Ministers has been made collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha.

No doubt, the Rajya Sabha can exert its influence on the Govenment in a number of ways and it may even put the Government in an awkward position, but it cannot remove the Government from office. This power belongs to the Lok Sabha only. This power of the Lok Sabha is exclusive and not concurrent. The Government must enjoy the confidence of the Lok Sabha or else resign. The Lok Sabha can express its lack of confidence in a number of ways, for example by rejecting a Government Bill, a Money Bill or by passing a no confidence resolution.

Thus, the Government must either be in tune with the Lok Sabha or face expulsion. One point may be noted here. The Council of ministers is collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha. The Constitution does not speak of individual responsibility. Moreover, it is not clear that when the Lok Sabha stands dissolved, to whom is the Council of Ministers responsible then? Afer the dissolution of the Lok Sabha in December 1970, the continuance of Indira Government was challenged in the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court upheld the legality of the continuance of Indira Gandhi Government.

4. Other Matters:
On the other matters, the powers of the two Houses are almost equal. They are enumerated as under:

(i) Constitution Amending Bill can be introduced in either House of Parliament. It is deemed to have been passed only when each House passes it by the required majority. Since the Amending Bill has to be passed by each House, the question of joint sitting of the two Houses in case of disagreement does not arise. In this repsect the Rajya Sabha has co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha. It may even kill an amending Bill.

(ii) Both the Houses take part in the election of the President and Vice President.

(iii) Both the Houses have equal powers in the removal of the President, Charges can be preferred in either House, the other House investigates or gets them investigated by a court or a tribunal, but the House cannot abdicate its authority, it has to pass the resolution by 2/3rd majority if the impeachment proceeding is to succeed.

(iv) The Vice President can also be removed from office by the Parliament. Removal proceedings against the Vice President can start only in the Rajya Sabha, but the Lok Sabha must also agree if the Vice President is to be removed from office.

(v) Judges of the Supreme Court and State High Courts are also removed by both the Houses. In this .respect also the powers of both the Houses are equal.

In two matters the powers of the Rajya Sabha are exclusive. They are:
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha can pass a resolution by 2/3rd majority of its members present and voting that an item given on the State List has become of national importance, therefore, Parliament should make law on that. On the passing of such a resolution, it becomes lawful for Parliament to make laws with respect to that matter for the whole or any part of India for a period of one year.

2. The second exclusive power of the Rajya Sabha. is connected with the setting up of All India Services. Under Article 312, the Rajya Sabha by passing a resolution by two-thirds majority of the members present and voting can set up All India Service.

From the above discussion it is clear that the Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Rajya Sabha. And he who holds the purse, holds the power. Likewise, the Council of Ministers can be removed from office by the Lok Sabha only. The Lok Sabha is thus the King- maker. It was the intention of the makers of the costitution to make the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha because it is in accordance with the theory and practice of Parliamentary system of Government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 2.
Discuss the powers and functions of Indian Parliament.
Or
Discuss financial and judicial functions of Parliament.
Answer:
The Indian Parliament has been given several types of powers. The powers of Parliament include law-making or legislation, financial, executive and judicial powers.
1. Legislative Powers:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union list and concurrent list. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State list. The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for union territories. The Rajya Sabha can transfer a State subject in favour of the centre for the purpose of making laws.

In case of the proclamation of emergency by the President, the Parliament can legislate on State subjects. The Residuary powers are under the control of the central government and so Parliament frames laws on all the residuary subjects. The bill is sent to the President after it is passed by both the Houses. Excepting the money bills he can give his assent and make use of his veto powers. If the Parliament passes that bill for second time then the President is bound to give his assent to that bill.

2. Financial Powers:
The Parliament controls the finances of the State. The government places the budget before the start of the financial year. The Parliament discusses the budget and gives its assent to the bill. The government can neither impose any tax upon the public nor can it spend the money without the approval of the Parliament. The President will have to give his assent to the money bill passed by the Parliament.

3. Control over the Executive:
The Parliament controls the Executive in the following ways:
(i) The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.

(ii) The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

(iii) The members of the Parliament can ask the ministers questions regarding the functioning of the administration. The ministers are to give a satisfactory reply to all these questions.

(iv) The members of the Parliament by introducing ‘Adjournment Motion’ can invite the attention of the government to a serious problem or event.

(v) During discusion on budget the members of the Parliament discuss the working of different departments of the government and criticise the policies of the government.

(vi) The Cabinet continues to remain in office according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha. It can seek the removal of the Cabinet by passing a no-confidence motion against or by rejecting an important government bill or by passing a resolution for reducing the salary of a particular minister.

4. Judicial Powers:
The Parliament exercises some judicial powers also:

  • The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
  • The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.
  • The Parliament can remove the judges of the High Court and Supreme Court by passing a resolution to that effect.

5. Electoral Powers:

  • The elected members of the parliament participate in the election of the President.
  • The Vice President is elected by the members of both the Houses of the Parliament.

6. Amendment of the Constitution:
It is the Parliament which can initiate a resolution for the amendment of the Constitution. Some provisions of the Constitution can be amended only by the Parliament. In some important matters the amendment proposals after being passed by the Parliament are to be sent for the approval of legislatures of the States. The States cannot introduce a resolution of amendment of the Constitution.

Position of the Parliament:
The Indian Parliament enjoys vast powers and it is a very important insitution. It represents the entire nation. The Laws framed by it are enforced in the whole of the State. But the Indian Parliament is not a supreme and sovereign body.The Indian Parliament is less powerful than the British Parliament. The sovereignty of the British Parliament is a well known fact.

The British Parliament can make, repeal, amend and abolish, any law it likes. But the Indian Parliament cannot make all the laws it likes. The reason for this is that in England there is unitary type of government and all powers are with the Centre, but in Indian there is a federal type of government and the powers have been distributed between ttie Centre and the States. Indian Parliament cannot be called a Supreme and sovereign body due to reasons given ahead:

  1. The powers in India are distributed between the Centre and the State and the Parliament cannot frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State list during peace time.
  2. The Parliament cannot make any law which violates the fundamental rights of the people?
  3. The Parliament cannot amend the Constitution independently.
  4. The Constitution is considered the supreme law of the land. The Parliament can do nothing against it.
  5. The judiciary has the power of Judicial review over the laws framed by the Parliament. The Supreme Court of India can declare a law null and void if it is against the provisions of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 3.
Discuss the composition, functions and powers of Rajya Sabha in India.
Answer:
The legislative powers of the Union have been vested in the parliament. The Parliament consists of two Houses-the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.
The members of the Lok Sabha are directly elected by the people. Hence, it is a national House or the popular House. The members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States. Hence its name is the Council of States.

Composition:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members 12 members are nominated by the President. These members shall consist of persons having special knowledge of practical experience in literature, science, art and social service. The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories.

The representatives of the States are elected by the Elected members of their Legislative Assemblies in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote. The method of election is, accordingly, indirect. In the case of Union Territories members are chosen in such a manner as Parliament may by law determine.

Though the Indian Constitution establishes a federal polity, yet the federating units (State) have not been given equal representation in the Rajya Sabha, Representation of the States is on the basis of population. At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 mambers. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the States and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the president.

Term:
Like the Senate of the U.S.A.; the Rajya Sabha is a permanent House. It is not subject to dissolution. Members of the Rajya Sabha are elected for six years, one-third members retiring after every two years.

Qualifications for the members of the Rajya Sabha. A candidate for election to the Rajya Sabha must possess the following qualifications:

  1. He must be a citizen of India.
  2. He must have completed 30 years of age.
  3. He must be a parliamentary elector in the State from which he is seeking election and must have been residing in the state for the last six months.
  4. He must possess such other qualifications as parliament may by law prescribe.
  5. He must make and subscribe before some person authorised on that behalf by the Election Commission an oath or affirmation asserting his allegiance to the Constitution of India.

Disqualification for Membership:
A person is disqualified from being chosen a member of the Rajya Sabha if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or any State Government, or if he is of unsound mind, or if he is an undischarged insolvent, or if he has ceased to be a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired citizenship of a foreign State, or acknowledged allegiance to a foreign State, or if he is so disqualified under any law made by the Parliament.

A person cannot be a member of both the Houses simultaneously. Nor can he be a member of the Rajya Sabha and a State legislature at the same time. If he incurs any disqualification even after his election, he will have to vacate his seat.

Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sahha:
Like the Vice President of U.S.A., the Indian Vice-President is also the ex- officio Chairman of the Upper House. At present Sh. Venkaiah Naidu is the Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha elects a Deputy Chairman from among its own members and he presides in the absence of the Chairman or during the period when the Vice-President is discharging the function of the President. The Deputy Chairman is a member of the Rajya Sabha and he is to vacate the office if he ceases to be its member. On 9th August, 2018 Sh. Harivansh Narayan Singh, candidate of N.D.A. was elected as the Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha.

Quorum:
According to 42nd Amendment until parliament by law otherwise provides the quorum to constitute a meeting of either House of Parliamnet is one-tenth of the total number of members of the House. If at any time during a meeting of a House there is no quorum, it is the duty of the Chairman either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Powers And Functions Of The Rajya Sabha:
The Rajya Sabha performs a variety of functions. They may be discussed under the following heads:
1. Legislative Powers:
The Rajya Sabha is an integral part of the Indian Parliament. Since the main responsibility of the Parliament is to make laws, hence the Rajya Sabha takes part in the making of laws. Except Money Bills, all bills can originate in the Rajya Sabha. No Bill can become a law unless agreed to by both the Houses. The Lok Sabha by itself cannot pass a Bill and send it to the President for his assent.

In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a Bill or on the amendments made in the Bill, the President has been empowered to summon a joint meeting of the two Houses for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill; At a joint sitting questions are decided by a majority of the members of both houses present and voting. A decision taken at a joint sitting shall mean the decision of both Houses. At the time of the joint sitting the Speaker of the Lok Sabha presides.

The President can also summon the joint sitting when a Bill passed by one House is not considered by the other House for six months. For the purpose of summoning the joint sitting it does not matter whether the Bill was introduced first in the Lok Sabha or the Rajya Sabha.

2. Financial Powers:
In financial matters, it is the Lok Sabha which enjoys a pre-eminent position. The Rajya Sabha has not been given any susbstantial power with regard to finance. No Money Bill or Financial Bill can first be introduced in the Rajya Sabha. It is the privilege of the Lok Sabha to pass the Money Bill first and send it to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendation. It should be noted that the Bill is transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendation and not for its aproval. In America, the Money Bill must be approved by the Senate. It is not so in India.

The Rajya Sabha can make amendments in the Money Bill, it may even rejected the Money Bill. It has no effect on the Bill. The Lok Sabha is not bound to accept the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. In case the Lok Sabha rejects the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha, the Bill is deemed to have been pased by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Likewise if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill to the Lok Sabha within 14 days, it will be considered to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Thus, the Lok Sabha possesses complete control over the purse of the nation.

3. Control over Executive:
The Rajya Sabha does not control Excecutive as the Constitution makes the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the Lok Sabha. But this does not mean that the Rajya Sabha can exert no influence over the Executive. Some of the Ministers are taken from the Rajya Sabha. The members of the Rajya Sabha have the right to ask questions and supplementary questions from the Ministers. They can elicit information about the actions of Government and can move resolutions impressing on the Government the desirability of pursuing a particular line of policy.

As said, the Council of Ministers can be ousted from office by the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha can condemn the Government but it cannot kick the Government out of office.

4. Judicial Powers:
Like the Upper Houses in other countries, the Rajya Sabha has also been vested with some judicial functions. The President can be removed from office by the process of impeachment. A resolution to impeach the President may be moved in any House of Parliament. Such a resolution has to be pased by both the Houses separately by at least 2/3rd majority of the total membership of the house. Clearly, the Rajya Sabha enjoys co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha in the process of impeachment of the President.

In the removal of the Vice-Presidnet, a resolution to that effect can be moved in the Rajya Sabha only. But the Lok Sabha must agree with that resolution if the Vice-President is to be removed from the office. Likewise, it has identical powers with the Lok Sabha in the matter of removal of a judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court.

5. Constituent Powers:
The Rajya Sabha exercises constituent functions along with the Lok Sabha. A Bill to amend the Constitution may originate in either House of Parliament. And the Bill amending the Csonstitution is required to be pased in each House by a majority of its total membership and by a majority of two-third of its members present and voting. The Cosntitution is silent on how to resolve a dead-lock between the two . Houses.

6. Miscellaneous Powers:
The miscellaneous functions of the Rajya Sabha are:
(i) The elected members of the Rajya Sabha take part in the election of the President.

(ii) All the members (elected and nominated both) of the Rajya Sabha take part in the election of the Vice-President.

(iii) The reports of all the Commissions appointed by the President are considered both by the Rajya Sabha and the Lok Sabha.

(iv) The approval of the Rajya Sabha is necessary for the continuance of the proclamation of emergency.

(v) Every order made by the president suspending the enformcement of Fundamental Rights is required to be laid before each House of Parliament.

(vi) Agreement of the Rajya Sabha is necessary if action is to be taken against the Chief Election Commissioner, Comptroller General and the members of the Union Public Service Commission.

(vii) In granting amnesty, the Rajya Sabha has equal power with the Lok Sabha. Special Powers of the Rajya Sabha. Under the constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with two special and exclusive powers. They are:
1. Under Article 249 the Rayja Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two-third majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Under Article 312 of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha is empowered to create one or more All-India Services, if the house passes a resolution by not less than two-thirds of the memebrs present and voting that it is neccessary or expedient in the national interest to do so.

Position of the Rajya Sahha:
After having an anylysis of the powers of the Rajya Sabha, it becomes clear that the makers of the Constitution intended it to be less powerful and influential than the Lok Sabha. In matters of ordinary legislation, it cannot prove to be an obstacle in the way of the Lok Sabha because of its half of strength of the Lok Sabha. At the most it can delay an oridnary bill for six months. It has absolutely no control over the purse of the nation.

Money Bills first originate in the Lok Sabha and then are transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Lok Sabha may not agree with the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay a Money Bill for 14 days only. There can be no joint sitting of the two Houses in case of disagreement on a Money Bill. Then the privilege to remove the Government from office belongs to the Lok Sabha only. The Rajya Sabha can denounce the Government but it cannot dislodge the Government. In certain repsects it is weaker than the House of Lords even. In the opinion of certain critics, the Rajya Sabha is only a Secondary Chamber.

All this, however, is not to suggest that the Rajya Sabha is only an appendage of the Lok Sabha. It is definitely more powerful than the British House of Lords and the Senate of Canada. While in certain matters it has co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha, in two cases it has exclusive powers as well. It has reacted very strongly whenever the Lok Sabha made an attack upon its privileges. In 1954, much excitement was caused in the Rajya Sabha by an alleged observation made in the Lok Sabha by N.C. Chatterjee that “The Upper House, which is suposed to be a body of elders, seems to be behaving irresponsibly like a pack of urchins.”

According to Morris Jones, “It has three outweighing merits, it supplies additional political positions for which there is demand, it provides some additonal debating opportunities for which there is occasional need and it assists in the solution of legislative limited problems.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 4.
Describe the composition and powers of the Lok Sabha. Is there any limitation to its authority?
Or
Discuss the Composition and Functions of Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Lok Sabha is the Lower House of Parliament. It is a popular House because it represents the nation at large. It is not only popular but a powerful House as well. It is the pivot of all political activities.

Composition:
Accroding to the 31st Amendment, the maximum strength of the Lok Sabha has been put at 547 members. But accroding to Goa, Daman and Diu Reorganisation Act 1987 maximum elected memebrs of the Lok Sabha can be 550. The President can appoint two Anglo-IndiAnswer: At present Lok Sabha consists of 543 members. 530 members are elected members from the States and the Union Territories and two are nominated by the President.

Election:
The members of the Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years has the right to vote provided, of course, he or she is not otherwise disqualified on grounds of unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice. The voting is by secret ballot. Normally one member represents a population between 5 to 7 1/2 lakhs. As per Constitution, there shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in Lok Sabha in such a manner that the ratio between the population of the State as far as practicable, is same for all the Staes.

Each State shall be devided into territorial Constituencies in such a manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and number of seats allotted to it, as far as practicable, is the same throughout the State. Though the system of separate communal electorate has been abolished yet the Constitution reserves certain seats for Scheduled Castes and Schedules Tribes. This reservation shall be vaild till 2020 because the term has been extended by amending the Constitution.

Term:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where l/3rd members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term, i.e. five years. On 26th April, 1999 the President dissolved the Lok Sabha on the advice of Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee. Thus the tenure of 12th Lok Sabha was 13 months only.

Qualification:
To be qualified for election to the Lok Sabha, a person must possess the following qualifications:
1. He must be a citizen of India.

2. He must have completed 25 years of age.

3. He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.

4. He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.

5. No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Lsegislature simultaneously.

6. A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of either House of Parliament if he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court: if he is an undischarged insolvent; if he is not a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State or is under an acknowledgement of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State or if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by Parliament.

Quorum:
For a meeting of the Lok Sabha the presence of at least 1/lQth of its total members is essential. If at any time during meeting of a House there is no quorum, it is the duty of the Chairman either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.

Speaker:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House. The Constitution also provides for the office of the Deputy Speaker. He too is the member of the House and is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Deputy Speaker performs the duties of the speaker when the latter is absent or while the office of the Speaker is vacant.

Privileges:
Members of the Lok Sabha enjoy certain privileges:

  • Members have full freedom of speech in the House. No case can be started against a member for a speech given in the House.
  • Members cannot be arrested in any civil suit before 40 days of the beginning of the session.
  • During the session, members can be arrested in criminal cases only but information must be given to the speaker.
  • Members get a monthly salary and many other allowances.

Powers Of The Lok Sabha:
1. Legislative Powers:
Any type of bill can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. Laws in it, can be framed on any subject given on the Union list and the concurrent list. The Rajya Sabha can transfer any subject on the State List by passing a resolution in favour of the Centre and Lok Sabha can pass a law on the subject. Rajya Sabha can transfer a subject only in case of national importance. After the bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha and it can delay the bill at the most for 6 months.

If the Rajya Sabha rejects the bill or does not take any action over it for a period of six months, a joint session of the two Houses of the Parliament is called and the majority vote decides the bill. As the number of the members of the Lok Sabha is larger than that of the Rajya Sabha, so the Lok Sabha can get the bills passed according to its own wishes.

2. Financial Powers:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the State. A money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. If there is a difference of opinion whether a particular bill is a money bill or a non-money bill, the decision of the speaker of the Lok Sabha will be final. After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill. The President cannot use his veto power in case of money bill.

3. Control over the executive:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha is the Prime Minister of the country. Most of the ministers are also taken from the Lok Sabha. The Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha for all its actions and policies. The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. The members of the Lok Sabha can criticise the functiuoning of the Cabinet. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office so long as it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

4. Judicial Powers:
The Lok Sabha can start impeachment proceedings against the President of India. It investigates into the charges levelled against the Vice-President and gives its decision. It along with the Rajya Sabha passes a resolution for the removal of the judges from the High Court or the Supreme Court.

5. Electoral Functions:
The Lok Sabha participates in the election of the President. It has also the right to participate in the election of the Vice-President. The Lok Sabha elects a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker from amongst its members.

6. Amendment in the Constitution:
The resolution for amending the Constitution can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. In this field it enjoys equal powers with the Rajya Sabha.

Position Of The Lok Sabha:
Lok Sabha is the lower Chamber of the Parliament. Almost all its members are elected by the people. This Chamber is more important than the Rajya Sabha because it represents the nation. The Lok Sabha controls the ordinary and the money bills. No bill can be passed against the wishes of the Lok Sabha. The Lok Sabha has also control over the Cabinet. The Lok Sabha can remove the Cabinet by passing a vote of no-confidence’ or by rejecting the budget. The Lok Sabha is the most powerful, influential and an important part of the Parliament. In fact it is the Lok Sabha which exercises all the powers of the Parliament.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 5.
Discuss the election, powers and functions of the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Discuss the functions of the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Or
Write a short note on the Speaker of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha is presided over by the Speaker who is elected by the House from among its own members. The Speaker’s office is one of much dignity, honor and power. He enjoys supreme authority on the floor of the House. In order of precedence of the state, he ranks seventh and enjoys a status equal to that of the Chief Justice of India. In the absence of the Speaker or when the office of the Speaker is vacant the Deputy Speaker discharges the functions of the Speaker.

Election:
The Speaker of the Lok Sabha is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha. The Speaker must necessarily be a member of the Lok Sabha. The primary function of the newly-elected Lok Sabha is to elect a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker. The Speaker is elected by a simple majority which in reality means, by the party in power. But in practice Prime Minister, after consultations with the leaders of the opposition parties, decides a name for speakership.

Generally the speaker is taken from the ruling party while deputy speaker is taken from the opposition parties. On 22nd Oct, 1999, Mr. Ganti Mohan Chandra Balayogi of the Telugu Desam party backed by BJP and its allies was elected the speaker of Lok Sabha unanimously. On 19th June 2019. Sh. Om Birla, a senior leader of B.J.P. was elected the speaker of Lok Sabha unanimously.

Term of Office:
Normally, the Speaker is elected for a period of five years. However, he continues in office until a new Speaker is elected by the new House. The Speaker does not vacate his office even when the House is dissolved. The Speaker has to vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the House. He can be elected to this office for the second time also. The Speaker can resign his office at any time. He can also be removed from his office by a resolution passed by a majority of all members on the roll of the Lok Sabha.

Fourteen days’ notice for moving such a resolution is required to be given. The Speaker cannot preside over a meeting of the House when the House is considering the resolution of his removal. He has, however, the right to sit in the House and defend himself. He has the right to vote also.

Salary and Allowances:
The salary and allowances of the Speaker are determined by the Parliament, and these are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India. These cannot be varied to his disadvantage during his term of office.

Powers and Functions of the Speaker:
The Speaker performs various functions and enjoys wide powers drawn partly from the Constitution and partly from the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in Parliament, 1950: Following are the functions of the Speaker:

1. In consultation with the Leader of the House, he determines the order of business and the time to be allotted to the debates on the address of the President. He also prescribes the form in which amendments may be moved-to the motion of thanks to the address of the President.

2. He allows members to ask questions. He has also the power to disallow questions in case they are not in conformity with the Rules of the House.

3. Adjournment motions are moved with his consent. He also prescribes the time-limit for speeches on the motion.

4. The Speaker may allow the publication of a Bill in the Gazette of India upon a request from a member initiating the Bill even before the motion for leave to introduce the Bill has been made. In such a case it does not remain necessary to ask for leave of the House to introduce the Bill.

5. His consent is necessary for a motion to adjourn the debate on a bill.

6. He appoints the Chairman of the Select Committees. He himself is ex-officer Chairman of some vital Committees, such as Rules Committee, the Business Advisory Committee and the General Purpose Committee.

7. He allots time for the discussion on Budget.

8. He is the channel of communication between the President and the Parliament.

9. He decides about the admissibility of a motion in the House.

10. No member can address the House without his permission. He is also to see that no member makes an irrelevant speech and thereby wastes the time of the House.

11. All members have to address the chair, they cannot address each other.

12. If any member raises any point of order, it is for the Speaker to give his own ruling and his ruling is final and binding on all. No member can challenge his ruling.

13. He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.

14. In case he finds the conduct of a member disorderly, he can order him to leave the House.

15. If a member disregards his authority in spite of warning, he can name him for suspension. In case a member does not leave the
House on the order of the Speaker, the Speaker can ask the Watch and Ward Staff to lift him bodily and remove him from the House.

16. He exercises control over the Visitors Gallery. It is he who regulates the admission of outsiders into the House. He can ask them to leave the House.

17. He puts questions to vote and announces the results.

18. He can order the expunging of a word or words used in debate from the proceedings of the House.

19. The Speaker conducts the business of the House. However, he cannot preside over the meeting of the House when the House is considering the resolution of the removal of the Speaker from office. But he has the right to sit, take part in the proceedings and defend himself. He has the right to vote also but he has no casting vote then.

20. Business of the Lok Sabha is valid only when the quorum of the House is complete. It is for the Speaker to see whether quorum is complete or not. If he finds that there is no quorum, he can suspend the business of the House till the required quorum is complete.

21. The Speaker is the guardian of the privileges of the members of Lok Sabha. He can insist that action must be taken against any one guilty of violating the privileges of the members of the House.

22. The Speaker is the custodian of the dignity of the House.

23. Before sending a Bill to Rajya Sabha or the President, he signs the Bill as a token of having been passed by the Lok Sabha.

24. It is for the Speaker to certify whether a particular Bill is a money-bill or not and his certificate is final on the point.

25. The Speaker has no right to vote in the first instance but he has the right to vote in case of a tie.

26. When the Speaker rises, others must sit down and must not leave when he addresses the House.

27. In case of a joint meeting of both the Houses on a disputed Bill, the Speaker of the Lok Sabha presides.

28. The Speaker represents the House and not the Government. For him the humblest back-bencher is no less than a Member and the greatest Minister is no more than a Member. He protects the members from the high-handedness of the Government. The Speaker can pull the Ministers up whenever answers given by them are not clear, adequate or deliberately postponed for no valid reason.

29. The Speaker also performs some important administrative functions. The Secretariat Staff of the Lok Sabha works directly under him.

Position of the Speaker:
The office of the Speaker is one of honour, dignity and authority. He presides over a House which is the pivot of all political activity. He symbolises the House and his authority. In the words of G. V. Mavlankar, “He is supreme in the House.” According to former Speaker Shri Hukam Singh, “Speaker is one of the highest offices in the land.” Shri L. K. Advani said in March 1977 that the Speaker or Chairman is an institution by himself.

In the Order of Precedence he is placed seventh and is bracketed with the Chief Justice of India. He interprets the Rules of the House and his ruling is final. Till today, the office of the Speaker has been occupied by very capable and illustrious personalities. They have enhanced the prestige of the Office. Shri G. V. Mavlankar was the first Speaker of the Lok Sabha.

According to late Pandit Nehru, “The Speaker represents the House, the freedom of the House, and because the House represents the nation, in a particular way, the Speaker becomes the symbol of the nation’s freedom and liberty. Therefore, it is right that his should be an honoured positon; a free position and should be occupied always by men of outstanding ability and impartiality.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 6.
What are the different stages through which the budget passes? Discuss.
Or
Discuss the financial procedure allowed in the Indian Parliament.
Answer:
The Budget is known as the Annual Financial Statement. The Constitution provides that the President shall, in respect of every financial year, cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditures of the Government of India for that year. “The President gets the Budget presented through the Finance Minister. The Budget shows the estimated receipts and expenditure for the ensuing year and is, thus the most important financial document.

In India the Budget is presented to the Parliament in two parts ; the Railway Budget and the General Budget. The Railway Budget deals exclusively with the income and expenditure relating to Railways. It is presented to Parliament by the Minister for Railways. The General Budget deals with the estimate of revenues and expenditure relating to all other Union Ministers and is presented by the Finance Minister. The two Budgets, however, are similar in form and are passed in the same manner.

The General Budget consists of the two parts-one of dealing with the expenditure and the other with the income side of the Union finances. The expenditure embodied in this Budget is divided into two parts:

  • Expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India and
  • Other Expenditure. The expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India is non-volatile. Either House of Parliament can discuss it but not vote on it.

The other expenditure is submitted in the form of demand for grants to the Lok Sabha. The Lok Sabha may assent or refuse to assent any demand or suggest reduction of the amount specified therein. It is voteable. The Lok Sabha cannot, however, suggest increase in the demand for grants. It is so because no demand for grant can be made except on the recommendation of the President.

Stages in Financial Legislation:
The Budget is presented to the Lok Sabha with the Budget Speech of the Finance Minister. The Budget Speech is one of the most important speeches made in Parliament. In his speech, the Finance Minister sums up the general positon of the country and outlines the economic and fiscal policy of the Government for the ensuing year.

Like ordinary bills, the Budget has also to pass through five stages. They are
1. introduction or presentation,
2. general discussion,
3. voting of demands,
4. consideration and passing of the Appropriation Bill and
5. consideraton and passing of the taxation proposals embodied in the Finance Bill.

1. Introduction of Budget in the Parliament:
It is the constitutional duty of the President to get the Budget prepared and cause to be laid before Parliament. The Budget is presented to the Lok Sabha by the Finance Minister with a speech known as the Budget Speech. The Budget Speech is a survey of the financial position of the country and the economic policy of the Government for the ensuing year. The copies of the Budget, thereafter, are printed and circulated amongst members. The Budget contains the estimates of receipt and expenditure. There can be no discussion on the Budget the day it is presented.

2. General Discussion on the Budget:
After the presentation of the Budget, its printed copies are circulated among members. Generally after three days a general discussion on the Budget is held. The general debate on the Budget is spread over three or four days. It is customary that the leaders of the Opposition initiate the discussion.

But at this stage the Houses discuss the Budget as a whole and any question of principle involved in it. No discussion of details is in order and no cut motions are allowed at this stage This stage also provides an opportunity for the discussion of the non-votage expenditure” charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.”

The debate offers an occasion for a general service of the administration and for ventilation of grievances. In the words of Morris-Jones: “It is an occasion on which each House is able to express its mood and the Government may learn how a particular proposal will be received in the subsequent stage.” This stage is, thus, an expression of the mood of the House. No vote is taken at this stage.

3. Voting of DemandL:
After the completion of general discussion on the Budget, the way is clear for the business of voting the grants. The voting of demands or grants is the exclusive privilege of the Lok Sabha. The Rajya Sabha has no share in it. The ‘demands’ are related to the ‘expenditure’ part of the Budget. They are in the nature of requests made by the Executive to the Lok Sabha for grant of outhority to spend the amounts asked for in order to run the administration.

Lok Sabha has the following powers in respect of each demand:

  • to assent to the i demand; or
  • to refuse it; or
  • to reduce it.

The Lok Sabha has no power to increase a demand because no demand for grant can be moved except on the i recommendation of the President.

4. Appropriation Bill:
When all demands for grants have been voted by the Lok Sabha, they are put together and along with charges of the Consolidated fund,
incorporated into what is known as the Appropriation Bill. The Appropriation bill is presented to the Lok Sabha and is passed in the same manner as any other Bill. The debate on the Bill is restricted to those points only which have not been discussed during the debates on estimates. No amendments to the grants as voted by the Lok Sabha previously or to the charges on the Consolidated Fund are followed. The allotment of time for the different stages of the Bill is determined by ! the Speaker. It does not take long for the Lok Sabha to pass the Appropriation Bin.

When the Appropriation Bill has been pssed by the Lok Sabha, it is certified by the Speaker as a Money Bill and is transmitted to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. It is open to the Lok Sabha to accept or reject the recommendation made by the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha has to return the ‘ Money Bill, with or without amendment, within 14 days of the receipt of the Bill.

In case the Lok Sabha does not agree with the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha or if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Bill within 14 days, it is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. It is then sent to the President for his assent. The President must give his assent to the Money Bill. He can neither withhold his assent nor can he send the Bill back for reconsideration. The Appropriation Act authorises the Government to spend money as authorised in the Act. Without such an authority the Government cannot incur an expenditure.

5. Finance Bill:
A Finance Bill is that which embodies all the taxation proposals of the Government for the ensuring year. While the Appropriation Act authorises the Government to spend money as authorised in the Act, the Finance Bill deals with the legislation which authorises the raising of Funds through taxation as embodied in the financial proposals of the year. The Finance Bill has to go through three readings and the procedure followed is that of a Money Bill. The discussion of the Finance pill in the second reading is confined to general principles.

It is only in the Select Committee that the Bill is considered in details and amendments are moved. Clause by clause consideration of the Bill follows after the presentation of the Committee Report. There is one important difference between the Report Stage of Finance Bill and that of the Appropriation Bill. In the case of Appropriation Bill, no amendments can be moved. In that of the Finance Bill amendments seeking to reject or reduce a tax can be moved. Sometimes the Cabinet voluntarily agrees with the opposition in the reduction of a tax. But if a cut motion is carried against the opposition of the Government, it means a lack of confidence in the Government. In that case the Government has to resign.

As soon as the Finance Bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is certified by the Speaker as Money Bill and is sent to the Rajya Sabha for its recommendations. The Rajya Sabha has to return the Finance Bill, with or without recommendations within 14 days. The Lok Sabha may or may not agree with the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. After the expiry of 14 days the Finance Bill is sent to the President for his assent. He cannot refuse his assent.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 7.
How does a bill become an Act in the Indian Parliament?
Or
Describe the various stages through which the budget passes. Discuss.
Answer:
What is a Bill? The Parliament frames laws for the country. Any member of the House can introduce a resolution for the purpose of making a law. That resolution is to be introduced in the House in a special form and the resolution which is placed before the House in a special form is called a bill. Hence, the resolutions which are introduced in the Parliament for the purpose of making laws or changing old laws or amending the Constitution are called bills. The bill is passed by both the Houses and then it is sent to the President for his assent, and then it becomes a law. But before the Bill becomes a law, it is to pass through so many stages.

Kinds of Bill:
The Constitution divides Bills into two categories i.e., Money Bills and Non- Money Bills. The bills which are introduced in the Parliament by the ministers are called government bills. The bills which are introduced in the House by ordinary members of the House are called Private Members’ bills. Government bills are of two types, money bills and ordinary bills. A money bill is concerned with the imposition of taxes and the expenditure of amount thus collected.

The bill is to pass through so many stages before it becomes a law. The bill is discussed and debated thoroughly in these stages. These stages are mentioned as follows:
1. Introduction of the Bill:
An ordinary bill can be introduced in any House and by any member of the House. But a member can introduce the bill in the same House of which he is a member. The mover of the bill is to give a notice to this effect a month earlier. The admission of the notice brings a particular bill in the agenda or ‘the order of the day’.

There is no need for the ministers to give a month’s notice for the purpose. The agenda of the House or the programme of the House is prepared by the Cabinet and they can fix the date of the introduction of their bills. Money Bills can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. Money Bills can only be introduced by the ministers and not by the ordinary members of the House.

On the fixed date the mover of the bills seeks the permission of the House for moving the bill and it is very much a formality. On getting the permission of the House he only reads the title of the bill. After this he gives a copy of the bill to the clerk of the House. It is called the introduction of the bill. The bill is sent to the Gazette of India for publication and its copies are distributed among the members of the House. The government bills can be published in the Government Gazette even without introducing them in the House and this method has been generally adopted.

2. First Reading:
After the introduction there is a first reading of the bill. Sometimes there is a first reading of the bill just after the introductory stage. Sometimes another date is fixed for the first reading of the bill. On the fixed date the mover of the bill stands up at his place and requests that the bill should be read for the first time. On getting permission of the House he explains the main principles and objectes of the bill.

After this other members of the House express their opinions in favour of and against the bill. The bill at this stage is not debated and discussed in detail, only the objects and the main principles involved are discussed. Then the mover of the bill puts a resolution that the bill be sent to a Select Committee. Three decisions can be taken on such a resolution:

  • The bill should be sent to a Select Committee for giving its report on the bill.
  • The bill should be sent to the press and states for propaganda and public opinion should be elicited. The people send their views in favour or against the bill to the Parliament.
  • If the majority is opposed to the bill, it is dropped. Most of the bills of private members are rejected at this stage, if they are not supported by the Cabinet.

3. Select Committee:
If the bill is not rejected in the first reading, it is sent to a Select Committee. The committee consists of 20 to 30 members which are taken from among members of the House. The bill which is published for eliciting public opinion is also sent to the Select Committee. The members of the Select Committee discuss the bill in detail and debate the merits and demerits of the bill. The Committee can suggest amendments in the provisions of clauses of the bill.

After discussing the bill thoroughly the committee prepares its report in favour of or against the bill or suggests some amendments in the bill. While preparing the report the committee takes into consideration public opinion also. Then the committee sends its report to the House.

4. Second Reading:
A day is fixed for discussing the report of the Select Committee on the bill. The mover of the bill on the fixed date requests the House that the report of the Select Committee on the bill may be discussed. The House discusses the bill in detail. The bill is discussed clause by clause and item by item. The views of the Select Committee on all clauses are discussed. The members of the Houses can suggest amendments in the bill. After the bill is seriously discussed the opinion of the House is sought on each clause and amendment proposals are also put to vote. The bill is passed according to the viewpoint of the majority of the members. This stage is very important in the passage of the bill.

5. Third Reading:
After the bill is passed in the second reading, another date is fixed for the third reading of the bill. This is the last stage in the passage of the bill. Like the first stage there is not much of discussion on the bill at this stage also. There is a little chance of the rejection of the bill at this stage. At this stage the proposals for amending the bill cannot be moved. Only proposals for change in the working of the bill can be given. The entire bill is put to vote at this stage and it is either rejected or passed.

Bill in the Second House:
After the bill is passed by one House, it is sent to the second House. It is to pass through all the stages in this House. After the ordinary bill is passed by both the Houses it is sent to the President for his assent. If the two houses differ over a particular bill, a joint meeting of the two Houses is called for and the bill is placed before it. The joint meeting of the two Houses decides the fate of the bill by a majority vote. As the Lok Sabha is a larger body compared with the Rajya Sabha, hence the bill is passed according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha.

The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. If the Rajya Sabha rejects the money bill or does not take any action for 14 days, under both these conditions the money bill is considered passed.

Assent of the President. After the bill is passed by both the Houses, it is sent to the President for his assent. The President cannot refuse to give his assent to the money bill. In case of ordinary bill the President can make use of his veto power, that means that the President can refuse to give his assent to the ordinary bills.

However, the President may return a Bill to the Parliament. If the Parliament passes such a bill again, the President cannot withhold his assent to such a bill. The bill becomes an Act when the President gives his assent to it. It can be enforced after the President’s assent has been taken. It is published in the Government Gazette.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain in brief the composition of the Union Legislature or Parliament.
Answer:
The Union Legislature or the Parliament of India is a bi-cameral legislature. According to Article 79 of the Constitution, there shall be Parliament for the Union which shall consist of President and two houses respectively, known as the Council of the States and the House of the People. Council of the States or the Rajya Sabha is the Upper House of the Parliament.

It can have at the most 250 members in it. This is a permanent house. 1/3 of its members retire after every two years. Lok Sabha is the lower house of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha on the advice of Council of Ministers before the expiry of its term.

Question 2.
Discuss any four features of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

  • Indian Parliament is Bi-cameral.
  • Upper House of the Parliament is permanent.
  • Lower house of the Parliament can be dissolved before its expiry term.
  • The membership of both the houses is not equal.

Question 3.
What are the main functions and powers of Parliament?
Answer:
Following are the main functions and powers of the Parliament-

  • The Parliament has the power to enact laws for the whole of the country.
  • The Parliament controls the Cabinet and Cabinet is responsible to the parliament.
  • The Parliament controls the finance of the State and it passes the budget.
  • The Parliament formulates national and foreign policies of the country.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 4.
Explain the executive powers of the Parliament.
Or
How does Indian Parliament control the executive?
Answer:
The Parliament controls the executive in the following ways:
1. The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.

2. The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

3. The members of the Parliament can ask the ministers questions regarding the functioning of the administration. The ministers are to give satisfactory replies to all these questions.

4. The members of the Parliament by introducing ‘Adjournment Motion’ can invite the attention of the government ti!> a serious problem or event.

5. During discussion on budget the members of the Parliament discuss the working of different departments of the government and criticize the policies of the government.

6. The Cabinet continues to remain in office according to the wishes of the Lok Sabha. It can seek the removal of the Cabinet by passing a no-confidence motion against it or by rejecting an important government bill or by passing a resolution for reducing the salary of a particular minister. The bill is sent to a small committee which discusses the bill in detail and then sends it with amendments, if any. In second reading, there is clause by clause discussion. Then the bill is put to vote. After the bill is passed it is sent to the other House. The bill passes through similar stages in the other House and is then sent to the president for his assent. After his signature the bill becomes an Act.

Question 5.
Discuss the legislative powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union List and Concurrent List. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State List.

The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for Union Territories. The Rajya Sabha can transfer a State subject in favor of the Centre for the purpose of making laws. In case of the proclamation of emergency by the President, the Parliament can legislate on State subjects. The Residuary powers are under the control of the Central Government and so Parliament frames laws on all the residuary subjects.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 6.
Discuss in brief the judicial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
Following are the judicial powers of the Parliament:

  • The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
  • The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.
  • The Parliament can remove the judges of the High Courts and the Supreme Court by passing a resolution to that effect.

Question 7.
What are the qualifications to become a member of the Parliament?
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed the age of 25 years in case of Lok Sabha and 30 years in case of Rajya Sabha.
  • He must not hold any office of profit.
  • He must possess qualifications laid down by the Parliament of India.
  • He must not be of unsound mind and should not have been declared disqualified by a competent court.

Question 8.
Write the composition of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members, 12 members are nominated by the President. These members shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical experience in literature, science, art and social service.

The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories. The representatives of the States are elected by the elected members of their Legislative Assemblies in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 members. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the states and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the President.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 9.
What are the qualifications of a member of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed 30 years of age.
  • He must possess such other qualifications as prescribed by the Parliament.
  • He must be a parliamentary elector in the state from which he is seeking election and must have been residing in the state for the last six months.
  • He should not hold any office of profit under the government of India or any State government.

Question 10.
Mention the powers of the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Indian Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. As Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, he performs the following functions:

  • He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
  • He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the Rajya Sabha.
  • He allows the members to speak.
  • As he is not a member of the Rajya Sabha, he is not allowed to vote, but in case of equality of votes he has a casting vote.

Question 11.
Describe the legislative powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha is an integral part of the Indian Parliament. Since the main responsibility of the Parliament is to make laws, hence the Rajya Sabha takes part in the making of laws. Except Money Bills, all bills can originate in the Rajya Sabha. No Bill can become a law unless agreed to by both the Houses.

In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a Bill or on the amendments made in the Bill, the President has been empowered to summon a joint meeting of the two Houses for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill. At a joint sitting, questions are decided by a majority of the members of both houses present and voting. A decision taken at the joint sitting shall mean the decision of both Houses.

Question 12.
Explain in brief the financial powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
In financial matters, it is the Lok Sabha which enjoys a pre-eminent position. No Money Bill can first be introduced in the Rajya Sabha. It is the privilege of the Lok Sabha to pass the Money Bill first and send it to the Rajya Sabha. The Lok Sabha is not bound to accept the recommendations made by the Rajya Sabha. In case the Lok Sabha rejects the recommendations of the Rajya Sabha, the Bill is deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha.

Likewise, if the Rajya Sabha does not return the Money Bill to the Lok Sabha within 14 days, it will be considered to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Lok Sabha. Thus, the Lok Sabha possesses complete control over the purse of the nation.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 13.
Write down the judicial powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha enjoys co-equal powers with the Lok Sabha in the process of impeachment of the President. In the removal of the Vice-President, a resolution to that effects can be moved in the Rajya Sabha only. But the Lok Sabha must agree with that resolution if the Vice-President is to be removed from the office. Likewise, it has itjentical powers with the Lok Sabha in the matter of removal of a judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court.

Question 14.
Describe the constitutional powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Rajya Sabha exercises constituent functions alongwith the Lok Sabha. A Bill to amend the Constitution may originate in either House of the parliament. And the Bill amending the Constitution is required to be passed in each House by a majority of its total membership and by a majority of two-thirds of its members present and voting. The Constitution is silent on how to resolve a dead-lock between the two Houses.

Question 15.
Mention special powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Under the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with special powers enumerated in the state list.
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two- thirds majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that the Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Under Article 312 of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha is empowered to create one or more All-India Services, if the house passes a resolution by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest to do so.

3. Rajya Sabha alone can initiate the proposal for removing the Vice-President.

Question 16.
What are the previleges of the members of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy following previleges:

  • The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy unrestricted freedom to express their views on the floor of the house. No action can be taken against them for the expression of their views.
  • The members of the Rajya Sabha can’t be arrested for any civil offence during and 40 days before and after the session.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 17.
Describe the organisation of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
According to the re-organisation of Goa, Daman and Diu Act of 1987 the maximum elected members of the Lok Sabha can’be 550. members. Two members of Anglo-Indian Community can be appointed by the President. At present Lok Sabha consists of 545 members.

Out of 545 members 543 are directly elected by the people. The members of Lok Sabha are elected by single member constituency. The whole country is divided into equal constituencies. Every citizen whose name is on the voter’s list can cast his vote. A candidate getting highest votes is declared elected.

Question 18.
Describe the qualifications to become a member of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed 25 years of age.
  • He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.
  • He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.
  • No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Legislature simultaneously.

Question 19.
How are the members of Lok Sabha elected?
Answer:
The members of the Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years has the right to vote provided, of course, he or she is not otherwise disqualified on grounds of unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice. The voting is by secret ballot. Normally one member represents a population between 5 to 714 lakhs.

As per constitution, there shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in Lok Sabha in such a manner that the ratio between the population of the State as far as practicable, is same for all the States. Each State shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such a manner that the ratio between the population of each constituency and number of seats allotted to it, as far as practicable, is the same throughout the State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 20.
Define in brief the tenure of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where 1/3 members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term i.e. five years.

Question 21.
Write in brief the privileges of the members of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Members of the Lok Sabha enjoy certain privileges:

  • Members have full freedom for speech in the House. No case can be started against a member for a speech given in the House.
  • Members cannot be arrested in any civil suit before 40 days of the beginning of the session.
  • During the session, a member can be arrested in criminal cases only but information must be given to the speaker.
  • Members get monthly salary and many other allowances.

Question 22.
Describe the legislative powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Any type of bill can be introduced in the Lok Sabha. Laws in it, can be -framed on any subject given on the Union list and the concurrent list. The Rajya Sabha can transfer any subject on the State List by passing a resolution in favour of the Centre and Lok Sabha can pass a law on the subject. Rajya Sabha can transfer a subject only in case of national importance.

After the bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha and it can delay the bill at the most for 6 months. If the Rajya Sabha rejects the bill or does not take any action over it for a period of six months, a joint session of the two, Houses of the Parliament is called and the majority vote decides the fate of the bill. As the number of the members of the Lok Sabha is larger than that of the Rajya Sabha, so the members of the Lok Sabha can get the bills passed according to its own wishes.

Question 23.
Discuss about the Financial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament controls the finances of the State. The goverenment places the budget before the start of the financial year. The Parliament discusses the budget and gives its assent to the bill. The government can neither impose any tax upon the public nor can it spend the money without the approval of the Parliament. The President will have to give his assent to the money bill passed by the Parliament.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 24.
Write down the executive powers of the Lok Sabha.
Or
How does Lok Sabha controls the Executive?
Answer:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabh is the Prime Minister of the country. Most of the ministers are also taken from the Lok Sabha. The Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha for all its actions and policies.

The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. The members of the Lok Sabha can criticize the functioning of the Cabinet. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office till it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

Question 25.
Discuss the financial powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the state. As money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. If there is a difference of opinion whether a particular bill a money bill or a non-money bill, the decision of the speaker of the Lok Sabha will.be final.

After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill. The President cannot use his veto power in case of money bill.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 26.
Who is the speaker?
Answer:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House. The Constitution also provides for the office of the Deputy

Speaker:
He too is the member of the House and is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Deputy Speaker performs the duties of the speaker when the latter is absent or while the office of the Speaker is vacant.

Question 27.
Who is the Chairman of Lok Sabha? List his four main functions.
Answer:
Chairman of Lok Sabha is popularly known as Speaker. He performs ahead functions:

  1. Preserve Order: He presides over the meetings of the House and preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.
  2. Money-Bill: He decides whether a bill is a money-bill.
  3. Guardian of Rights: He is the guardian of the privileges of the member of Lok Sabha.
  4. Joint Meetings: He presides over the joint meetings of both the Houses of Parliament.

Question 28.
How is the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
Lok Sabha is more powerful because

  1. The members of Lok Sabha are directly elected while the members of house of Rajya Sabha are indirectly elected.
  2. Money bill cannot be introduced in Rajya Sabha. It originates in the Lok Sabha only. It is sent for recommendation to Rajya Sabha and not for passing. If Rajya Sabha returns it after 14 days it is assumed as passed.
  3. Lok Sabha controls the executive whereas Rajya Sabha has no effective control over the executive.

Question 29.
Explain the relationship between Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Lok Sabha is a lower house while Rajya Sabha is a upper house of the Parliament. Both the houses do not enjoy equal powers. Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Rajya Sabha. Ordinary bills can originate in either House of Parliament. Rajya Sabha can delay an ordinary bill maximum for a period of six months. Money bill can originate in the Lok Sabha only. Rajya Sabha can delay the money bill for 14 days only.

In the matters of finance the powers of the Rajya Sabha are insignificant. Members of the Rajya Sabha can ask questions to the ministers and they can criticise the policies of the government but they are having no power to remove the Council of Ministers. The Lok Sabha can remove the Council of Ministers by passing a vote of no-confidence against the Council of Ministers. Thus Lok Sabha is having a real control over the government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 30.
Narrate the circumstances under which a joint session of the Parliament is summoned. Who presides over this?
Answer:
The President summons the joint session of the Parliament on the following occasions:

  1. Joint session of the Parliament is summoned to resolve the conflict between the two Houses of the Parliament.
  2. Joint session is summoned when a bill is passed by one House and is rejected by the other. The speaker of the Lok Sabha presides over the joint session of the Parliament.

Question 31.
What is the difference between the election of Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of India of not less than 18 years of age has the right to vote. From each territorial constituency one member is elected and the candidate getting the highest votes in the election is declared elected. The members of the Rajya Sabha are elected by the elected members of the state Assemblies.

Question 32.
What is understood by Adjournment Motion?
Answer:
An adjournment motion is a proposal for postponing the normal business of the House in order to discuss a matter of urgent public importance such as a serious riot, a case of police firing on a procession or a grave railway accident and so on.

The real object of an adjournment motion is to bring to light the inefficiency or corruption of the administration and the mistakes of policy of which the government is considered to be guilty. Such a motion can be moved any time provided the presiding officer of the House is satisfied of its urgent public nature. When such a motion is moved, the House suspends its normal work.

Question 33.
What do you understand by Question Hour?
Answer:
Members of Parliament are free to ask questions to elicit information on matters of public concern from ministers of the government. The First hour of every sitting in both houses is devoted to asking and answering of questions. It is known as the ‘Question Hour’.

During this hour, matters concerning the Government of India are raised and problems are brought to the notice of the government to seek their intervention to meet any situation and to redress public grievances. ‘Question Hour’ forms the most interesting part of the Parliamentary procedure. The government is put on trial during this hour.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 34.
What do you understand by ‘Zero Hour’?
Answer:
The time immediately following the ‘Question Hour’ in both Houses has come to be populary known as ‘Zero Hour’. It is a Zero Hour in more than one sense. It is a non¬existent hour. If starts at 12 noon which is the zero hour of the day. It came to be called an Hour also because very often it continued for one full hour, until the House rose for lunch at 1 p.m. In the rules there is no mention of any Zero Hour at all. It is the press that gave the name Zero Hour, sometimes in the early sixties. In the eyes of Rules Book the so called Zero Hour is an irregular affair. But, as thing can, Zero Hour seems to have come to say.

Question 35.
What is money bill?
Answer:
A money bill is that which contains provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters:

  • the imposition, abolition, remission, alternation or regulation of any tax.
  • the regulation of the borrowing of money or creation on any financial obligation to be undertaken by the Government in India.
  • payment of money into or withdrawal of money from the consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of India.
    appropriation of money out of the Consolidated Fund of India.
  • the declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India of the amount of. any such expenditure.
  • receipt of money on account of the public account of India and the audit of accounts and incidental matter.

Question 36.
Describe the law-making procedure in the Parliament of India.
Answer:
The Parliament is the supreme body of making laws. Ordinary bills can be introduced in either House of Parliament. In the first reading, general principles involved in the bill are read. After first reading the bill is sent to small committee which discusses the bill in detail and then sends it with amendments if any. In second reading, there is clause by clause discussion. Then the bill is put to vote. After bill is passed it is sent to other House. The bill passes through similar stages in the other House and is then sent to the President for his assent. After his signature the bill becomes an act.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 37.
Write down the name of Speaker of Lok Sabha and Chairman and Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha.
Answer:

Name of Post Name of Person
1. Speaker of Lok Sabha Sh. Om Birla
2. Chairman of.Rajya Sabha Sh. Venkaiah Naidu
3. Vice-Chairman of Rajya Sabha Sh. Harivansh Narayan Singh

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain in brief the composition of the Union Legislature or Parliament.
Answer:
The Union Legislature or the Parliament of India is a bi-cameral legislature. Council of the States or the Rajya Sabha is the Upper House of the Parliament. It can have at the most 250 members in it. This is a permanent house. Lok Sabha is the lower house of the Parliament. It can have at the most 550 elected members. The members of the Lok Sabha are elected for 5 years. The President of India can dissolve the Lok Sabha on the advice of Council of Ministers before the expiry of its term.

Question 2.
Explain any two features of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

  • Indian Parliament is Bi-cameral.
  • Upper House of the Parliament is permanent.

Question 3.
What are the main functions and powers of Parliament?
Answer:
Following are the main functions and powers of the Parliament-

  • The Parliament has the power to enact laws for the whole of the country.
  • The Parliament controls the,Cabinet and Cabinet is responsible to the parliament.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 4.
How does Indian Parliament control the executive?
Answer:
The Parliament controls the executive in the following ways:

  • The Prime Minister and the other ministers are taken from the Parliament and after becoming ministers, they remain the members of the Parliament. They participate in the meetings of the Parliament.
  • The ministers are responsible to the Parliament for their actions and policies.

Question 5.
Explain the legislative powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
The Parliament has the right to frame laws for the whole of the country. It can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the Union List and Concurrent List. Under certain special circumstances the Parliament gets the right to frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the State List. The Parliament frames laws on State subjects for Union Territories.

Question 6.
Discuss in brief the judicial powers of the Parliament.
Answer:
Following are the judicial powers of the Parliament:

  • The Parliament can remove the President from office through impeachment.
  • The Parliament can also remove the Vice-President from office.

Question 7.
What are the qualifications to become a member of the Parliament?
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed the age of 25 years in case of Lok Sabha and 30 years in case of Rajya Sabha.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 8.
Write the composition of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
According to the constitution the maximum strength of the Rajya Sabha has been put at 250 members. Out of 250 members, 12 members are nominated by the President. The remaining 238 members represent the States and the Union Territories. At present the Rajya Sabha has 245 members. Out of 245 members, 233 members represent the states and Union Territories and the remaining 12 members have been nominated by the President.

Question 9.
What are the qualifications of a member of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed 30 years of age.

Question 10.
Discuss the powers of the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The Indian Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. As Chairman of the Rajya Sabha, he performs the following functions:

  • He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
  • He preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the Rajya Sabha.

Question 11.
Mention special powers of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
Under the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha has been vested with special powers enumerated in the state list.
1. Under Article 249, the Rajya Sabha may declare by resolution, passed by two- thirds majority of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that the Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List.

2. Rajya Sabha alone can initiate the proposal for removing the Vice-President.

Question 12.
Explain previleges of the members of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy following previleges:

  1. The members of the Rajya Sabha enjoy unrestricted freedom to express their views on the floor of the house. No action can be taken against them for the expression of their views.
  2. The members of the Rajya Sabha can’t be arrested for any civil offence during and 40 days before and after the session.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 13.
Describe the organisation of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Elected members of the Lok Sabha can be 550 members. Two members of Anglo- Indian Community can be appointed by the President. At present Lok Sabha consists of 545 members. Out of 545 members 543 are directly elected by the people. The members of Lok Sabha are elected by single member constituency. A candidate getting highest votes is declared elected.

Question 14.
Describe the qualifications to become a member of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India
  • He must have completed 25 years of age.

Question 15.
What is the tenure of the Lok Sabha?
Answer:
The life of the Lok Sabha is five years. All the members are chosen at one and at the same time. Unlike the election to the Rajya Sabha where 1/3 members retire every two years, all the members of the Lok Sabha are elected for a period of five years. However, the President can dissolve the Lok Sabha even before the expiry of its term i.e. five years.

Question 16.
Write down the executive powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
It is the Lok Sabha which controls the executive. The members of the Lok Sabha ask the ministers questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer these questions. If the Lok Sabha passes a vote of no-confidence against the Cabinet, the Cabinet will have to resign. The Cabinet remains in office till it is supported by the majority of the members of the House.

Question 17.
Explain the financial powers of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The Lok Sabha controls the finances of the state. As money bill can only be introduced in the Lok Sabha and not in the Rajya Sabha. After a money bill is passed by the Lok Sabha, it is sent to the Rajya Sabha. The Rajya Sabha can delay the passage of a money bill at the most for 14 days. The Rajya Sabha may reject the bill or may not take any action over the bill for a period of 14 days, in both these conditions the bill will be considered as passed. It will be sent to the President and he gives his assent to the bill.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 18.
Who is the speaker?
Answer:
The speaker is the presiding officer of the Lok Sabha. He is elected by the members of the Lok Sabha from among themselves. The Speaker presides over the meetings of the House; maintains order in the House and conducts the business of the House in accordance with the Rules of the House.

Question 19.
Write down any two functions of Speaker.
Answer:
Chairman of Lok Sabha is popularly known as Speaker. He performs functions given ahead:

  • Preserve Order. He presides over the meetings ofeihe House and preserves order in the House. If the situation goes out of control he can adjourn or suspend the meeting of the House.
  • Money-Bill. He decides whether a bill is a money-bill.

Question 20.
How is the Lok Sabha more powerful than the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:

  1. The members of Lok Sabha are directly elected while the members of house of Rajya Sabha are indirectly elected.
  2. Money bill cannot be introduced in Rajya Sabha. It originates in the Lok Sabha only. It is sent for recommendation to Rajya Sabha and not for passing. If Rajya Sabha returns it after 14 days it is assumed as passed.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name the two Houses of Indian Parliament.
Answer:

  1. Lok Sabha
  2. Rajya Sabha.

Question 2.
Which one House of the Union Parliament is more powerful?
Answer:
Lok Sabha is more powerful than Rajya Sabha.

Question 3.
How many members can be nominated in Lok Sabha by the President?
Answer:
Two members from Anglo-Indian Community.

Question 4.
How many members can be nominated in Rajya Sabha by the President?
Answer:
12 members are nominated in Rajya Sabha from amongst the scholars, artists and social workers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 5.
How are members of Lok Sabha elected?
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected directly by the people. Every citizen of 18 years and above has a right to vote.

Question 6.
What is the total strength of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The maximum strength, of Rajya Sabha can be 250.

Question 7.
For what PAC stands?
Answer:
Public Accounts Committee.

Question 8.
What is the present strength of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
The Lok Sabha consists of 545 members- 543 elected and 2 nominated Anglo- Indian.

Fill in The Blanks

1. ……………. presides over the joint session of the Parliament.
Answer:
Speaker

2. Cabinet is responsible to ……………. .
Answer:
Parliament

3. The candidate constituting for ……………. should not be less than 25 years.
Answer:
Lok Sabha

4. ……………. members are nominated by the President in Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
12

5. The candidate constituting for ……………. should not be less than 30 years.
Answer:
Rajya Sabha.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

True or False statement

1. Two members are nominated by the President in the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
False

2. The session of the Indian Parliament are held at least twice a year.
Answer:
True

3. Vice-President presiding Officer of the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
False

4. The budget is introduced in Lok Sabha by Finance Minister.
Answer:
True

5. President presides over the Lok Sabha.
Answer:
False

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The Indian Parliament is:
(A) Uni-cameral
(B) Three Houses
(C) Bi-cameral
(D) Four Houses.
Answer:
(C) Bi-cameral

Question 2.
The Lower House of the Indian Parliament is known as:
(A) Rajya Sabha
(B) Lok Sabha
(C) Legislative Assembly
(D) Council of States.
Answer:
(B) Lok Sabha

Question 3.
The Upper House of the Indian Parliament is known as:
(A) Lok Sabha
(B) Rajya Sabha
(C) Council of ministers
(D) Legislative Council.
Answer:
(B) Rajya Sabha

Question 4.
The tenure of the members of the Rajya Sabha is:
(A) 5 years
(B) 4 years
(C) 6 years
(D) 3 years.
Answer:
(C) 6 years

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 25 The Union Legislature

Question 5.
Who is the presiding officer of the Rajya Sabha?
(A) Prime Minister
(B) Vice-President
(C) President
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(B) Vice-President

Question 6.
Speaker is elected for a period of:
(A) 5 years
(B) 6 years
(C) 7 years
(D) 4 years.
Answer:
(A) 5 years

Question 7.
The tenure of the Lok Sabha in normal times is:
(A) 6 years
(B) 5 years
(C) 4 years
(D) 3 years.
Answer:
(B) 5 years

Question 8.
How many members are nominated by the president in Lok Sabha?
(A) 12 Members
(B) 3 Members
(C) 18 Members
(D) 2 Members.
Answer:
(D) 2 Members.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions) Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

Complete the following sentences by putting sentence connectors in the blank spaces.

Note : Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.

1. (1) ………….. I was young, I used to travel a lot. (2) …………… now I am old (3) …………… it is difficult for me to show as much zeal (4) ……………. I had in my youth. (5) ……………. I can still do many things, there are certain things (6) ……………. are beyond my reach now.
Answer:
1. When 2. But 3. and 4. as 5. While 6. which.

2. (1) …………… did I reach the station (2) …………… the train left. I do not know (3) ……………. it happened with me. (4) .. ……….. I narrated the incident to my mother, she was disappointed to hear it. (5) ………….. I was coming back to my house, I met a stranger (6) ……………. was carrying a basket with him. I tried to talk to him (7) ……………. he gave no response.
Answer:
1. No sooner 2. than. 3. how 4. When 5 While 6. who 7. hut.

3. Music is said to be food for the soul. (1) …………… does it give relaxation to our mind, (2) ……………. helps us to forget our sorrows and worries of day-to-day life. There is no aspect of life (3) …………… we do not find it. There is hardly any party or function (4) …………… music is not played. (5) …………… we must enjoy it to forget our pains for some time.
Answer:
1. Not only 2. but also 3. where 4. where 5. But.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

4. Education has become a part of everybody’s life. There is not even a single field (1) ……………. education has not left its mark. The day is not far (2) ……. everybody would like to drink deep in its ocean. (3) ……………. the need of the hour is to spread education in every nook and corner (4) …………….. nobody is left without its mark.
Answer:
1. where 2. when 3. But 4. till.

5. One day (1) …………. I went to my friend’s house, I was surprised to see a man (2) …………… was wearing nothing. (3) ……………. I asked him the reason, he tried to avoid me, ……….. (4) I did not stop and asked him again. (5) ………….. some time, he told me the reason behind it. (6) …………… he was telling me a sad episode (7) ……………. had happened with him two days (8) ………….started weeping (9) …………… I heard his woeful tale.
Answer:
1. when. 2. who 3. When 4. but 5. After 6. While . 7 which 8. ago before 9. when.

6. The economic condition of a country depends on the resources available in the country (1) ……………. on its population. (2) ……………. the population increases, resources start decreasing. (3) …………… there is a need to control population (4) ……………. we want our country to move towards the path of development.
Answer:
1. as well as 2.When 3. So 4 . if.

7. I was pained to hear about your problem, (1) ……………. you should not worry (2) ……………. I am always there to help you. (3) ………… my means are limited, I will try to help you (4) …………. much (5) ………… I can. (6) ………….. you want to progress in life, you should have faith in your capabilities (7) ……… aspirations.
Answer:
1. but 2. because 3. Although 4. as 5. as 6. If 7. and.

8. (1) ……………. my knowledge is concerned, I can only say (2) ………….. nowadays, it has become difficult to make both ends meet. I was seven years old (3) ………….. my mother died. I tried to put a lot of efforts (4) ……………. I might get (5) ……………. I desired in my life. My sister (6) …………. I started running a shop (7) …………… was situated near our house. My sister (8) I managed the shop. (9) …………… we had limited means, we were honest.
Answer:
1. As far as 2. that 3. when 4. so that 5. what 6. and 7. which 8. and 9. Though

9. (1) ……………. I was nine years old, my parents told me (2) …………… We originally belonged to Kashmir. (3) ………… I grew up, I began to watch TV (4) I learnt about the happenings in Kashmir. (5) ……………. I saw some beautiful shots of the heavenly valley on the TV (6) ………….. in movies, I would remember Kashmir.
Answer:
1. When 2. that 3. As 4. So that 5. Whenever 6. Or.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

10. My friend had been suffering from cholera (1) …………. Monday. Today he reached his house, his family had left for the hospital. I hurriedly rushed towards the hospital (4) …………. he had been admitted. The doctor came (5) ……………… assured us about his early recovery. We heaved a sigh of relief (6) …………….. we heard the news of his recovery.
Answer:
1. since 2. because 3. When 4. where 5. and 6. when.

11. (1) ……….. I feel lonely, I prefer to enjoy the beauties of nature. Wordsworth was a famous poet (2) …………… wrote poems on the beautiful objects of nature. Some of his poems show the zeal (3) ………… he had in his veins. (4) ……………. I was at school, my English teacher used to tell me about some of Wordsworth’s poems (5) ……….. were worth reading.
Answer:
1. When 2. who 3. that 4. When 5. that.

12. (1) ……………. you do not get success despite your repeated efforts, you should not lose heart. Only those people get success (2) …………… have an optimistic approach towards life. (3) ……………. you want to win the lost game, you should not feel exhausted. You can go up in life (4) ……….. you persist in your efforts.
Answer:
1. If 2. who 3. If 4. if.

13. (1) ………….. did we step out of the house (2) ………….. the rain started. I love rainy season (3) ……………. in that season, my grandmother prepares lovely dishes for the whole family. I enjoy sitting alone (4) ………….. it is raining. (5) ………….. somebody comes to my house on a rainy day, I feel disturbed.
Answer:
1. No sooner 2. than 3. because 4. while 5. If.

14. The incident (1) …………… changed me was the death of my grandfather. (2) …………… he ate was flushed out of his system immediately. One morning, (3) …………… reciting his prayers, he passed away. I can never forget the day on (4) …………… my grandfather died. (5) …………… I was a child, he used to tell me stories (6) ……………. going to bed. (7) …………… today, I have not come out of the grief (8) ………….. engulfed me six years back.
Answer:
1. that 2. Whatever 3. while 4. which 5. When 6. before 7. Even 8. that.

15. (1) ……………. a certain Minister grew old, his hair fell off (2) …………… he became bald. (3) ……………. he was vain, he wore a wig of someone else’s hair (4) ……………. went out. (5) ……………. he was rushing out of Parliament one day, there was a gust of wind. His wig fell off (6) …………… exposed his bald pate. (7) ……………. everyone saw this, they started laughing at him.
Answer:
1. When 2. and 3. As 4. and 5. While 6. and 7. When.

Combine the following sentences, using the sentence connectors given in brackets.
Note : Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.

(A)

1. It was hot. We did not go out. (so)
2. He is working hard. He wants to get first division. (because)
3. He is rich. He is a miser. (but)
4. Mohan did not steal the book. Sohan did not steal the book. (neither-nor)
5. She is poor. She is honest. (but)
6. He does not take tea. He does not take coffee. (neither-nor)
7. The train left the station. The guard waved the green flag. (when)
8. He does not eat meat. He does not eat eggs. (neither-nor)
9. It was raining heavily. I went to my office. (when)
10. She is ill. She does not take medicine. (though-yet)
Answer:
1. It was hot, so we did not go out.
2. He is working hard because he wants to get first division.
3. He is rich, but he is a miser.
4. Neither Mohan nor Sohan stole the book
5. She is poor, but she is honest.
6. He takes neither tea nor coffee.
7. The train left the station when the guard waved the green flag.
8. He eats neither meat nor eggs.
9. It was raining heavily when I went to my office.
10. Though she is ill, yet she does not take medicine.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

(B)

1. The woman gave the beggar money. She also gave him food. (not only-but also)
2. I have not written to him. I have not spoken to him. (neither-nor)
3. He is not a rogue. He is not a fool. (neither-nor)
4. Our guns opened fire. The enemy fled. (as soon as)
5. Mohan is not going to Chandigarh. He is not going to Jalandhar. (neither-nor)
6. Anoop is going out for a walk. Saroop is going out for a walk. (both)
7. He brought a book for me. He brought a pen for me. (as well as)
8. I was placed on the merit list. I was not given a scholarship. (although-yet)
9. He worked hard. He failed. (though-yet)
10. He was tired. He could hardly stand. (so-that)
Answer:
1. The woman gave the beggar not only money, but also food.
2. I have neither written to him nor spoken to him.
3. He is neither a rogue nor a fool.
4. The enemy fled as soon as our guns opened fire.
5. Mohan is going neither to Chandigarh nor to Jalandhar.
6. Both Anoop and Saroop are going out for a walk.
7. He brought a book as well as a pen for me.
8. Although I was placed on the merit list, yet I was not given a scholarship.
9. Though he worked hard, yet he failed.
10. He was so tired that he could hardly stand.

(C)

1. There is life. There is hope. (Combine the two sentences)
2. I cannot stand. I cannot sit. (neither-nor)
3. He was taken to task. He was given a sound beating. (not only-but also)
4. I had reached home. It started raining. (hardly-when)
5. He must be mad. He must be drunk. (either-or)
6. I had reached home. It began to rain heavily. (scarcely-when)
7. Ravi did not come to her help. Shashi did not come to her help. (neither-nor)
8. Walk very carefully. You should not slip. (Join the sentences)
9. Make hay. The sun shines. (while)
10. He was sick. He did not go to school. (because)
Answer:
1. So long as there is life, there is hope.
2. I can neither stand nor sit.
3. He was not only taken to task, but was also given a sound beating.
4. I had hardly reached home when it started raining.
5. He must be either mad or drunk.
6. I had scarcely reached home when it began to rain heavily.
7. Neither Ravi nor Shashi came to her help.
8. Walk very carefully lest you should slip.
9. Make hay while the sun shines.
10. He did not go to school because he was sick.

(D)

1. Ram is good. Sham is equally good. (as-as)
2. I was late for school. I missed the first bus.(because)
3. He has stolen my book. His brother has stolen my book. (either-or)
4. The teacher did not punish him. The teacher did not fine him. (neither-nor)
5. I can do with a pen. I can also do with a pencil.(either-or)
6. Rakesh is not a good actor. He is not a good writer. (neither-nor)
7. It was quite cold. She did not light a fire. (although-yet)
8. Radha is intelligent. She is hard-working. (both-and)
9. She is extremely happy today. She has been engaged to a boy of her choice. (because)
10. The thief was caught red-handed. He was stealing a jewellery box. (while)
Answer:
1. Ram is as good as Sham.
2. I was late for school because I missed the first bus.
3. Either he or his brother has stolen my book.
4. The teacher neither. punished nor fined him.
5. I can do either with a pen or a pencil.
6. Rakesh is neither a good actor nor a good writer.
7. Although it was quite cold, yet she did not light a fire.
8. Radha is both intelligent and hard-working.
9. She is extremely happy today because she has been engaged to a boy of her choice.
10. The thief was caught red-handed while he was stealing a jewellery box.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

(E)

1. He is very weak. He cannot stand. (so-that)
2. The cat is away. The mice will play. (when)
3. Ram is not trustworthy. Sham is not trustworthy. (neither-nor)
4. I saw the lion. I ran away. (as soon as)
5. You must work hard. You will fail. (or)
6. Ram was singing. Ram was also dancing. (while)
7. Men may come. Men may go. I go on for ever. (and-but)
8. I saw a beggar. I was going to school. (when)
9. We left home. The rain started. (as soon as)
10. You will have to leave this house. You may wish it or not. (whether)
Answer:
1. He is so weak that he cannot stand.
2. When the cat is away, the mice will play.
3. Neither Ram nor Sham is trustworthy.
4. As soon as I saw the lion, I ran away.
5. You must work hard or you will fail.
6. Ram was dancing while he was singing.
7. Men may come and men may go but I go. on for ever.
8. I saw a beggar when I was going to school.
9. As soon as we left home, the rain started.
10. You will have to leave this house whether you wish it or not.

(F)

1. Reena came to my house. Teena came to my house. (as well as)
2. He worked hard. He fell ill. (so-that)
3. She is proud. She is mean. (not only-but also)
4. She spoke loudly. She spoke clearly. (and)
5. He is sad. He is hopeful. (but)
6. I don’t like coffee. I don’t like tea. (neither-nor)
7. You must leave at once. You may like or not. (whether)
8. Let us go to bed. It is late now. (as)
9. He called on me. I was at home. (when)
10. We stepped out. It began to rain. (hardly-when)
Answer:
1. Reena as well as Teena came to my house.
2. He worked so hard that he fell ill.
3. She is not only proud, but also mean.
4. She spoke loudly and clearly.
5. He is sad but hopeful.
6. I like neither coffee nor tea.
7. You must leave at once whether you like or not.
8. Let us go to bed as it is late now.
9. He called on me when I was at home.
10. Hardly had we stepped out when it began to rain.

(G)

1. Run fast. You will miss the train. (lest-should)
2. He failed. I don’t know the reason. (why)
3. We didn’t take a tonga. We didn’t take a taxi. (neither-nor)
4. The step taken was right. The step taken was wrong. (either-or)
5. A car struck against his scooter. No one was injured. (yet)
6. She wishes it. I shall help you. (since)
7. The patient had died. The doctor came. (before)
8. He is at his office. I shall call on him. (if)
9. Mohan has not come. He has sent no message. (neither-nor)
10. Mumbai is a famous city. It is a big centre of film industry. (which)
Answer:
1. Run fast lest you should miss the train.
2. I don’t know why he failed.
3. We took neither a tonga nor a taxi.
4. The step taken was either right or wrong.
5. A car struck against his scooter, yet no one was injured.
6. Since she wishes it, I shall help you.
7. The patient had died before the doctor came.
8. I shall call on him if he is at his office.
9. Mohan has neither come nor sent any message.
10. Mumbai is a famous city which is a big centre of film industry.

(H)

1. The thief saw the owner of the house. He ran away. (as soon as)
2. Ashok was invited to the party. Meena was invited to the party. (as well as)
3. Mary didn’t come to the church yesterday. John didn’t come to the church yesterday (neither-nor)
4. He didn’t work hard. He failed. (because)
5. Mohan is honest. He is sincere. (both-and)
6. I bought a saree. I bought a suit. (as well as)
7. The children saw the wolf. They ran away. (as soon as)
8. He is very lazy. He can’t get along with me. (so-that)
9. The sun rose. The fog disappeared. (as soon as)
10. Rajan is kind. He is honest. (both-and)
Answer:
1. The thief ran away as soon as he saw the owner of the house.
2. Ashok as well as Meena was invited to the party.
3. Neither Mary nor John came to the church yesterday.
4. He failed because he didn’t work hard.
5. Mohan is both honest and sincere.
6. I bought a saree as well as a suit.
7. As soon as the children saw the wolf, they ran away.
8. He is so lazy that he can’t get along with me.
9. The fog disappeared as soon as the sun rose.
10. Rajan is both kind and honest.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

Conjunction

दो शब्दों, वाक्यांशों (Phrases) अथवा वाक्यों को परस्पर जोड़ने वाले शब्द को Conjunction कहा जाता है; जैसे
1. The teacher taught Mohan and Abdul.
2. I want some pen or pencil.
3. He will take tea, but I will take milk.
4. I will try to come as soon as I can.

The Use Of Some Conjunctions

(1) No sooner, hardly, scarcely.
No sooner के बाद सदा than का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Scarcely और Hardly के बाद when या before में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।
1. No sooner did we reach the station than the train started.
2. She had hardly ! scarcely heard the news when / before she began to weep.

(2) Unless, if.
Unless के साथ not का प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता क्योंकि unless = if not. If के साथ (यदि आवश्यकता हो तो) not का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है।
1. Unless you work very hard, you can’t pass.
2. If you do not work very hard, you can’t pass.

(3) Until (till), as long as (so long as), while.
Until (till) = उस समय तक जबकि = up to the time when (ये शब्द point of time की ओर संकेत करते हैं।) As long as = जितने समय तक So long as, while = during the time that (ये शब्द period of time की ओर संकेत करते हैं।)
यदि till / until का सम्बन्ध पहले वाक्य से हो तो प्रायः until का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
यदि till / until का सम्बन्ध पिछले वाक्य से हो तो प्रायः till का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
किन्तु till / until के प्रयोग में कोई विशेष अन्तर नहीं समझा जाता है।

1. Go straight on until you come to the post office and then turn left.
2. Until you told me I had heard nothing of it.
3. She won’t go away till you promise to help her.
4. Let us wait till the rain stops.
5. While there is life, there is hope.
As long as there is life, there is hope.
So long as there is life, there is hope.

(4) Because, so that (in order that).
Because का प्रयोग उस समय किया जाता है जब किसी बात का कारण (reason) बताना हो।
In order that अथवा so that का प्रयोग उस समय किया जाता है जब किसी उद्देश्य (Purpose) का वर्णन करना हो।
1. He failed because he did not work hard.
2. He worked hard so that he might win a scholarship.

(5) Since, before.
जब Since का प्रयोग एक Conjunction के रूप में किया जाए तो :
(i) इससे पूर्व आने वाले वाक्य में कभी भी Past Indefinite Tense का प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है।
(ii) इसके बाद आने वाले वाक्य में सदा ही Past Indefinite Tense का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Sentence Connectors (Conjunctions)

1. Two months have passed since he came here.
2. It is two weeks since my examinations were over.

Before, if, until, unless, while, when, आदि समय – वाचक योजंका (Temporal Conjunctions) के बाद कभी भी Future Tense का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है यद्यपि मुख्य वाक्य (Principal Clause) Future Tense मे ही हो|

1. I will help him if he comes to me.
2. The crops will die before the rains fall.
3. I shall not let you go until you pay back my money.
4. I shall give him your message when he comes here.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the qualifications, mode of election and procedure for impeachment of the President of India.
Or
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
Since India is a Republic, the President of India is elected by the people in an indirect manner for a fixed time. As to what method should be adopted for the election of the President, there was no unanimity of opinion in the Constituent Assembly. One suggestion was that the President should be directly elected by the people.

It will not only be in consonance with the democratic principles but it will also make the President the direct representative of the people. This proposal was rejected on the ground that such a method will unnecessarily convulse the nation, particularly when he was being made the nominal head of the State. The other proposal was that the President should be elected only by the members of the Union Parliament.

This proposal was equally rejected because in that case the President would become a puppet in the hands of the majority party. That would rob him of all his appearance of independence and dignity. In order to uphold the federal principle, it was finally agreed that the States should also be given a share in the election of the President.

Qualifications:
The Constitution prescribes the following qualifications for a presidential candidate-

  • He should be a citizen of India.
  • He must have completed the age of 35 years.
  • He must be qualified to be elected as a member of the Lok Sabha.
  • He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or any State Government or local authority.However, this provision is not applicable to a person who holds the office of the President, Vice-President, Governors and Ministers of the Central and State Government.
  • He cannot at the same time be a member of the Parliament or a member of State Legislature; his seat will be deemed to have been vacated on the date he assumes his office as President.
  • According to Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Act, the candidate for the office of president must deposit Rs. 15,000 as security.
  • The name of the candidate for the office of President must be proposed by 50 electors and seconded by 50 electors.

Method of Election:
Following are the features of the election of the President of India-

1. President elected by an Electoral College:
The President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the elected members of the Lok Sabha, the elected members of the Rajya Sabha and the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies.

2. System of Proportional Representation:
The election of the President is held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.

3. Uniformity of Representation:
According to the Constitution, as far as possible, there is to be maintained uniformity of representation of the different States at the presidential election and parity between the States as a whole and the Union. In other words, in the election of the President, the principle of ‘One member- One-vote’ had not been and could not be adopted. In different States different ratios prevail between the population and the number of legislators.

The Constituencies in the different States are unequal in the matter of population. For example, in one State it may be one representative for every 50,000 of the population while in another the proportion may be one to 75,000 or more. Thus since the States differ in their population, the strength of the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies also differs. Then, the total strength of the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies is far greater than that of the elected members of both the Houses of Parliament. That being so, the problem was to ensure that the votes cast will have a value in proportion to the population that the votes represented.

4. Procedure of determining the votes of the Members of the State Assembly:
Article 55(4) of the Constitution lays down the procedure of determining the votes of the member of the State Assembly, which is as follows:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 1
If the remainder is less than 500, it is ignored.
If it is more than 500, then the vote of each member shall be further increased by one.
For example, in 2017 population of Punjab was 27,704,236 and the Legislative Assembly of Punjab consists of 117 members. Hence each member was entitled to cast 237 votes:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 2
5. Procedure of determining the votes of the Members of the Parliament:
The Constitution lays down the following procedure of determining the votes of the member of Parliament.
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 3
Fraction exceeding one-half being counted as one. Let us explain this formula also by taking an example. Suppose the total number of votes assigned to the elected members of all the State Legislative Assemblies is 424856 and the total strength of elected members of the Parliament is 705. Now to obtain the number of votes which elected member of the Parliament will have at the election of the President:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 4
In the presidential election in July 2017, the number of votes of each member of the Parliament entitled to vote was 708.
Total votes of the elected member of State Assemblies = 5,49,495
No. of elected members of the Parliament = 776 (Lok Sabha 543 + Rajya Sabha 233)
No. of votes of each member of the Parliament = \(\frac {5,49,495 }{776}\) = 708
Total votes of the members of the Parliament = 708 x 776 = 5,49,408
Total votes of the electoral college = 5,49,495 + 5,49,408 = 10,98,903

6. Vacant Seats in Electoral College:
The President of India, as said, is elected by an electoral college. Now the question arises if the electoral college is not complete, how to proceed with the election of the President. Our Constitution was not clear on this point. To remove this flaw 11th Amendment (1961) was made in the Constitution.
According to this amendment, the election of the President or the Vice-President cannot be challenged on the ground of any vacancy in the electoral college for whatever reason among the members of the electoral college electing him.

7. Method of Fixing the Quota:
Under the system of Proportional Representation a candidate to be elected, must secure the necessary quota of votes. The quota is determined by the following formula:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 5
Suppose the total number of valid votes polled at the presidential election is 8,00,000. Applying the above-mentioned formula, the quota shall be:
\(\frac {800000}{1+1}\) + 1 = 4,00,001
In order to be elected, the candidate must secure 4,00,001 votes-an absolute majority of votes. If the first counting does not give any candidate the quota of votes, the candidate who got the least number of votes is eliminated and his votes transferred to the remaining candidates on the basis of the preferences shown. The process is repeated until one candidate gets the requisite number of votes. Let us explain the system in detail.

Assuming that there are four candidates and the total number of valid votes cast are 15,000.
To be declared elected President, a candidate must secure a minimum of 7501 votes. Now suppose the first preference votes secured by the four candidates are as follows:
A—5250
B—4800
C—2700
D—2250
Since the candidate D gets the least number of votes, hence he is eliminated. Now the second preference votes on his 2250 ballot papers shall be counted.
Suppose A gets 300, B gets 1050 and C gets 900.

Now the total votes of A are 5250 + 300 = 5550, of B are 4800 + 1050 = 5800 and of C are 2700 + 900 = 3600. It means even now no candidate is securing the requisite quota of 7501 votes.

Now candidate C shall be eliminated because he got the least number of votes. Now third preference votes on the 3600 votes of C shall be counted. In the third preference suppose A gets 1700 and B gets 1900.
Now the total votes of A are 5550 + 1700 = 7250
Total votes of B are = 5850 + 1900 = 7750

According to the Proportional Representation system, B shall be declared President. The system proves the doctrine that candidate B is preferred by a numerically large number of electors than candidate A. It may be recalled that the election of Mr. V. V. Giri was decided in the Second Count. “It made the people realise the significance of the system of proportional represenataion by means of single transferable vote.”

So far fifteen presidential elections have been held in India:

  1. First election was held in 1952 and Dr. Rajendra Prasad was elected.
  2. Second election was held in 1957 and again Dr. Rajendra Prasad was elected.
  3. Third election was held in 1962 and Dr. Radhakrishnan was elected.
  4. Fourth election was held in 1967 and Dr. Zakin Hussain was elected.
  5. Fifth election was held in 1969 and Shri V. V. Giri was elected.
  6. Sixth election was held in 1974 and Shri Fakhruddin Ali Ahmed was elected.
  7. In July, 1977, for the first time, Shri Sanjiva Reddy was nominated by a consensus of all paries and was elected unopposed.
  8. Eighth election was held in July, 1982 and Congress (I) candidate Giani Zail Singh was elected and opposition candidiate Justice Khanna was defeated.
  9. Ninth Presidential election was held in July, 1987 and Congress (I) candidate R. Venkataraman was elected and opposition candidate Justice V. R. Krishna Iyer was defeated.
  10. Tenth Presidential election was held in July, 1992 and Congress (I) candidate Dr. Shankar Dyal Sharma was elected and opposition candidate was defeated.
  11. Eleventh Presidential election was held in July 1997. Joint candidate of United Front and Congress Mr. K. R. Narayanan supported by BJP and others was elected and Mr. T. N. Seshan was defeated. Mr. K. R. Narayanan secured 94.97 per cent of the votes.
  12. Twelfth Presidential election was held in July, 2002. Joint candidate of rulling National Democratic Alliance Dr. A.P. J. Abdul Kalam supported by Indian National Congress, Bahujan Samaj Party, Samajvadi Party, Janata Dal and others was elected and Capt. Lakshmi Sahgal, the opposition candidate supported by Communist Parties was defeated.
  13. 13th Presidential election was held in July 2007, joint candidate of United Progressive Alliance Mrs. Pratibha Devi Singh Patil was elected and Independent Candidate Mr. Bhairon Singh Shekhawat was defeated.
  14. 14th Presidential election was held in July 2012. Candidate of UPA and Supported by S.P., B.S.P., Janata Dal (U) and Shiv Seva, Mr. Pranab Mukherjee was elected and independent candidate Mr. P.A. Sangma was defeated.
  15. 15th Presidential election was held in July 2017. Candidate of N.D.A. Sh. Ram Nath Kovind was elected and U.P.A. candidate Smt. Meera Kumar was defeated.

The election of the President is conducted by the Chief Election Commissioner. He issues the notification and fixes dates for nomination, scrutiny of nomination and withdrawal of candidature. Only those eligible to vote in the election of the President, i.e. elected members of Parliament and elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies can propose a candidate for election. The Chief Election Commissioner counts the votes cast and declares the result.

The validity of the election of the President can be challenged by the electors only. The election of the President can be challenged only after the completion of the election, i.e., after a candidate is declared to be elected to the office of the President. If a petition is allowed before such election, it would involve the non-compliance with the mandatory provisions of Art. 62 which says that an election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of the office of the President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.

Oath of the President:
Before entering upon his office, the President elected or any person acting as President for discharging the functions of President, is required to take an oath in the presence of the Chief Justice, or in his absence, the senior-most judge of the Supreme Court available.

Tenure:
The President is elected for a period of five years. The period of five years begins from the day he enters upon his office. The President is eligible for re-election.

Removal by Impeachment:
The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution”.

When a President is to be impeached for the violation of the Constitution, the charges can be prepared by either House of the Parliament. In other words, the impeachment charged may be initiated by the Lok Sabha or the Rajya Sabha. (in the United States of America, this right belongs exclusively to the Lower House, i.e., the House of Representatives). But no such charge is to be preferred unless the proposal to prefer such a charge is contained in a resolution which has been moved after at least 14 days’ notice in writing signed by not less than one-fourth of the total number of members of the House.

The resolution must be passed by a two-third majority of the total membership of the House. If passed by the requisite majority in one house, it is sent to the other House for investigation. The other House is empowered to entrust this job of investigation to a court or tribunal.

However, the resolution had got to be passed by the other house by a two-third majority of the total membership of this House. If the other House also passes the resolution by a two-third majority of the total membership of this House, then it means the charge is proved and the President is removed from his office from the ‘date’ (word ‘time has not been used’) on which the investigating House passes the resolution.

However, the President has the right to be heard and defended when the charges against him are being investigated. He may defend himself in person or through his council. One thing to be noted here is that there is no provision for suspension of the President under impeachment. He continues to hold his office during the period of investigation.

Salary and Allowances:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month and an official residence (called Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi) free of rent. In addition to the salary, the President also gets handsome allowances of various kinds as determined by Parliament. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000. The Government may also allow him a free medical aid as was done in the case of Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

The salary and other allowances of the President are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India. According to Art. 59 (4), the emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 2.
Describe the powers of the President of India
Or
Discuss the executive and judicial powers of the President.
Or
Explain the powers of the President of India other than emergency powers.
Answer:
The Constitution of India establishes a federal form of government.
According to Art. 53, the executive powers of the Union have been vested in the President which shall be exercised by him directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with the Constitution. However, India being a parliamentary form of government, the President is only a nominal head and the working executive is the Council of Ministers headed by the Prime Minister.
The powers of the President can be divided into two categories-
(A) Powers in normal times and
(B) Emergency powers.

(A) POWERS IN NORMAL TIMES:
During normal times the President exercises four types of powers:
1. Executive Powers
2. Legislative Powers
3. Financial Powers
4. Judicial Powers.

1. Executive Powers:
The President is the Chief Executive or Head of the State. According to Art. 53 (1) of the Constitution, the executive powers of the Union have been vested in the President. He may exercise these powers himself or get them exercised through officers subordinate to him.

(i) Appointments:
The President is authorised to make a number of appointments. He appoints the Prime Minister and the other Ministers on the advice of the Prime Minister, the Attorney General, the Comptroller and the Auditor General, Judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts, the Chairman and Members of Joint Public Service Commission, the Chairman and members of Joint Public Service Commission, the Election Commission, Finance Commission, the Official

Language Commission and Commission for the Scheduled Castes, Tribes, Backward Classes, etc. He also appoints the State Governors, Lt. Governors and Chief Commissioners of the Union Territories. He also sends and receives diplomatic representatives. He makes rule for the convenient transaction of business of the Government of India and allocates this business among the Ministers. Under Art. 78, the Prime Minister is bound to communicate to the President all decisions of the Cabinet relating to administration and such proposals for legislation as the President may call for.

(ii) Military Powers:
The President is the Supreme Commander of the Defence Forces, but the exercise of military powers of the President is regulated by the Parliament. The President cannot declare war or deploy forces without the sanction of the Parliament or in anticipation of the sanction by the Parliament.

(iii) Power Relating to Foreign Affairs:
The President has extensive diplomatic powers. He represents his country in international affairs. He appoints Indian representatives to foreign countries and also receives diplomatic representatives of other States which have been recognised by Parliament.

(iv) Power of Direction, Control and Co-ordination:
The President has the power of direction, control and co-ordination of the work in the States. He can issue directions to the States for the compliance of Union laws. In particular, he can direct a State or States to construct and maintain communications of national or military importance and for the protection of railways. He can establish an Inter-State council to advise him upon co-ordination of policy and settlement of disputes between the States.

(v) Administration of Union Territories:
Art. 239 provides that every Union Territory shall be administered by the President acting through an administrator. The administrator, given any designation by the President, is appointed by the President. The President may appoint the Governor of a State as the administrator of an adjoining Union Territory. When the Governor is discharging the duties of the administrator he shall exercise his functions as administrator independently of his Council of Ministers.

The Parliament by law can establish democratic institutions in the Union Territories. The President can make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Union Territory of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands and the Laccadive, Minicoy and Amindivi Islands. The regulations made by the President have the same effect as an act of Parliament. The President is also competent to repeal or amend, through such regulations, any existing Act dealing with the administration of these Islands.

(vi) Informative Powers:
The President had a right to ask for information with regard to the decision of the Council of Ministers. The Prime Minister is required to keep in touch with the President for this purpose.

(vii) Sending back the decision of the Council of Ministers for reconsideration:
Under 44th amendment the President is empowered to send back the decision of the Council of Ministers for reconsideration, but if the council of Ministers repeats the decision, then the President is bound to accept the decision.

(viii)Link between the Centre and States:
The President is the link between the centre and the states. He is the executive head both of the union and of the federation.

2. Legislative Powers:
The President enjoys many legislative powers. He is a part of the Parliament. Besides the Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha, the President is also a part of the Parliament. The legislative powers of the President are provided by Article 123.

(i) Power to Summon:
Prorogue and Dissolve the Parliament. The President can convene, prorogue and dissolve the Parliament. He can order fresh elections to the Lok Sabha on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. He must call the session of the Parliament within 6 months.

(ii) Address to the Parliament:
He can address the two Houses of the Parliament jointly or he may address them independently. The first session of the Parliament after the General elections is inaugurated by the President. He also addresses the first session of the Parliament every year. In his address the President explains the policy of the Government to the House.

(iii) Nominates the Members of the Parliament:
He nominates 12 persons to the Rajya Sabha. These persons must have distinguished themselves in the fields of art, literature, science and social service. He can nominate two persons of the Anglo-Indian community to the Lok Sabha if he feels that the community has not got adequate representation.

(iv) Assent on Bills:
No bill passed by the Parliament can become an Act without the assent of the President. He can reject an ordinary bill only once and when passed for the second time, the President is to give his assent.

(v) He gives approval to many bills passed by the State Legislatures.

(vi) Joint Session:
He can call a joint session of the two Houses of the Parliament. If the two Chambers differ on an ordinary bill, only then he calls a joint session.

(vii) Power to Send Messages: He can send messages to any House from time to time.

(viii)Ordinance:
During the intervals of the sessions of the Parliament he can issue ordinances. These ordinances have the force of laws. The ordinance is put before the Parliament as soon as it meets. The Parliament has the authority to reject the ordinance. It can be withdrawn by the President also. If it is neither rejected by the Parliament nor withdrawn by the President, it will automatically end six weeks after the first meeting of the Parliament. On Sept. 22, 1980 the President promulgated the National Security Ordinance to enable the government to detain any person to prevent him from acting against the defence or security of the country.

(ix) Constitutional Amendment Bill:
A Constitutional Amendment Bill is finally sent to the President for his assent. The President is bound to give his assent to the Constitutional Amendment Bilk

3. Financial Powers:
The financial powers of the President as mentioned in the Constitution are as follows:

(i) It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the Finance Minister on behalf of the President.

(ii) Money Bills can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.

(iii) The President has full control over the contingency fund and he can spend it according to his sweet will.

(iv) He distributes the share of income tax among the States.

(v) He appoints Finance Commission. 15th Finance Commission was appointed on 27 Nov.- 2017 in the Chairmanship of Sh.N.K. Singh.

4. Judicial Powers:
The President has some judicial power also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

  • The President appoints the judges and the chief justice to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
  • The President cannot be sured in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.
  • He has the power to pardon, reprieve and commute punishment.

(B) EMERGENCY POWERS
Besides powers in normal times the President of India has Emergency Powers as well. The President enjoys three types of emergency powers:
1. Emergency due to external aggression or armed rebellion.
2. Emergency arising out of failure of the constitutional machinery a State.
3. Financial emergency.

For detailed study of Emergency Powers:
1. Emergency arising out of external aggression or Armed Rebellion:
According to Art. 352 if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. Under 59th amendment in Punjab emergency can be declared on the ground of internal disturbances. The President can declare emergency even before the actual occurrence of war, external aggression or armed rebellion.

But in the 44th Amendment it is provided that the President shall not issue a proclamation of Emergency unless the decision of the Cabinet that such a proclamation may be issued has been communicated to him in writing. According to 42nd Amendment, President can declare emergency in the whole of India or in such part of the territory there of as may be specified in the proclamation. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a consequent proclamation. If the proclamation has not been approved within one month by both the Houses of Parliament by two-thirds of the majority of the members present and voting, it will become ineffective. If such a

proclamation is issued at a time when the Lok Sabha has been dissolved or the dissolution of the Lok Sabha takes place during the period of one month, and if the Rajya Sabha has approved the proclamation within one month, but it had not been approved by the Lok Sabha, the proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of 30 days from the date on which the Lok Sabha sits after its reconstitution. However, if within 30 days the Lok Sabha approves the proclamation, it continues.

After approval of the Parliament emergency continues till the President revokes it by a subsequent proclamation. But it is provided in the 44th Amendment that for the continuance of the emergency, approval by resolution of both Houses would be required every six months. Provision is also made in the 44th Amendment that the proclamation of Emergency would cease to be opeative whenever a resolution to that effect is adopted by the Lok Sabha by a simple majority of the members of the House present and voting.

Ever since the operation of the Constitution (Jan. 26, 1950), such an emergency has been declared three times. First, when India was attacked by China in October, 1962 and second when all of a sudden, Pakistan attacked India on December 3, 1971. Third time internal emergency was declared on 26th June, 1975 and this emergency was-removed on 21st March, 1977 whereas external emergency declared in 1971 was lifted on 27th March, 1977.

Effects of this Proclamation:
1. The most significant effect of this proclamation is that the federal form of the Constitution is converted into unitary form of government. The authority of the Centre is increased till the emergency lasts. It should be remembered the State Governments do not cease to function. They continue, to function as before under normal conditions. But the Centre gets the authority to give directions to the States as the manner in which the executive power of the States is to be exercised. The legislative power of the Centre is also widened.

2. Parliament will have the power to make laws for the whole or part of India with respect to any of the matters given in the State List. Laws so made by Parliament shall cease to operate six months after the Proclamation of Emergency has come to an end.

3. The President, may by an order, modify the provisions relating to distribution of revenues between the Union and the States.

4. The Fundamental Rights given under Art. 19 (six freedoms) are automatically suspended throughout the country. The suspension of Art. 19 continues until the proclamation of emergency ends. However, under 59th Amendment this right can be suspended when emergency is declared in Punjab.

5. The President by order can also suspend the right to move the courts to enforce any Fundamental Rights. All proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned may remain suspended for the period during which Proclamation is in force or for such short period as may be specified in the order. But according to 44th Amendmenl the enforcement of the right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 cannot be suspended. The order so made may extend to the whole or to any part of the territory of India. However, the order of the

parliament is required to be laid before each House of Parliament “as soon as may be after it is made.” And what is the definition of ‘as soon as may be’, the constitution does not fix any time limit for the order to be laid before Parliament.

2. Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a State. (Art. 356):
The second type of emergncy powers given to the President deal with the failure of constitutional machinery in the State. If the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

In May, 1994, the Supreme Court had declared that dismissal of a state government by the President under Article 356 of the Constitution is open to judicial scrutiny. The apex Court had held that presidential proclamation under Article 356 could be challenged only on the ground that the exercise of power was malafide or based on wholly extraneous and irrelevant grounds.

Any proclamation made under Art. 356 may be revoked or varied by a subsequent Proclamation. The Proclamation issued by the President is required to be laid before each House of Parliament and it ceases to operate after the expiry of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament. If approved by Parliament, the Proclamation, remains in force for six months after the parliamentary approval. The duration of the proclamation can be extended for six months at a time and the maximum period is one year.

According to 44th Amendment, a resolution with respect to the continuance in force of a Proclamation under the article for any period beyond the expiration of one year from the date of issue of such proclamation shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation at the time of the passing of such resolution and the Election Commission certifies that the continuance in force of the proclamation under the Article during the period specified in such resolution is necessary on account of difficulties in holding elections to the Legislative Assembly of the State concerned.

Under 59th Amendment in Punjab President’s rule can be extended up-to three years. Under 64th Amendment President’s rule in Punjab was extended six months more beyond three years. By 68th amendment President’s rule in Punjab can be extended up-to 5 years.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) The President can assume to himself all or any of the functions of the State or he may vest all or any of those functions in the Governor or any other executive authority.

(ii) The President can suspend or dissolve the State Legislative Assembly. He may declare that the powers of the State Legislature shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament. However, Parliament will be competent to confer that power on the President and also authorise him to delegate those powers to anybody he thinks fit. .

(iii) The President can make any other incidental or consequential provisions necessary to give effect to the object of the Proclamation.

(iv) If the Lok Sabha is not in session then the President sanctions the expenditure from the consolidated fund of the State.

President’s rule has been promulgated almost 121 times in states since the enforcement of the Constitution. Almost all the States have been, at one time or the other, been put under President’s Rule.

3. Financial Emergency (Art. 360):
If the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Art. 360 of the Constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. The proclamation has to be laid before each House of Parliament.

It ceases to operate at the expiration of two months unless it is approved earlier by a resolution of both Houses of Parliament. The Proclamation in this case also should be approved by Parliament as in the other two cases of emergency. Like the Proclamation of war-emergency, Financial Emergency also continues for an indefinite period. Fortunately, this kind of Emergency has not been declared so far.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) During the Financial emergency, the executive authority of the union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State to observe such canons of financial property as may be specified in the direction or any other directions which the President may deem necessary for this purpose.

(ii) The President can ask a State to reduce salaries and allowances of all or any class of public servants connected with the affairs of a State.

(iii) The President can give direction to a State to reserve all Money Bills for the consideration of the President after they have been passed by the State Legislature.

(iv) The President shall be competent to issue directions for the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of the Union including the judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Criticism:
Evidently the Constitution gives the President very drastic powers to deal with Emergency. Emergency powers of the President were criticised within and outside the Constituent Assembly. It has been said that these powers are not compatible with democracy. When the provisions relating to Emergency powers were passed, Sh. H. V. Kamath, member of the Constituent Assembly, declared, “ It is a day of shame and sorrow, God save the Indian people.”

Sh. K. T. Shah described Article 359, which empowers the President to suspend the right to seek enforcement of fundamental rights “as the grand final and crowning glory of this chapter of reaction and retrogression.” The power to abrogate fundamental rights of citizens during Emergencies can easily be abused for depriving the people of their liberty and imposing a totalitarian rule on the country.

According to H. V. Kamath, “ There is no parallel to the chapter of Emergency in any Constitution of democratic countries of the world”. He further said,, “I fear that by the single chapter we are seeking to lay the foundation of a totalitarian State, a police State, State completely opposed to all the ideas and principles that we have held aloft during the last few decades, a State where the rights and liberties of millions of innocent men and women will be in continuous jeopardy, a State where if there be peace it will be the peace of the grave and the void of the desert. I only pray to God that He may grant us wisdom, wisdom to avert any such catastrophe, grant us fortitude and courage.”

Another point of criticism is that during Emergency federal structure is changed into unitary one. T. T. Krishnamachari said, “The Constitution of India is designed to work as a federal system in normal times and as a unitary system in war and other emergencies.” Moreover, ruling party at the Centre by using Article 356 can declare President’s rule in a particular State simply because some other party is ruling the State. Article 356 was misused when nine state governments were dismissed on 30th April 1977 and in Feb 1980.

Justification of Emergency Powers. Emergency powers of the President are defended on the ground that Strong Centre is needed for security of the country. V. N. Shukla writes, “ These provisions may appear to be harsh, particularly in a constitution which professes to be built upon an edifice of fundamental rights and democracy. But the provisions may be studied in the light of India’s past history. India has had her inglorious days whenever the Central power was weak.

It is well that the Constitution guards against the forces of disintegration. Events may take place threatening the very existence of the State, together with all that is desired to remain basic and immutable will be swept away.” Country’s security is more important than the federal system. In the words of Dr. Ambedkar, “ It is only the Centre which can work for the common purpose and for the general interest of the country as a whole. Herein lies the justification of giving to the Centre overriding power to be used in the Emergency.”

It is not possible for the President to become a dictator. In India there exists a parliamentary form of Government. The essence of parliamentary form of Government is that the Head of the State is a nominal head. It is the Council of Ministers which is the real executive.

According to 44th Amendment, an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet. In addition a Proclamation of Emergency must be approved by the two Houses of parliament by two-thirds majority within a period of one month.

As a further check against the misuse of the emergency powers and to put the right to life and liberty on a secure footing, it is provided in 44th Amendment Act that the power to suspend the right to move the court for the enforcement of a fundamental right cannot be exercised in respect of the fundamental right to life and liberty.

According to 44th Amendment the provisions of Article 19 will become suspended only in the case of a proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of war or external aggression and not in the case of a Proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of armed rebellion. Moreover, if the President tries to become a despot, he will be impeached by the Parliament.

There is no question of autocracy under any circumstances. Only State autonomy may suffer temporarily.” Sh. Amar Nandi rightly remarked that the power conferred on the central executive to meet national emergencies is, so as to say, a loaded gun which can be used both to protect and to destroy the liberty of citizens. The gun must be used, therefore, with extreme caution.

Position of the President:
What exactly is the position of the President in the Indian Constitution? Different writers have taken different and sometimes radical views. A lay man who reads the provisions of the Constitution may literally interpret them and come to the conclusion that he has been armed with drastic powers. His Emergency Power “is a bottomless well of dictatorial possibilities”. Under Art. 53 of the Constitution,
“The Executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with the Constitution.”

It means the President can use the executive powers himself. Under Art. 74 of the Constitution there shall be a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his functions. But nowhere it had been stated that the President shall be bound to act in accordance with the advice of the Council of Ministers. Then, the President of India can dissolve Parliament, issue ordinances, declare emergency and can take into his hands the administration of the whole of the country. Being the Supreme Commander of all the forces he can establish his personal rule with the help of the armed forces of the country.

But this is a legal view. And the fact is a legal truth, may be a political untruth. In India, there exists parliamentary form of government. The essence of the parliamentary form of government is that the Head of the State is a titular head, a constitutional head. His powers are formal. It is the Council of Ministers which is the real functionary.

By 42nd amendment even legal position of the President has changed. Under this amendment he was bound to accept the advice of the Council of Ministers. But according to 44th Amendment the President may require the Council of Ministers to reconsider any advice tendered by them and that the President shall act in accordance with the advice tendered after such reconsideration, Thus, the critics argue that the position of the Indian President is one of honour and dignity but not of power.

Commenting upon the position of the President, Dr. Ambedkar had himself said in the Constituent Assembly: “The President occupies the same position as the King under the British Constitution. He is the head of the State but not of the Executive. He represents the nation but does not rule the nation.” To quote him again: “The President of the Indian Union will be generally bound by the advice of ministers.

He can do nothing contrary to their advice nor can he do anything without their advice.” According to late Pt. Nehru, “We have not given our President any real power but we have made his position one of great authority and dignity’. Expressing his views on the position of the President, Sh. Morarji Desai said, “It is wrong to think that our President is vested with any real power of rulership; in normal times he has none, under the Constitution he is merely a constitutional head, very much like the British King.”

However, all the critics do not subscribe to the view that the President under the Constitution is only a figure head. These critics draw our attention to the Weimar Constitution of Germany. The Weimar Constitution was based on thoroughly democratic lines. Yet it gave rise to a dictator, Hitler who trampled under his feet all the democratic principles of the Constitution. Similarly, Dr. Ambedkar himself used the words “ generally bound”. It shows that the President is not a rubber stamp, he is not a puppet in the hands of the Council of Ministers.

The Constitution allows him opportunities when he can use his discretion. For example, he can use his discretion in the appointment of the Prime Minister when no political party gets absolute majority in the Lok Sabha. After all, the President is a promoted politician. As Jennings has said, “He cannot be expected to play the same role of impartiality as is expected from the British Monarch.”

Under Art. 78 of the Constitution, it shall be the duty of the Prime Minister to communicate to the President all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation, to furnish such information ralting to the administration to the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation as the President may call for Under Art. Ill the President can use his veto power also.

His emergency powers are so sweeping that, as H. V. Kamath feared, he can lay the foundation of a totalitarian State, a police State…. In his address delivered on the occasion of the laying of the foundation stone of the Indian Law Institute, New Delhi in November, 1960, President Rajendra Prasad urged the Institute to make a study of the powers and functions of the President and find out to what extent they differed from those of the King of England.

He was doubtful that the position of the President is like the position of the British Monarch. He clearly pointed out that because the conditions in India were different from those in England, “ It may not be desirable to treat ourselves so strictly bound by the interpretations which have been given from time to time to expressions in England.”

His successor Dr. Radhakrishnan also expressed publicly similar views. While speaking in the civic reception at Kanpur, he said, “Jpdia was suffering because sufficient care had not been taken to explain our position abroad.” Dr. Radhakrishnan was criticising the foreign policy of the country. At the time of the assumption of his office the President has to take the oath to protect, preserve and defend the Constitution and to devote himself to the service and well-being of the people of India. No wonder, he may veto a Bill which in spirit, runs counter to the Directive Principles of State Policy.

Conclusion:
The conclusion is clear. The President is not a rubber-stamp under the Constitution. Accroding to B. Shiva Rao, the President is more than a figure-head. Even President Giri agreed to this view when he said that the country needed a “really independent and strong President who could see things straight and do justice well without fear or favour.” In his election campaign he clearly said, “If elected he would not be a sleeping partner, nor a rubber stamp

He would be an active partner within the four walls of the Constituion.” Thus, a fairly large section of the educated public opinion in the country feels that the president has a share in the actual government of the country. Even Dr. Radhakrishnan on the the day of his retirement indirectly hinted on such a role of the President when he said, “The President symbolizes national purpose and national unity and can be a great influence for stability and progress.”

The real position of the President depends upon his relationship with the Council of Ministers and, to a great extent, upon his personality. It he is a man of dynamic personality, he will have an edge over the Council of Ministers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 3.
Explain emergency powers of the President.
Or
Discuss the emergency powers of the President of India. Do you agree with the view that the President can become a dictator by exercising them?
Answer:
Besides powers in normal times the President of India has Emergency Powers as well. The President can use the emergency powers even when there is the likelihood of an emergency.
1. Emergency due to external aggression or armed rebellion.
2. Emergency arising out of the failure of the constitutional machinery in the States.
3. Financial emergency.

1. Emergency arising out of external aggression or Armed Rebellion:
According to Art. 352 if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. Under 59th amendment in Punjab emergency can be declared on the ground of internal disturbances. The President can declare emergency even before the actual occurrence of war, external aggression or armed rebellion.

But in the 44th Amendment it is provided that the President shall not issue a proclamation of Emergency unless the decision of the Cabinet that such a proclamation may be issued has been communicated to him in writing. According to 42nd Amendment, President can declare emergency in the whole of India or in such part of the territory there of as may be specified in the proclamation. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a consequent proclamation. If the proclamation has not been approved within one month by both the Houses of Parliament by two-thirds of the majority of the members present and voting, it will become ineffective. If such a

proclamation is issued at a time when the Lok Sabha has been dissolved or the dissolution of the Lok Sabha takes place during the period of one month, and if the Rajya Sabha has approved the proclamation within one month, but it had not been approved by the Lok Sabha, the proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of 30 days from the date on which the Lok Sabha sits after its reconstitution. However, if within 30 days the Lok Sabha approves the proclamation, it continues.

After approval of the Parliament emergency continues till the President revokes it by a subsequent proclamation. But it is provided in the 44th Amendment that for the continuance of the emergency, approval by resolution of both Houses would be required every six months. Provision is also made in the 44th Amendment that the proclamation of Emergency would cease to be operative whenever a resolution to that effect is adopted by the Lok Sabha by a simple majority of the members of the House present and voting.

Ever since the operation of the Constitution (Jan. 26, 1950), such an emergency has been declared three times. First, when India was attacked by China in October, 1962 and second when all of a sudden, Pakistan attacked India on December 3, 1971. Third time internal emergency was declared on 26th June, 1975 and this emergency was-removed on 21st March, 1977 whereas external emergency declared in 1971 was lifted on 27th March, 1977.

Effects of this Proclamation:
1. The most significant effect of this proclamation is that the federal form of the Constitution is converted into unitary form of government. The authority of the Center is increased till the emergency lasts. It should be remembered the State Governments do not cease to function. They continue, to function as before under normal conditions. But the Center gets the authority to give directions to the States as the manner in which the executive power of the States is to be exercised. The legislative power of the Center is also widened.

2. Parliament will have the power to make laws for the whole or part of India with respect to any of the matters given in the State List. Laws so made by Parliament shall cease to operate six months after the Proclamation of Emergency has come to an end.

3. The President, may by an order, modify the provisions relating to distribution of revenues between the Union and the States.

4. The Fundamental Rights given under Art. 19 (six freedoms) are automatically suspended throughout the country. The suspension of Art. 19 continues until the proclamation of emergency ends. However, under 59th Amendment this right can be suspended when emergency is declared in Punjab.

5. The President by order can also suspend the right to move the courts to enforce any Fundamental Rights. All proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned may remain suspended for the period during which Proclamation is in force or for such short period as may be specified in the order. But according to 44th Amendmenl the enforcement of the right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 cannot be suspended. The order so made may extend to the whole or to any part of the territory of India. However, the order of the

parliament is required to be laid before each House of Parliament “as soon as may be after it is made.” And what is the definition of ‘as soon as may be’, the constitution does not fix any time limit for the order to be laid before Parliament.

2. Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a State. (Art. 356):
The second type of emergency powers given to the President deal with the failure of constitutional machinery in the State. If the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

In May, 1994, the Supreme Court had declared that dismissal of a state government by the President under Article 356 of the Constitution is open to judicial scrutiny. The apex Court had held that presidential proclamation under Article 356 could be challenged only on the ground that the exercise of power was malafide or based on wholly extraneous and irrelevant grounds.

Any proclamation made under Art. 356 may be revoked or varied by a subsequent Proclamation. The Proclamation issued by the President is required to be laid before each House of Parliament and it ceases to operate after the expiry of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament. If approved by Parliament, the Proclamation, remains in force for six months after the parliamentary approval. The duration of the proclamation can be extended for six months at a time and the maximum period is one year.

According to 44th Amendment, a resolution with respect to the continuance in force of a Proclamation under the article for any period beyond the expiration of one year from the date of issue of such proclamation shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation at the time of the passing of such resolution and the Election Commission certifies that the continuance in force of the proclamation under the Article during the period specified in such resolution is necessary on account of difficulties in holding elections to the Legislative Assembly of the State concerned.

Under 59th Amendment in Punjab President’s rule can be extended upto three years. Under 64th Amendment President’s rule in Punjab was extended six months more beyond three years. By 68th amendment President’s rule in Punjab can be extended up-to 5 years.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) The President can assume to himself all or any of the functions of the State or he may vest all or any of those functions in the Governor or any other executive authority.

(ii) The President can suspend or dissolve the State Legislative Assembly. He may declare that the powers of the State Legislature shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament. However, Parliament will be competent to confer that power on the President and also authorize him to delegate those powers to anybody he thinks fit.

(iii) The President can make any other incidental or consequential provisions necessary to give effect to the object of the Proclamation.

(iv) If the Lok Sabha is not in session then the President sanctions the expenditure from the consolidated fund of the State.

President’s rule has been promulgated almost 121 times in states since the enforcement of the Constitution. Almost all the States have been, at one time or the other, been put under President’s Rule.

3. Financial Emergency (Art. 360):
If the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Art. 360 of the Constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. The proclamation has to be laid before each House of Parliament.

It ceases to operate at the expiration of two months unless it is approved earlier by a resolution of both Houses of Parliament. The Proclamation in this case also should be approved by Parliament as in the other two cases of emergency. Like the Proclamation of war-emergency, Financial Emergency also continues for an indefinite period. Fortunately, this kind of Emergency has not been declared so far.

Effects of this Proclamation:
(i) During the Financial emergency, the executive authority of the union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State to observe such canons of financial property as may be specified in the direction or any other directions which the President may deem necessary for this purpose.

(ii) The President can ask a State to reduce salaries and allowances of all or any class of public servants connected with the affairs of a State.

(iii) The President can give direction to a State to reserve all Money Bills for the consideration of the President after they have been passed by the State Legislature.

(iv) The President shall be competent to issue directions for the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of the Union including the judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Criticism:
Evidently the Constitution gives the President very drastic powers to deal with Emergency. Emergency powers of the President were criticised within and outside the Constituent Assembly. It has been said that these powers are not compatible with democracy. When the provisions relating to Emergency powers were passed, Sh. H. V. Kamath, member of the Constituent Assembly, declared, “ It is a day of shame and sorrow, God save the Indian people.”

Sh. K. T. Shah described Article 359, which empowers the President to suspend the right to seek enforcement of fundamental rights “as the grand final and crowning glory of this chapter of reaction and retrogression.” The power to abrogate fundamental rights of citizens during Emergencies can easily be abused for depriving the people of their liberty and imposing a totalitarian rule on the country.

According to H. V. Kamath, “ There is no parallel to the chapter of Emergency in any Constitution of democratic countries of the world”. He further said,, “I fear that by the single chapter we are seeking to lay the foundation of a totalitarian State, a police State, State completely opposed to all the ideas and principles that we have held aloft during the last few decades, a State where the rights and liberties of millions of innocent men and women will be in continuous jeopardy, a State where if there be peace it will be the peace of the grave and the void of the desert. I only pray to God that He may grant us wisdom, wisdom to avert any such catastrophe, grant us fortitude and courage.”

Another point of criticism is that during Emergency federal structure is changed into unitary one. T. T. Krishnamachari said, “The Constitution of India is designed to work as a federal system in normal times and as a unitary system in war and other emergencies.” Moreover, ruling party at the Centre by using Article 356 can declare President’s rule in a particular State simply because some other party is ruling the State. Article 356 was misused when nine state governments were dismissed on 30th April 1977 and in Feb 1980.

Justification of Emergency Powers. Emergency powers of the President are defended on the ground that Strong Centre is needed for security of the country. V. N. Shukla writes, “ These provisions may appear to be harsh, particularly in a constitution which professes to be built upon an edifice of fundamental rights and democracy. But the provisions may be studied in the light of India’s past history. India has had her inglorious days whenever the Central power was weak.

It is well that the Constitution guards against the forces of disintegration. Events may take place threatening the very existence of the State, together with all that is desired to remain basic and immutable will be swept away.” Country’s security is more important than the federal system. In the words of Dr. Ambedkar, “ It is only the Centre which can work for the common purpose and for the general interest of the country as a whole. Herein lies the justification of giving to the Centre overriding power to be used in the Emergency.”

It is not possible for the President to become a dictator. In India there exists a parliamentary form of Government. The essence of parliamentary form of Government is that the Head of the State is a nominal head. It is the Council of Ministers which is the real executive.

According to 44th Amendment, an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet. In addition a Proclamation of Emergency must be approved by the two Houses of parliament by two-thirds majority within a period of one month. As a further check against the misuse of the emergency powers and to put the right to life and liberty on a secure footing, it is provided in 44th Amendment Act that the power to suspend the right to move the court for the enforcement of a fundamental right cannot be exercised in respect of the fundamental right to life and liberty.

According to 44th Amendment the provisions of Article 19 will become suspended only in the case of a proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of war or external aggression and not in the case of a Proclamation of Emergency issued on the ground of armed rebellion. Moreover, if the President tries to become a despot, he will be impeached by the Parliament.

Conclusion:
We can conclude safely that it is not possible for the President to become a dictator. No doubt suspension of rights of the citizens is against democratic system but rights of the individual are not more important than the security of the State. To quote K. Santhanam, “The net result of Article 356 is that when there is a proclamation the State Government may come to be temporarily merged with the Government of the Union.

There is no question of autocracy under any circumstances. Only State autonomy may suffer temporarily.” Sh. Amar Nandi rightly remarked that the power conferred on the central executive to meet national emergencies is, so as to say, a loaded gun which can be used both to protect and to destroy the liberty of citizens. The gun must be used, therefore, with extreme caution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 4.
Discuss the election, powers and functions of the Vice-President of India.
Or
Write a short note on the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
Article 63 of the Constitution lays down that there shall be a Vice-President of India. Like the President of India, the Vice-President is also elected indirectly by the people. Whenever the office of the President falls vacant due to the death, resignation or removal of the President, the Vice-President acts for him. However, he acts for limited period only.

Qualifications:
A candidate for the office of the Vice-President must possess the following qualifications:
1. He should be a citizen of India.

2. He should have completed the age of 35 years.

3. He should be eligible to be elected as a member of the Rajya Sabha.

4. He must not hold any office of profit under any Government—Centre, State of Local. For purposes of this provision, the Constitution lays down that the offices of the President or Vice- President, Governor of a State or Ministers of the Union or State Governments, shall not be considered places of profit.

5. The Vice- President cannot be a member of either House of Parliament or of a State Legislature. If he is a member of either of these Houses at the time when he is elected as Vice- President, his seat in that Legislature is declared vacant from the date he takes over as Vice-President.

6. The name of the candidate for the office of Vice-President must be proposed and seconded by at least 20 electors each.

Election:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose. (The Eleventh Amendment).

It is significant to note that in the election of the Vice-President the nominated members of both the Houses have the right to vote while in the election of the President only the elected members of Parliament are eligible to vote. According to the Eleventh Amedment (1961) of the constitution the election of the President or Vice-President is not to be questioned on the ground that there was a vacancy in the Electoral College.

In August 2017. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu candidate of National Democratic Alliance was elected Vice¬President of India. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu defeated United Progressive Alliance candidate Sh. Gopal Krishna Gandhi. Sh. Venkaiah Naidu secured 516 votes while Sh. Gopal Krishna Gandhi secured 244 votes.

Term:
The Vice-President is elected for a term of five years. The period of five years starts from the date on which he enters upon his office. He is eligible for re-election. The Vice-President may resign his office by writing to the President before the expiry of five years. In 1969 when the Acting President V.V. Giri resigned, he addressed his letter of resignation to the President. This he had done on the advice of the Attorney-General. The office of the Vice-President may also fall vacant either on the death of the Vice-President or when he has been removed from office by impeachment.

Removal by Impeachment:
The Vice-President can be removed from office by impeachment. He can be removed from office if a resolution to that effect is passed by the Rajya Sabha by a majority of its then members and if the resolution is approved by the Lok Sabha. Fourteen days’ notice is necessary for moving such a resolution.

Salary:
As Vice-President of India, he gets no salary. The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and he receives- a salary of Rs. 4,00,000 per month. He is also entitled to the use of offical residence. When the Vice-President acts as President, he has all the privileges, powes and immunities of the President. According to Vice¬President Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as Vice-President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,00,000.

Functions:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold: 1. He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and 2. He acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

As Vice-President. In the absence of the President or during casual vacancy in the office of the President, the Vice-President shall perform all the functions of the President. If the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the Vice-President will discharge his functions until the date on which the President resumes his duties. Under such circumstances:

  1. The Vice-President performs the duties of the President.
  2. The Vice-President has the authority to exercise all the powers concerning the office of the President.
  3. He can remain for a period of 6 months in the office of the President in the case of President’s resignation, death and removal from office. He cannot continue in the office of the President more than this period.
  4. He makes arrangement for the election of the new President within a period of six months. The new President must be elected within this period.
  5. The Vice-President can himself contest for Presidentship of the country.

The office of the Vice-President is next to the office of the President of the country. But the Vice-President has no functions to perform as the President of the country. He has the functions to perform only in the absence of the President. It is only an office of pride and honour.

As Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha. That means that being the Vice-President of the country he is the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is to perform various functions in this capacity as the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and they are given as follows:

  1. He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
  2. He maintains decorum and decency in the House.
  3. He allots time to the members to speak.
  4. He is not a member of the Rajya Sabha. Therefore, he is not entitled to cast his vote but in case of a tie he makes use of his casting vote.

The Vice-President cannot perside over the meeting of the Rajya Sabha when:

  • He is acting as the President of the country and
  • When the Rajya Sabha is considering charges against him.

Position of the Vice-President:
The office of the Vice-President is not of any great importance. No doubt his office is next to the office of the President of India but he does not exercise any powers. The American Vice-President enjoys the remaining tenure of the President in case of President’s death or resignation or removal but in India under such circumstances the Vice-President works only as the acting President till the newly elected President joins.

As acting President the Vice-President will enjoy all the privileges and powers of the President. When a vacancy is caused, new President is to be elected within 6 months. The office of the Vice-President is not of great importance. But we will have to admit this that much depends upon the personality of the person who becomes the Vice-President. A person with a wonderful personality can become a very useful part of administration.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 5.
What do you know of the composition, powers and functions of the Union Council of Ministers?
Answer:
The Constitution of India provides for parliamentary government in the country. At the Centre as well as in the States there is parliamentary government. The President is only the nominal head of the State. He exercises his powers on the advice of the Council of Ministers. It is written in the Constitution that there will be a Council of Ministers headed by the Prime Minister to aid and advise the President. In fact all the powers of the President are actually exercised by the ministers. The Council of Ministers takes decisions and the President can give them a piece of advice. The ministers run the administration according to their sweet will. It is why the parliamentary system of Government is called the Cabinet Government.

Composition:
The only provision made in the constitution for the formation of the Council of Ministers is that the President appoints the Prime Minister and the other ministers are appointed by him with the consultation of the latter. But the fact is that the President does not appoint, the Prime Minister of his own sweet will. Normally the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha is made the Prime Minister and all other ministers are appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. The President cannot make any change in the list of ministers.

It is again the Prime Minister who distributes portfolios among the ministers. The ministers are taken out of the members of the legislature. If any outsider is appointed a minister, he must become the member of the legislature within 6 months. In Feb. 1988, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi reorganized his Council of Ministers and there were 60 members in the Council of Ministers. In the Constitution, 91st Amendment Act provides that the total number of ministers including the Prime Minister, shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Lok Sabha.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 6

In May 2019, there were 57 members in the Council of Ministers. It included 24 cabinet ministers, 24 ministers of state and 9 ministers having independent charge.

Term of Office:
It is written in the Constitution that the ministers will remain in the office during the pleasure of the President, It means that the President can remove the ministers from office whenever he likes. But it is not so. If the majority of the members of the Lok Sabha supports the Council of Ministers, it will continue to remain in office and the President cannot remove it. The ministers remain in office so far as they enjoy the confidence of the members of the Lok Sabha.

Salary:
The Constitution of India lays down that the salaries, allowances, etc. of the ministers shall be decided by the Parliament. The ministers are entitled to a salary, daily allowances and constituency allowances at the same rate as the members of Parliament.

Powers and Functions Of The Cabinet:
The Cabinet is the real ruler of the country. All the executive authority of the President is exercised by the cabinet. Following are the powers and functions of the Cabinet:

1. Determination of National Policy:
The polity of the nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external policy according to which it is to run the administration of the State. It is the Government which is responsible for internal peace and order, and freedom from external aggression and better living of the people of the country. It has, therefore, to formulate policies in a way that they are helpful for the people of the country at large.

2. Control over Administration:
The administration of the country is to be run by the ministers. Every member of the Council of Ministers has one or more departments under his charge and he has to look after its working and administration. No doubt, it is the civil servants who carry on the administration but this administration has to be within the framework of the policies laid down by the Council of Ministers. Departmental administration has to be run by the civil servants but it is the minister who is responsible for the smooth running of the administration.

3. Foreign Relations:
It is the function of the Cabinet to maintain relations with other countries. These relations are established according to the policies laid down by the Cabinet. The ambassadors to foreign countries are appointed on the advice of the cabinet. The correspondence with other countries is done of course in the name of the President but actually it is the Cabinet who performs this function. It is the Cabinet which enters into treaties with other countries.

4. Legislative Powers: In a Parliamentary Government there is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the legislature. It enjoys many legislative powers.

  1. The ministers are taken from among the members of the Parliament and they have a big share in law-making.
  2. The President convenes the meetings of the Parliament on the advice of the Council of Ministers.
  3. The Cabinet prepares the programme of the session.
  4. The ministers introduce the bills in the House and see them through. Most of the bills in a Parliamentary Government are introduced in the Parliament by the ministers. They explain the policy and the purpose of the bills to the Parliament.
  5. Laws in the Parliament are framed in accordance with the wishes of the Cabinet. As the ministers belong to the majority party so they are sure of the support of the members to their bills.
  6. The President issues ordinances on the advice of the ministers.

5. Financial Powers: The Cabinet enjoys many financial powers:

  1. The budget is prepared by the Finance Minister in consultation with other ministers.
  2. It is the ministers who suggest an increase, decrease or abolition in the taxes. Money bills can only be introduced by the ministers.

6. Appointments:
Important appointments are made only on the advice of the ministers. For example, the appointments of Governors, Ambassadors and members of the Union Public Service Commission are made on the recommendations of the ministers.

7. Administrative Justice:
The ministers also exercise judicial powers. They are to decide many administrative matters. They are to give a decision in administrative matters and decisions of the ministers are final. While deciding cases the ministers have the right to adopt judicial methods like all other courts.

Conclusion:
The above mentioned powers and functions of the Cabinet clearly explain that the administration of the State is run according to the wishes of the Cabinet. It can run the administration in a way it likes. It is rightly said that the ‘Cabinet is the steering wheel of the ship of the State’. It is said that the British Cabinet has become the virtual dictator, the State and the Parliament have become subservient to it.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 6.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Answer:
There are some differences between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers. This distinction must be clarified. The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers and the real authority is enjoyed by it.

Council of Ministers:
The Council of Ministers consists of the following types of ministers:
1. Cabinet Ministers:
These are the most important ministers. They control the important departments of administration. They frame policies and decide all other important matters, They are generally 25 to 30 in number. It is these ministers who form the Cabinet. All the powers of the Council of Ministers are exercised according to the wishes of the Cabinet.

2. State Ministers:
The State Ministers also head some departments. But they are not entitled to participate in the meetings of the Cabinet. They can be invited to attend the meetings of the Cabinet when some special issue or the issue concerning their department is to be discussed.

3. Deputy Ministers: The Deputy Ministers are appointed to assist the Cabinet ministers and the State ministers in the performance of their functions. The Deputy Minister is not the head of any department. The Deputy Ministers are appointed almost in each department.

4. Parliament Secretaries:
The Parliamentary Secretaries are not minister and they are not members of the Council of Ministers. Parliamentary Secretaries are not appointed by the President. They are appointed by the Prime Minister. They have no independent powers or functions. They assist the ministers to whom they are attached to do their parliamentary work. They have no control over the administrative departments. They are, infact, probationers under training and may hope to rise to higher ranks if they make good.

5. Deputy Prime Minister:
Neither the Constitution nor any of the Union laws provide for the office of the Deputy Prime Minister. It is the sole discretion of the Prime Minister to bestow the rank and the status of Deputy Prime Minister on any number of members of the Cabinet. Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel was given the status and rank of Deputy Prime Minister in the Council of Minister headed by Late Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru.

Similarly in the Cabinet headed by Late Mrs. Indira Gandhi, Mr. Morarji Desai was ranked as Deputy Prime Minister of the country. The rank and status’of Deputy Prime Minister was conferred on Sarvashri Charan Singh and Jagjivan Ram in the Council of Ministers headed by Sh. Morarji Desai.

In the Ministery headed by Sh. V.P. Singh, Ch. Devi Lai was sworn in as the Deputy Prime Minister of the country. In June, 2002, Mr. Lai Krishan Adwani sworn in as the Deputy Prime Minister of India in the ministry of Mr. Atal Behari Vajpayee. The office of the Deputy Prime Minister carries neither special responsibilites nor special privileges.

The Council of Ministers consists different types of ministers. Their number is near about 65. But the Cabinet consists of only the Cabinet ministers and all important decisions are taken by them. Whatever decisions are taken by the Cabinet all the ministers are to abide by them. All the members of the Council of Ministers are to carry out those decisions.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 7.
What are the main features of the Cabinet System in India?
Answer:
In India the parliamentary system of government has been adopted. The Council of Ministers exercises all the powers of the President. It performs its functions on the basis of the following principles:

1. President a Constitutional Head:
The first important feature of the parliamentary system of government is that the Head of State enjoys only nominal powers. The entire administration of the State is run in the name of the President but in reality it is the Cabinet which is responsible for running the administration of the State. The President takes all the decisions on the advice of the Prime Minister.

The Prime Minister is the head of the government whereas the President is the head of the State. The President cannot participate in the meetings of the Cabinet and he is kept out of the Cabinet. The President appoints the Prime Minister, but he must appoint the leader of the majority party as the Prime Minister of India. He does not interfere in the formation, meetings and the decisions of the Cabinet.

2. Close relationship between the Cabinet and Parliament:
There is a very close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament. The Cabinet is formed from among the members of the Parliament. If any outsider is appointed a minister he must become the member of the Parliament within six months otherwise he will have to quit the office.

3. Leadership of the Cabinet:
The Cabinet performs its functions under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. The appointments of the ministers are made by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister presides over the meetings of the Cabinet. He can remove any minister from office. He also co-ordinates the working of the ministry.

4. Political Homogeneity:
The members of the Cabinet hold the same view point because they belong to the same political party. The Cabinet works like a unit. Therefore, all the members of the. Cabinet must agree with one another. If the ministers are taken from different political parties, they will never agree over policy matters because each political party would like to implement its own policy. It is very necessary that the ministers should be taken from the same party so that administration could be run smoothly.

5. Cabinet works as a Team:
The Cabinet works as a team. The members of the Cabinet swim and sink together. They perform their functions in consultation with one another. All the ministers are individually as well as collectively responsibly for their work. No-confidence motion against a particular minister means a no-confidence motion against the entire ministry and the entire ministry is to resign. The resignation of the Prime Minister means the resignation of the entire ministry. All the ministers are to abide by the decisions taken by the Cabinet. All the ministers remain in office or lose office together.

6. Leadership of the Prime Minister:
Indian Cabinet works under the leadership of the Prime Minister. According to Art. 74, there shall be a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at its head to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his functions. Ministers are appointed by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister. Portfolios are distributed by the Prime Minister and he has the power to change the portfolios of the ministers.

He presides over the meetings of the Cabinet. In case of disagreement between a minister and the Prime Minister, the minister will have to resign. No person can remain in the Cabinet against the wishes of the Prime Minister. The resignation of the Prime Minister means the resignation of the whole Council of Ministers.

7. Prime Minister’s right to get the Lok Sabha dissolved:
Another feature of the Indian Cabinet system is that the Prime Minister can advise the president to dissolve the Lok Sabha. On Feb. 6, 2004 the President Dr. A.P.J. Adbul Kalam dissolved the Lok Sabha on the advice of the Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee.

8. Secrecy:
Cabinet keeps the proceedings of its meetings absolutely secret. No minister can convey to anybody the decisions taken by the ministry and the discussion which took place while taking the decisions. The decisions can be announced by the concerned minister at the proper time.

9. Ministerial Responsibility:
The ministers cannot exercise their powers in an arbitrary manner. They are responsible for their actions and policies to the legistature. The members of the Parliament can ask them questions and supplementary questions and they are to answer them on the floor of the House. In case, the Parliament loses confidence in the ministers, they will have to resign. The Parliament can indicate its lack of no-confidence over the ministry by passing a no-confidence resolution. Even if the Parliament passes a no-confidence motion against one minister the entire ministry is to resign.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 8.
How is the Prime Minister appointed? Discuss his powers and functions.
Or
Discuss the position of the Prime Minister.
Answer:
The Prime Minister is the most important and powerful functionary of the State. He can be called the ruler of the State. The Prime Minister is the head of the Council of Ministers and all the powers of the President are actually exercisd by the Prime Minister. He can rule the country in a way which he thinks the best. He is the architect of the fate of State. The Government can do nothing against his will.

Appointment:
The Prime Minister is appointed by the President but while doing so the President is not having a free hand. Only that person can be appointed to the office of Prime Minister who is the leader of majority party in the Lok Sabha. After the general election the President invites the leader of the party which has gained majority in the Lok Sabha to form the Government.

In Dec. 1984, Mr. Rajiv Gandhi was appointed Prime Minister because he was the leader of the majority party (Congress I) in the Lok Sabha. If no political party gets an absolute majority in the Lok Sabha even then the President is not free to appoint anybody the Prime Minister. Under such circumstances only that person will be invited to form the Government who can seek the co-operation of the majority of members in the Lok Sabha.

After the 17th Lok Sabha election held in April-May, 2019, Sh Narender Modi was appointed as the Prime Minister.
Term of Office. The Prime Minister does not have a fixed tenure of offfice. He remains in office so long as he enjoys the support of the majority party. If the majority of members of the Lok Sabha loses confidence in the Prime Minister, he is to resign the office. On 11th April, 1997 Prime Minister H.D. Deve Gowda resigned because his resolution of vote of confidence was rejected by the majority members of the Lok Sabha.

Salary and Allowances. The Prime Minister gets the same salary and allowances which are paid to members of Parliament. He also receives a constituency allowance like other M.Ps. He is also entitled to free official residence, free travels, medical facilities, etc.

Powers And Functions Of The Prime Minister:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are given as follows:
1. Prime Minisiter and the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the maker of the Cabinet. The Cabinet has no existence without the Prime Minister. He can make or unmake a Cabinet. The Cabinet performs all its functions under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. Therefore, he is called “the keystone of the Cabinet arch” or “shining moon among the stars”. He enjoys the following powers in connection with the Cabinet:

(i) Formation of the Council of Ministers:
His first duty after assuming office is the formation of the Council of Ministers. He prepares a list of ministers according to his sweet will. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Nobody can be appointed a minister against the wishes of the Prime Minister. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him. In the Constitution, 91st Amendment Act provides that the total number of ministers including the Prime Minister, shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Lok Sabha. In May 2019, there were 57 members in the Council of Ministers.

(ii) Distribution of Portfolios:
The Prime Minitser distributes work among the ministers. He decides what department is to be allotted to a particular . minister. He controls the working of the departments of his ministers. If the Prime Minister is not satisfied with the working of a department, he can change the department of that minister. He distributes particular departments to ministers in such a way that they can run the departments quite efficiently. He also co-ordinates the working of different departments.

(iii) Removal of the Minister:
The ministers remain in office during the pleasure of the Prime Minister. If the Prime Minister is not satisfied with the working of a minister or the minister does nto run the department in accordance with wishes of the Prime Minister, he can ask him to quit the office and can appoint someone else in his place. In June, 1978 Prime Minister Morarji Desai asked Home Minister Char an Singh and Mr. Raj Narayan to resign from the cabinet and Mr. Charan Singh and Raj Narayan submitted their resignations.

On 1st August, 1990 the Prime Minitser V.P. Singh sacked his Deputy Prime Minister, Mr. Devi Lai, from the Council of Ministers. On April 20, 1998 Prime Minister Vajpayee sacked Communication Minister Buta Singh because he refused to resign. The Prime Minister can make changes in the Cabinet whenever he likes. With the resignation of the Prime Minister the entire ministry falls.

(iv) Leadership of the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet. The Cabinet functions under the conrol of the Prime Minister. He can call the meetings of Cabinet whenever he likes. The Prime Minister prepares the agenda of the meeting as well as controls it. He presides over the Cabinet meetings. All the decisions in Cabinet meetings are taken according to the wishes of the council of ministers.

2. Link between the President and the Cabinet:
The Prime Minister is the link between the President and the Cabinet. It is the duty of the Prime Minister to convey the decisions of the Cabinet to the President. No minister can discuss a particular problem with the President without the permission of the Prime Minister. The President can demand information from the Prime Minister regarding the working of administration. The Cabinet can discuss any issue with the President only through the Prime Minister.

3. Leadership of the Cabinet in the Parliament:
The Prime Minister leads the Cabinet in the Parliament. The ministers answer the questions put to them by the members of the Parliament. Whenever a minister is in difficulty, the Prime Minister helps him. The Prime Minster explains the policy and decisions of the Cabinet to the Parliament. All important statements on behalf of the Cabinet are made by the Prime Minister in the Parliament.

4. Principal adviser of the President:
The Prime Minister is the chief adviser of the President. The President seeks the advice of the Prime Minister in all matters of the state. The Prime Minister informs the President regarding all the decisions taken by the Cabinet. If the President requires any information regarding the administration of any department, he would demand such an information from the Prime Minister.

5. Appointments:
All the important appointments in the State are made.by the Prime Minister. The President makes appointments of the State Governors, Ambassadors and members of the Union Pubilc Service Cmmission only on the advice of the Prime Minister. The President cannot make any such appointment of his own accord.

6. Leader of the Parliament:
The Prime Minister is also the leader of the House. Out of the two Houses the position of Lok Sabha is of great importance and the Prime Minister is the leader of the Lok Sabha. The Parliament always depends upon the policy and guidance of the Prime Minister for facing any problem. All the important decisions in the Parliament are taken according to the wishes of the Prime Minister. He can get any law passed by the parliament because he is the leader of the majority party. He can get the Lok Sabha dissolved.

7. Leader of Nation:
The Prime Minister is also the leader of the nation. The President is the head of the State and the Prime Minister is the head of the Government. Gveneral election means the election of the Prime Minister. Each poiltical party has its leader already and the people vote for the party whose leader they want to see as the Prime Minister of the country. During emergency the people have always high hopes on the Prime Minister and they always act upon his advice. His office has become more important for his being the leader of the nation. He is always supported by public and with the help of the public he can do things which he likes.

Position of the Prime Minister:
An analysis of the powers of the Prime Minister proves that “he is the pivot of the whole system of government.” He occupies a position of exceptional authority. K.T. Shah observed in the Constituent Assembly, “This Constitution concentrates so much power and influence in the hands of the Prime Minister that there is every danger to apprehend that the Prime Minister may become a dictator if he chooses to do so.” N.V. Gadgil, former Governor of Punjab said, “The Prime Minister is invested with formidable power and influence unless he be a genuine democrat by nature, he is very likely to become a dictator.”

In the words of Nehru, ‘The Prime Minister is the linchpin of the government.” While the President is the nominal head, the Prime Minister is the real head. The powers of the President are in reality exercised by the Council of Ministers, But the Prime Minister is the head of the Council of Ministers. Without him, the ministers have no entity. To quote Laski, ‘The Prime Minister is central to the formation of the Council of Ministes, central to its birth and central to its death.” For his appointment, he is not dependent upon the favour of the President.

It is his right to form the Council of Ministers because he commands the confidence of the Lok Sabha. In the words of A.C. Dash, “The Indian Prime Minister like the German Chancellor is superior to the entire Cabinet, for under the Constitution he is declared to be the head of Council of Ministers and all other Ministers are appointed and probably will be dismissed on his advice.” The Prime Minister forms the Cabinet and he is its life breath.

He is the leader of the Parliament and the nation and the principal adviser of the President. The decisions of the Cabinet are virtually the decisions of the Prime Minister. There is hardly any elected functionary in the world comparable to the Prime Minister of India. Backed by a stable and substantial majority in the Lok Sabha, he is more powerful than even the President of the United States of America.

However, the Prime Minister’s supremacy is not due entirely to the powers which belong to his office. Much depends upon his personality. If he is a man of dynamic prsonality he will be able to dominate the political scene. A fickle minded person will never be able to impress. Ideally, the Prime Minister should have a personality which earns him not only the loyalty of his own party but also a measure of considerable respect from the opposition.

Mr. Nehru who held the office of the Prime Minister nearly eighteen years, possessed an unparalleld personality. He was an institution. In the words of Norman D. Palmer, “Important and able men have held ministerial posts but with the exception of Vallabhbhai Patel, who served as Deputy Prime Minister until his death in 1950, no one has really shared Nehru’s authority.” Prime Minister Lai Bahadur Shastri gave his country brilliant leadership in terms of war and peace and gave up his life in quest for peace. He served his country with his life.

He did not possess the external symbols of greatness yet he rose to great heights. Though short in stature there was more iron in his soul than appeared on the surface. The manner in which Morarji Desai was relieved of the Finance Department by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, highlights the fact that not even the ‘tallest’ among the Prime Minister’s colleagues can measure upto the stature of the Prime Minister. After the election of 1971 and 1980, Prime Minister Indira Gandhi was considered the source of all power. According to Ashok Mehta, “Our Cabinet form of Government has come to a near Presidential regime.”

According to Frank Morris, “Mrs. Gandhi was not only the undisputed leader of the Congress Party, but it was her party and she could dominate it in a way which none else had done. She was free to choose her colleagues who were her agents or assistants and in her presence trembled and obeyed.” In the words of Greame C. Moodie, “For many the Prime Minister is the part of the government and at times, may become the personification of the political nation.” Mr. Rajiv Gandhi was very powerful because like Mrs. Indira Gandhi he was also the president of the Congress (I).

The position of the Prime Minister also depends upon the support of his party. Without his party he is nothing. He must maintain close contact with party opinion. His aloofness, reserve and indifference militates against sound leadership. He must rely on co-operation, not coercion. He is to lead the party and not drive it. The manner in which Pt. Nehru had to bow before the party demand on the removal of Mr. Krishna Menon in 1962 proves that there are limits beyond which the Prime Minister cannot carry the party.

To conclude, powerful as he may be, no particular Prime Minister is indispensable, irremovable, or omnipotent. “He is not Caesar, he is not an unchangeable oracle, his views are not dooms; he is always on suffrance and its germs are whether he can render indubitably useful services. At any time a rival may supplant him.” The essence of the powers of the Prime Minister lies in a united Cabinet, a united Parliament and united people.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Short Answer Type Questions 

Question 1.
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
The President is the head of the state. He is elected indirectly by an electoral college. Elected members of both the Houses of Parliament and elected members of legislative assemblies of the States constitute the electoral college. The nominated members of the Parliament and the assemblies do not take part in the election. The voting is held on’ the basis of proportional representation by the single transferable vote system. Only an Indian citizen, who has attained the age of 35 years, and whose name has been proposed and seconded by a definite number of the electors, can contest election.

Question 2.
Explain in brief the composition of the Electoral College constituted for the election of the President.
Answer:
According to Article 54 of Indian Constitution, the President shall be elected indirectly by an electoral college consisting of the elected members of the union and state legislatures in accordance with the principle of proportional representation with single transferable vote system.

Question 3.
Describe the formula by which the value of the vote of the members of State Legislative Assembly is determined.
Answer:
Article 55 (4) of the Constitution lays down the procedure of determining the votes of the members of the State Assembly, which is as follows:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 7
If the remainder is less than 500, it is ignored.
If it is more than 500, then the vote of each member shall be further increased by one.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 4.
Describe the procedure of determining the value of votes of the members of the Parliament.
Answer:
The constitution lays down the following procedure of determining the votes of the members of Parliament.
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 8
Fraction exceeding one-half being counted as one.

Question 5.
Describe the tenure of the President.
Or
Discuss in brief the removal of the President.
Answer:
The President is elected for a period of five years. But he can be removed from his office before the expiry date. The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution.” When a President is to be impeached for the violation of the Constitution, the charges can be prepared by either House of the Parliament.

But no such charge is to be preferred unless the proposal to prefer such a charge is contained in a resolution which has been moved after at least 14 days notice in writing signed by not less than one-fourth of the total number of members of the House. The resolution must be passed by a two-thirds majority of the total number of members of the House. If passed by the requisite majority in one house, it is sent to the other House for investigation. If the other House also passes the resolution by a two- thirds majority of the total membership of this House, then it means the charge is proved and the President is removed from his office.

Question 6.
Describe the method of fixing the quota for the election of the President.
Answer:
Under the system of Proportional Representation, a candidate to be elected must secure the necessary quota of votes. The quota is determined by the following formula:
PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister 9
Suppose the total number of valid votes polled at the Presidential election is 8,00,000. Applying the above-mentioned formula, the quota shall be
\(\frac {8,00,000}{1+1}\) +1 = 4,00,001

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 7.
Describe the salary and allowances of the President.
Answer:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month and an official residence (called Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi) free of rent. In addition to the salary, the President also gets handsome allowances of various kinds as determined by Parliament. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000. The Government may also allow him a free medical aid as was done in the case of Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

The salary and other allowances of the President are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India. According to Art. 59 (4), the emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.

Question 8.
Describe any four executive powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the executive powers of the President:

  1. All executive functions of the Union (central) government are performed in the name of the President.
  2. He appoints the Governors, Chief Justice and other judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
  3. He appoints the Attorney General of India and the members and Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission.
  4. He is the supreme commander of the armed forces.

Question 9.
Mention four legislative powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the legislative powers of the President:

  1. He can address both the Houses of the Parliament and can send messages to either house at any time.
  2. He can summon any House of the Parliament at any time.
  3. He can dissolve the Lok Sabha.
  4. He nominates two members of the Anglo-Indian community to the Lok Sabha.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 10.
Describe financial powers of the President.
Answer:

  1. It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the
  2. Finance Minister on behalf of the President.
  3. Money Bill can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.
  4. The President has full control over the contingency fund and he can spend it according to his sweet will. He distributes the share of income tax among the States.

Question 11.
Describe judicial powers of the President.
Answer:
The President has some judicial powers also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

  • The President appoints the judges and the chief justices to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
  • The President cannot be sued in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.
  • He has power to pardon, reprieve and commute punishment.
  • The President can seek the advice of the supreme court of India over any legal matter or a bill of Republic Importance.

Question 12.
What do you know about the emergency powers of the President?
Ans.
The President can declare emergency in three special circumstances :
1. If the President thinks that the security of the country is threatened by a war or external aggression or armed rebellion threatening the integrity of India, he can declare an emergency for the whole of India or any part of it. But the advice should come from the Council of Ministers in writing.

2. In case of the failure of the constitutional machinery in a state or states, the President can take over the entire work of the executive and dissolve or suspend the state assembly.

3. If the President thinks that there is an economic situation in which the financial stability or the credit of India is threatened, he can declare a financial emergency.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 13.
Discuss about the power of the President to issue an ordinance.
Answer:
During the intervals of the sessions of the Parliament he can issue ordinance. These ordinances have the force of laws. The ordinance is put before the Parliament as soon as it meets. The Parliament has the authority to reject the ordinance. It can be withdrawn by the President also. If it is neither rejected by the Parliament nor withdrawn by the President, it will automatically end six weeks after the first meeting of the Parliament.

Question 14.
Discuss in brief about various emergencies provided in the Constitution of India.
Answer:
There are three types of emergencies provided into the Constitution of India. These are:

  • National Emergency (Article 352) or Emergency arising out of external aggression or armed rebellion.
  • Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a state (Art. 356).
  • Financial Emergency (Art. 360).

Question 15.
What do you understand by National Emergency?
Answer:
According to Art. 352, if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency. But the President can declare such type of emergency if the cabinet decision that such a proclamation may be made has been communicated to him in writing.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 16.
Under which condition the Constitutional Emergency is imposed?
Answer:
According to article 356, if the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

Question 17.
What is the Financial Emergency?
Answer:
According to Article 360, if the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Article 360 of the constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. The Proclamation has to be laid before each House of-Parliament.

It ceases to operate at the expiration of two months unless it is approved earlier by a resolution of both the Houses of Parliament. The Proclamation in this cases should also be approved by Parliament as in the other two cases of emergency. Like the Proclamation of war-emergency, Financial Emergency also continues for an indefinite period. Fortunately, this kind of Emergency has not been declared, so far.

Question 18.
Describe any four points of criticism against the emergency powers of the President.
Answer:
Different persons criticised the emergency powers of the President on different grounds. Following are the points of criticisms against the emergency powers of the President:’

  • Possibility of misuse of emergency powers.
  • Emergency powers are undemocratic.
  • Emergency proclamation is beyond judicial control.
  • Emergency powers can crush the rights and liberties of the individuals.

Question 19.
Describe the justification of emergency powers.
Answer:

  • Historical experiences reveal that emergency powers are necessary to face national crisis.
  • National security is more important than that of the individual liberty.
  • It is the responsibility of the centre to maintain the unity and integrity of the nation.
  • President is a constitutional head.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 20.
Is it possible for the President of India to be a dictator?
Answer:
Emergency powers of the President indicate that he can be a dictator. But it is not possible for the President to become a dictator because:

  1. In India there exists a Parliamentary form of Government. In this system the President is a constitutional head and his role is nominal.
  2. According to 44th Amendment an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet and the advice of the council of ministers is binding on the President.
  3. If President tries to misuse his powers, he can be removed by impeachment.
  4. President’s rule can’t be imposed at the Centre level.

Question 21.
Describe the election method of the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose.

It is significant to note that in the election of the Vice-President the nominated members of both the Houses have the right to vote while in the election of the President only the elected members of Parliament are eligible to vote.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 22.
Describe in brief the functions of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold:1. He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and 2. he acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

As Vice-President. In the absence of the President or during casual vacancy in the office of the President, the Vice-President shall perform all the functions of the President. If the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the Vice-President will discharge his functions until the date on which the President resumes his duties.

As Chairman of Rajya Sabha. The Vice-president is the ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha, that means that by being the Vice-President of the country, he is the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is to perform various functions in his capacity as the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and they are given as follows:

  • He presides over the meetings of the Rajya Sabha.
  • He maintains decorum and decency in the House.
  • He allots time to the members to speak.

Question 23.
Describe any four qualifications to become a member of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.
  • He must possess such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the Parliament.
  • No person can be a member of both Houses of Parliament. In case he becomes, he must vacate one of the two seats. Likewise, one person cannot be a member of a House of Parliament and of a State Legislature simultaneously.

Question 24.
How is the Council of Ministers at the centre formed?
Answer:
After the general elections the various parties in the Parliament elect their leaders. The President invites the leader of the majority party and appoints him the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister selects other ministers and sends their names to the President. The President appoints them as ministers. He cannot make any change in the list given to him by the Prime Minister. It might happen that no party has a majority in the Lok Sabha. In such a situation the President invites the leader of the coalition of many parties and appoints him Prime Minister.

The Prime Minister and other ministers have to take oath of loyalty to the Constitution before they assume office.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 25.
Give four features of the Cabinet System in India.
Ans.
1. Nominal Head of the State:
The first important feature of the Cabinet system in India is that the President enjoys only nominal powers. The President is a constitutional head of the State.

2. Close Relations Between the Executive and the Legislature:
There is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament. All the ministers are members of one or the other house of Parliament. They attend the meetings of Parliament, participate in debates and move the bills in the Parliament.

3. Leadership of the Prime Minister:
The Cabinet works under the control and guidance of the Prime Minister. He is the head of the Council of Ministers. He presides over the meetings of the Cabinet and determines the agenda of the meetings.

4. Collective Responsibility:
The Indian Cabinet is responsible to the Lok Sabha. It remains in office so long as it enjoys the confidence of the Lok Sabha. The moment it loses the majority of the members in the house, it has to quit office.

Question 26.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Ans.

  1. In the Constitution the words ‘Council of Ministers’ are used and not the word ‘Cabinet’.
  2. The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers. The Council of Ministers consist of all types of ministers. Their number is about 70. But the cabinet consists of only the cabinet ministers. The cabinet consists of about 25 members.
  3. Cabinet is more important than the Council of Ministers. All decisions of the cabinet are to be carried out by the members of the Council of Ministers.
  4. The cabinet ministers get higher salaries than other ministers.

Question 27.
Discuss various types of Ministers in Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The Council of Ministers consists of all the ministers. There are four categories of ministers in-India :
1. Cabinet Ministers:
These are the most important ministers. They control the important departments of administration. They frame policies and decide all other important matters. They are generally 20 to 25 in number. It is these ministers who form the Cabinet. All the powers of the Council of Ministers are exercised according to the wishes of the Cabinet.

2. State Ministers:
The state ministers are also head of some departments. But they are not entitled to participate in the meetings of the Cabinet. They can be invited to attend the meetings of the Cabinet when some special issue or the issue concerning their departments is to be discussed.

3. Deputy Ministers:
The Deputy Ministers are appointed to assist the Cabinet ministers and the State ministers in the performance of their functions. A Deputy Minister is not the head of any department. The Deputy Ministers are appointed almost in each department.

4. Parliament Secretaries: Parliament Secretaries are appointed to assist the ministers in the Parliament. They are not the ministers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 28.
Discuss any four functions of Council of Ministers.
Ans.
1. Determination of National Policy:
The policy of the Nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office, the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external policy according to which it is to run the administration of the State.

2. Control over Administration:
The administration of the country is to be run by the ministers. Every member of the Council of Ministers has one or more departments under his charge and he has to look after its working and administration.

3. Foreign Relations:
It is the function of the Cabinet to maintain relations with other countries. These relations are established according to the policies laid down by the Cabinet.

4. Cabinet give a decision in administrative matters.

Question 29.
How is the Prime Minister of India appointed?
Answer:
The President appoints the Prime Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha and appoints him the Prime Minister. If no single party has a majority, many parties may form a coalition to make a majority and elect a leader. Then the leader of the coalition will be appointed as the Prime Minister. After 17th Lok Sabha election in April-May 2019, President appointed Sh. Narender Modi, leader of the National Democratic Alliance as Prime Minister.

Question 30.
What are the functions of Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are as ahead:

  1. The first function of the Prime Minister is the formation of Council of Ministers. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him.
  2. The Prime Minister distributes portfolios among the ministers.
  3. The ministers remain in office during the pleasure of the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister can make changes in the Council of Ministers whenever he likes.
  4. Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet. The Cabinet functions under the control of the Prime Minister.

Question 31.
Write down the names of present President, Vice-President and Prime Minister of India.
Answer:
Name of Post – Name of Person

  • President – Sh. Ram Nath Kovind
  • Vice President – Sh. Venkaiah Naidu
  • Prime Minister – Sh. Narendra Modi

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 32.
Write down the salary of President and Vice-President.
Answer:
Name of Post – Salary (Monthly)

  • President – Rs. 5,00,000
  • Vice-President – Rs. 4,00,000

Very Short Type Questions

Question 1.
How is the President of India elected?
Answer:
The President is elected indirectly by an electoral college. Elected members of both the Houses of Parliament and elected members of legislative assemblies of the States constitute the electoral college. The voting is held on the basis of proportional representation by the single transferable vote system.

Question 2.
Describe the tenure of the President.
Answer:
The President is elected for a period of five years. But he can be removed from his office before the expiry date. The President can be removed from office by impeachment only. The Constitution lays down a detailed procedure for the impeachment of the President. He can be impeached “for violation of the Constitution.”

Question 3.
Describe the salary and allowances of the President.
Answer:
The President of India gets a salary of Rs. 5,00,000 per month. According to the President’s Pension Act, a person who ceases to hold office as President, either by expiration of his term of office or by resignation, is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,50,000.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 4.
Write any two privileges of the President.
Answer:

  • The President of India is not answerable to any court for the exercise of his constitutional rights and powers.
  • No criminal proceeding can be launched against him during his term.

Question 5.
Describe any two executive powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the executive powers of the President:

  • All executive functions of the Union (central) government are performed in the name of the President.
  • He appoints the Governors, Chief Justice and other judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Question 6.
Mention two legislative powers of the President.
Answer:
Following are the legislative powers of the President:

  • He can address both the Houses of the Parliament and can send messages to either house at any time.
  • He can summon any House of the Parliament at any time.

Question 7.
Explain financial powers of the President.
Answer:

  • It is the duty of the President to place the Budget for the current year before the Parliament. It is to be presented before the beginning of the financial year. Normally the budget is presented to the Parliament by the
  • Finance Minister on behalf of the President.
  • Money Bill can only be introduced in the Parliament on the recommendation of the President.

Question 8.
Describe judicial powers of the President.
Answer:
The President has some judicial powers also. It is provided by Article 122 of the Constitution.

  • The President appoints the judges and . the chief justices to the Supreme Court and the State High Courts.
  • The President cannot be sued in any court of India in connection with any matter concerning his office.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 9.
Discuss in brief about various emergencies provided in the Constitution of India.
Answer:
There are three types of emergencies provided into the Constitution of India. These are:

  • National Emergency (Article 352) or Emergency arising out of external aggression or armed rebellion.
  • Emergency arising out of the failure of constitutional machinery in a state (Art. 356).
  • Financial Emergency (Art. 360).

Question 10.
What do you understand by National Emergency?
Answer:
According to Art. 352, if the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or any part of India is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion, he may proclaim a state of emergency.

Question 11.
Under which condition the Constitutional Emergency is imposed?
Answer:
According to article 356, if the President, either on the receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the Government of the State cannot b,e carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, the President can proclaim emergency in that state.

Question 12.
What is the Financial Emergency?
Answer:
According to Article 360, if the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or any part of it is threatened, he may declare a Financial Emergency under Article 360 of the constitution. Such a Proclamation may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 13.
Explain any two points of criticism against the emergency powers of the President.
Answer:
Different persons criticised the emergency powers of the President on different grounds. Following are the points of criticisms against the emergency powers of the President:

  • Possibility of misuse of emergency powers.
  • Emergency powers are undemocratic.

Question 14.
Describe the justification of emergency powers.
Answer:

  • Historical experiences reveal that emergency powers are necessary to face national crisis.
  • National security is more important than that of the individual liberty.

Question 15.
Is it possible for the President of India to be a dictator?
Answer:
It is not possible for the President to become a dictator because:

  1. In India there exists a Parliamentary form of Government. In this system the President is a constitutional head and his role is nominal.
  2. According to 44th Amendment an Emergency can be proclaimed only on the basis of written advice tendered by the cabinet and the advice of the council of ministers is binding on the President.

Question 16.
Describe the election method of the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
The Vice-President of India is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot. The two Houses need not sit together for this purpose.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 17.
Describe the term of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The Vice-President is elected for a term of five years. The period of five years starts from the date on which he enters his office. He is eligible for re-election. The Vice¬President may resign his office by writing to the President before the expiry of five years. Vice-President can be removed from office by impeachment.

Question 18.
Describe about the salary of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and he receives a salary of Rs. 4,00,000 per month. When the Vice-President acts as President, he has all the privileges, powers and immunities of the President. After retirement Vice-President is entitled to a monthly pension of Rs. 2,00,000.

Question 19.
Describe in brief the functions of the Vice-President.
Answer:
The duties of the Vice-President are two-fold:

  1. He is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha and
  2. he acts for the President when the office of the President is vacant. Even when the President is ill or otherwise unable to perform the duties of his office, the Vice-President acts for him.

Question 20.
Discuss any two qualifications to become a member of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:

  • He must be a citizen of India.
  • He must not hold any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 21.
How is the Council of Ministers at the centre formed?
Answer:
After the general elections the various parties in the Parliament elect their leaders. The President invites the leader of the majority party and appoints him the Prime Minister. The Prime Minister selects other ministers and sends their names to the President. The President appoints them as ministers.

Question 22.
Give two features of the Cabinet System in India.
Answer:

  1. Nominal Head of the State: The first important feature of the Cabinet system in India is that the President enjoys only nominal powers. The President is a constitutional head of the State.
  2. Close Relations Between the Executive and the Legislature: There is a close relationship between the Cabinet and the Parliament.

Question 23.
Distinguish between the Cabinet and the Council of Ministers.
Answer:

  • In the Constitution the words ‘Council of Ministers’ are used and not the word ‘Cabinet’.
  • The Cabinet is a part of the Council of Ministers. The Council of Ministers consist of all types of ministers. Their number is about 70. But the cabinet consists of only the cabinet ministers. The cabinet consists of about 25 members.

Question 24.
Mention any two functions of Council of Ministers.
Answer:

  1. Determination of National Policy: The pohcy of the Nation is formulated by the Cabinet. After taking office, the Cabinet is to formulate its internal and external pohcy according to which it is to run the administration of the State.
  2. Control over Administration: The administration of the country is to be run by the ministers. Every member of the Council of Ministers has one or more departments under his charge and he has to look after its working and administration.

Question 25.
How is the Prime Minister of India appointed?
Answer:
The President appoints the Prime Minister. He invites the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha and appoints him the Prime Minister. If no single party has a majority, many parties may form a coalition to make a majority and elect a leader. Then the leader of the coalition will be appointed as the Prime Minister.

Question 26.
What are the functions of Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister enjoys vast powers which have made his office very important and powerful. His powers and functions are as follows:

  • The first function of the Prime Minister is the formation of Council of Ministers. He has a free hand in the selection of ministers. Number of Council of Ministers depends upon him.
  • The Prime Minister distributes portfolios among the ministers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the term of the Prime Minister?
Answer:
The Prime Minister does not have a fixed tenure of office. He remains in office so long as he enjoys .the support of the majority party.

Question 2.
Mention any one power of the Prime Minister.
Answer:
The first and significant duty o$ the Prime Minister is the formation of the Council of Ministers.

Question 3.
Who is the leader of the Cabinet?
Answer:
The Prime Minister is the leader of the Cabinet.

Question 4.
Who was the first Prime Minister of India?
Answer:
Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India.

Question 5.
Who is the link between the Council of Ministers and the President? Answer:The Prime Minister is the link between the Council of Ministers and the President.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Fill in the blanks

1. The …………… of India is head of the state.
Answer:
President

2. Minimum age needed for the President is …………… .
Answer:
35 years

3. The term of office of the Indian President is …………… .
Answer:
Five years

4. Sh …………… appointed Prime Minister after 17th Lok Sabha.
Answer:
Narendra Modi.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

True or False statement

1. President is the head of the state.
Answer:
True.

2. Prime Minister is the head of the state.
Answer:
False

3. The tenure of the Cabinet is 10 years.
Answer:
False

4. Prime Minister form the Council of Minsters.
Answer:
True.

5. Prime Minister is the Chief Co-ordinator in the Cabinet.
Answer:
True.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Who will administer the oath of office to the person who is to take over as President?
(A) Chief Justice of High Court
(B) Vice-President
(C) Chief Justice of India
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(C) Chief Justice of India

Question 2.
The Cabinet is responsible to the
(A) Prime Minister
(B) President
(C) Parliament
(D) Speaker.
Answer:
(C) Parliament

Question 3.
The Prime Minister is appointed by the:
(A) President
(B) Parliament
(C) Cabinet
(D) Supreme Court.
Answer:
(A) President

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 4.
The President of India is elected by:
(A) The Parliament
(B) The Assemblies
(C) The People
(D) The Electoral College.
Answer:
(D) The Electoral College.

Question 5.
The term of office of the Indian President is:
(A) 3 years
(B) 5 years
(C) 2 years
(D) 4 years.
Answer:
(B) 5 years

Question 6.
Minimum age needed for president is:
(A) 25 years
(B) 30 years
(C) 21 years
(D) 35 years.
Answer:
(D) 35 years.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 24 The Union Executive-President, Vice-President, Council of Ministers and Prime Minister

Question 7.
The tenure of the Prime Minister is:
(A) 5 yeafrs
(B) 6 years
(C) 4 years
(D) Not fixed.
Answer:
(D) Not fixed.

Question 8.
The Prime Minister presides over:
(A) Lok Sabha
(B) Rajya Sabha
(C) Cabinet
(D) Parliament.
Answer:
(C) Cabinet

 

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Voice Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Change the Voice in the following sentences.

Question 1.
1. She will water the plants.
2. We expect happy news.
3. Does Raghu speak the truth?
4. They did not listen to me.
5. He helped his father in his old age.
6. The children were collecting stamps.
7. Columbus discovered America.
8. You cannot always expect such wonders.
9. Somebody has stolen my camera.
10. The boss has accepted my proposal.
11. I know his ways.
12. Do not insult your elders.
13. The teacher will punish the naughty boys.
14. Your behaviour displeased me.
15. Am I favouring you ?
Answer:
1. The plants will be watered by her.
2. Happy news is expected by us.
3. Is the truth spoken by Raghu ?
4. I was not listened to by them.
5. His father was helped in his old age by him.
6. Stamps were being collected by the children.
7. America was discovered by Columbus.
8. Such wonders cannot be expected always.
9. My camera has been stolen.
10. My proposal has1 been accepted by the boss.
11. His ways are known to me.
12. Your elders should not be insulted.
13. The naughty boys will be punished by the teach
14. I was displeased with your behaviour
15. Are you being favoured by plan

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 2.
1. A race is run by them.
2. Who had been fined ?
3. A noise was made by you.
4. By whom are you taught English ?
5. It has to be learnt by heart.
6. Nothing will be done by them.
7. What is wanted by you ?
8. They were being taught by us.
9. The beggar was being insulted by them.
10. He will not have been abused by us.
11. I should not be disturbed.
12. My camera has been stolen by her.
13. This picture has been painted by me.
14. The thieves were caught by the police.
15. The child was knocked down by a car.
Answer:
1. They are running a race.
2. Who had fined him / her ?
3. You mame noise.
4. Who teaches you English ?
5. One has to learn it by heart.
6. Men will do nothing.
7. What do you want ?
8. We were teaching they them.
9. They were insulting the beggar.
10. We will not have abused
11. Nobody should disturb me.
12. She has stolen my camera.
13. I am have painted this picture.
14. The police caught the thieves.
15. A car knocked down the child.

Question 3.
1. I have seen this.
2. Nobody has touched it.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. It is time to have tea.
5. He may avoid you.
6. Have you called out the roll ?
7. The police have arrested him.
8. May I smoke?
9. Let her sing.
10. They say that honesty is the best policy.
Answer:
1. This has been seen by me.
2. It has not been touched by anybody.
3. Duty must be done.
4. It is time for tea to be had.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. Has the roll been called out by you ?
7. He has been arrested (by the police).
8. May I be permitted to smoke ?
9. She should be allowed to sing.
10. It is said that honesty is the best policy.

Question 4.
1. What cannot be cured must be endured.
2. It was hoped that he would pass.
3. Let the match be played by them.
4. It is said that virtue is its own reward.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. His name will have to be struck off.
7. You are requested to listen to him.
8. I am astonished at his way of talking.
9. It should be done.
10. It is time to call in the doctor.
Answer:
1. One must endure what cannot be cured.
2. We hoped that he would pass
3. Let them play the match.
4. They say that virtue is its own reward.
5. He may avoid you.
6. They will have to strike off his name.
7. I request you to listen to him.
8. His way of talking astonishes me.
9. You should do it.
10. It is time for the doctor to be called in.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 5.
1. A meeting is being held here.
2. The bond was signed.
3. Duty must be done.
4. They were refused admission to this school.
5. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
6. They were forced to listen.
7. What cannot be cured must be endured.
8. The child has been named Udit.
9. Promises will always be kept.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.
Answer:
1. They are holding a meeting here.
2. They signed the bond.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. The Principal refused to admit them to this school.
5. The company threw many persons out of jobs.
6. He forced them to listen
7. One must endure what cannot be cured.
8. The parents have named the child Udit.
9. We will always keep our promises.
10. They made me captain of the school cricket team.

Question 6.
1. He is a man to trust.
2. I shall have to strike off his name. (His name will have to be struck off.)
3. Women like men to flatter them.
4. I want to buy this car.
5. He wants to become a pilot.
6. Shall I have to punish him ?
7. You have to do it.
8. It is time to say goodbye.
9. I have a lot yet to do.
10. He is a person to rely on.
Answer:
1. He is a man to be trusted.
2. His name will have to be struck off.
3. Women like to be flattered by men.
4. It is wanted by me to buy this car.
5. Becoming a pilot is wanted by him.
6. Will he have to be punished by me ?
7. It has to be done by you.
8. It is time for goodbye to be said.
9. A lot is yet to be done by me.
10. He is a person to be relied on.

Question 7.
1. Why did you abuse me ?
2. Who told a lie ?
3. When did you see the star ?
4. How has the teacher marked her absent ?
5. When did you pluck these flowers ?
Answer:
1. Why was I abused by you ?
2. By whom was a lie told ?
3. When was the star seen by you ?
4. How has she been marked absent by the teacher ?
5. When were these flowers plucked by you ?

Question 8.
1. Help everybody.
2. Help me, please.
3. Never waste your time.
4. Speak no evil of anybody.
5. Post this letter.
6. Learn it by heart.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Show the guests in.
9. Kindly grant me leave.
10. Sit down, please.
Answer:
1. Everybody should be helped.
2. I may please be helped.
3. Never let your time be wasted.
4. Let not evil of anybody be spoken
5. Let this letter be posted.
6. It should be learned by heart.
7. Let a noise not be made.
8. The guests should be shown in.
9. I may kindly be granted leave.
10. You are requested to sit down.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 9.
1. Is this book being sold well ?
2. Quinine tastes bitter.
3. Is this medicine sweet when tasted ?
4. Sea water is saltish when tasted.
5. Does honey taste sweet ?
Answer:
1. Is this book selling well ?
2. Quinine is bitter when tasted.
3. Does this medicine taste sweet ?
4. Sea water tastes saltish.
5. Is honey sweet when – tasted ?

Question 10.
1. He may join the strike.
2. You can do it.
3. I cannot digest it.
4. Why should I do it ?
5. You should teach him a lesson.
6. You should respect your elders.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. We must respect our elders.
10. You need not send this letter.
Answer:
1. The strike may be joined by him.
2. It can be done by you.
3. It cannot be digested by me.
4. Why should it be done by me ?
5. He should be taught a lesson by you.
(Or)
A lesson should be taught to him by you.
6. Your elders should be respected by you.
7. The poor ought to be helped by you.
8. Others should not be laughed at by us.
9. Our elders must be respected by us.
10. This letter need not be sent (by you)

Question 11.
1. He did not allow her to sit.
2. Parents should not over-protect their children.
3. You have to do it.
4. Why did you laugh at the poor man?
5. He is playing the game.
6. What did you see there?
7. I love my parents.
8. He has been arrested.
9. She was dismissed from service.
10. How can you solve this sum ?
Answer:
1. She was not allowed to sit by him.
2. The children should not be over protected by their parents.
3. It has to be done by you.
4. Why was the poor me in laughed at by you ?
5. The game is being played by him.
6. What was see n there by you ?
7. My parents are loved by me.
8. The police has arrested him
9. The boss dismissed her from service.
10. How can this sum be solved ( by you)

Active Voice

जिस वाक्य में Subject का सीधा सम्बन्ध Verb के साथ होता है (अर्थात् कर्ता के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है), उसे Active Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है। Passive Voice-जिस वाक्य में कर्म के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है (और कर्ता का क्रिया पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं होता), उसे Passive Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है।

Present Indefinite Tense

(is / am / are +V3)

Active Passive
1. She helps the, poor.
2. We expect good news.
3. I know him.
4. Radha does not sing a song.
5. Who teaches you English ?
6. What do you want ?
1. The poor are helped by her.
2. Good news is expected by us.
3. He is known to me.
4. A song is not sung by Radha.
5. By whom are you taught English ?
6. What is wanted by you ?

Change the Voice in the following sentences :

1. He does not love me.
2. We respect our elders.
3. 1 do not laugh at him.
4. Kanta solves her sums.
5. We expect happy news
6. Parents love their children.
7. Carpenters make furniture.
8. Do the farmers grow wheat ?
9. She does not deliver a speech.
10. Does Sita take care of her son

Past Indefinite Tense

(was / were + V3)

  Active Passive
1. She kept us waiting.
2. I employed many men.
3. The hunter did not kill the birds.
4. Did he give you anything ?
5. Who lent you this book ?
6. Which picture did you see last night ?
1. We were kept waiting by her.
2. Many men were employed by me.
3. The birds were not killed by the hunter.
4. Were you given anything by him ?
5. By whom were you lent this book ?
6. Which picture was seen by you last night ?

Present Continuous Tense

(is / am / are + being + V3)

Active Passive
1. The gardener is plucking flowers.
2. He is driving a motor car.
3. Boys are flying kites.
4. Is she reading a book?
5. Why are you wasting your time?
6. Who is laughing at the beggar?
1. Flowers are being plucked by the gardener.
2. A motor car is being driven by him.
3. Kites are being flown by boys.
4. Is a book being read by her?
5. Why is your time being wasted by you?
6. By whom is the beggar being laughed at?

Change the Voice :

1. We are helping them.
2. Am I favouring you ?
3. She is singing a song.
4. He is painting a picture.
5. They are playing hockey.
6. The child is not cutting teeth.
7. The child is enjoying the game.
8. Are they knocking at the door ?
9. Are they not serving their country ?
10. Are the boys laughing at the old man ?

Past Continuous Tense

(was / were + being + V3)

Active Passive
1. The hunter was aiming at the lion.
2. She was milking the cow.
3. The peon was ringing the bell.
4. The farmer was not ploughing the field.
5. Were they learning their lesson ?
6. What was Sohan doing ?
1. The lion was being aimed at by the hunter.
2. The cow was being milked by her.
3. The bell was being rung by the peon.
4. The field was not being ploughed by the farmer.
5. Was their lesson being learnt by them ?
6. What was being done by Sohan ?

Change the Voice:

1. I was closing the shop.
2. Was I writing a letter ?
3. Were you insulting him ?
4. Were they reading novels ?
5. Sita was ironing the clothes.
6. They were chasing the thief.
7. She was asking for more work.
8. They were not selling their books.
9. The mother was looking after the child nicely.
10. Was the gardener plucking flowers from the garden ?

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V3)

Active Passive
1. I have done my duty.
2. She has sold her cow.
3. They have not broken the windowpane.
4. Have you ever seen a lion ?
5. Why has Sohan not finished his work?
6. Who has stolen my pencil ?
1. My duty has been done by me.
2. Her cow has been sold by her.
3. The windowpane has not been broken by them.
4. Has a lion ever been seen by you ?
5. Why has his work not been finished by Sohan ?
6. By whom has my pencil been stolen ?

Change the Voice :
1. He has taken tea.
2. You have not told lies.
3. Have you seen a zoo?
4. I have won the match.
5. I have spoken the truth.
6. Has Rama seen this picture?
7. Sita has washed all her clothes.
8. Has the judge set the prisoner free?
9. Has he paid his insurance premium?
10. They have not learnt anything from the past.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V3)

Active Passive
1. The watchman had already opened the gate.
2. We had never visited Amritsar before.
3. Had you never seen this place before?
4. Who had invited you to the feast?
5. Had he finished his work by 4 p.m.?
1. The gate had already been opened by the watchman.
2. Amritsar had never been visited by us before.
3. Had this place never been seen by you before?
4. By whom had you been invited to the feast?
5. Had his work been finished by him by 4 p.m.?

Change the Voice :
1. I had paid all the dues.
2. Had you hidden the ball ?
3. Who had broken the chair ?
4. I had told him the entire story.
5. She had never told a lie before.
6. They had gathered the flowers.
7. Why had he stolen your books ?
8. Had you never seen the Taj before ?
9. The gardener had watered the plants.
10. Had they looked into the whole matter ?

Future Perfect Tense

(will / shall + have been + V3)

Active Passive
1. I shall have planted a tree.
2. He will have read this book.
3. He will have sold his house.
4. She will have taken the test.
5. Will he have written a letter?
1. A tree will have been planted by me.
2. This book will have been read by him.
3. His house will have been sold by him.
4. The test will have been taken by her.
5. Will a letter have been written by him?

Change the Voice :
1. He will have abused me.
2. Who will have done this ?
3. We shall have heard a noise.
4. You will have done your duty.
5. I shall have received the letter.
6. Will she have posted her letter ?
7. Rama will have won the match by 6 p.m.
8. I will have finished my work before evening.
9. They will have taken their lunch before you reach there.
10. Will the doctor have examined the patient before you reach there ?

Imperative Sentences

(Object + should be + V3) Or (Let + Object + be + V3)

Active Passive
1. Shut the door.
2. Obey your parents.
3. Carry it home.
4. Never tell a lie.
5. Let him play the match.
6.  Please bring me a glass of water.
1. The door should be shut.
2. Let your parents be obeyed.
3. Let it be carried home.
4. A lie should never be told.
5. Let the match be played by him.
6.  You are. requested to bring me a glass of water.

Change the Voice :
1. Post this letter.
2. Help me, please.
3. Sit down, please.
4. Learn it by heart.
5. Never waste your time.
6. Show the guests in.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Kindly grant me leave.
9. Never waste your time.
10. Speak no evil of anybody.

Prepositional Verbs

कुछ Verbs के साथ विशेष Prepositions या Adverb Particles का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Active Passive दोनों तरह के वाक्यों में ये Prepositions या Adverb Particles सम्बन्धित Verbs के सा लगाए जाने चाहिएं। इन्हें Verbs से अलग नहीं किया जा सकता है।

Active Passive
1. The people listened to him with respect.
2. I objected to his proposal.
3. The rich often laugh at the poor.
4. We must take care of our health.
5. They switched off the lights.
6. A car ran over an old man.
7. The police charged her with murder.
8. The Principal turned down my request.
9. The thieves cut down the telephone wires.
10. I cannot think of such a thing.
1. He was listened to with respect by the people.
2. His proposal was objected to by me.
3. The poor are often laughed at by the rich.
4. Health must be taken care of.
5. The lights were switched off.
6. An old man was run over by a car.
7. She was charged with murder by the police.
8. My request was turned down by the Principal.
9. The telephone wires were cut down by the thieves.
10. Such a thing cannot be thought of by me.

Change the Voice :
1. Are you listening to me?
2. I have sent for the doctor.
3. He has idled away his time.
4. Did he laugh at that insult?
5. They laid out a small garden.
6. Did the people cheer him up?
7. A car knocked down the child.
8. Has she asked for a new servant?
9. Why are you laughing at the poor man?
10. The boys did not throw stones at the beggar.

Passive of Infinitives

Active Passive
1. She begged the Principal to forgive her.
2. I hope to overcome my difficulties.
3. I have to do this work.
4. It expect you to finish the work.
5 It is time to give the order.
1. She begged the Principal to be forgiven.
2. I hope my difficulties to be overcome.
3. This work has to be done by me.
4. I expect the work to be finished by you.
5. It is time for the order to be given.

Change the Voice :
1. You have to do it.
2. It is time to take tea.
3. He is a man to trust.
4. I want to buy this book.
5. I have to attend a party.
6. It is time to say our prayers.
7. It is time to revise our books.
8. Shall I have to punish him ?
9. Women like men to flatter them.
10. I shall have to strike off his name.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Use of Prepositions other than ‘by’

कुछ वाक्यों के Passive voicé में ‘by’ के स्थान पर किसी अन्य Preposition का प्रयोग होता है।

Active Passive
1. His behaviour disgusts me.
2. The jug contains milk.
3. The news surprised us.
4. Gardening interests my mother.
5. You cannot please her.
6. I know him.
7. His jokes amused us.
8. His conduct amazed us.
1. I am disgusted with his behaviour.
2. Milk is contained in the jug.
3. We were surprised at the news.
4. My mother is interested in gardening.
5. She cannot be pleased with you.
6. He is known to me.
7. We were amused at his jokes.
8. We were amazed at his conduct.

Change the Voice :
1. I know this man.
2. This pot contains milk.
3. His behaviour surprised me.
4. Does she know the manager ?
5. The audience thronged the hall.
6. The sun ripens the hanging fruit.
7. His death has shocked everybody.
8. Didn’t his performance displease her?
9. Your harsh words will annoy everybody.
10. Your manners have impressed your boss.

Interrogative Sentences (Mixed Type)

नोट: What, why, when, how, which, where, who,आदि से शुरू होने वाले प्रश्नान्मक वाक्य निम्नलिखित हैं

Active Passive
1. What do you want ?
2. Who teaches you English ?
3. Whom do you love ?
4. Where will you spend your holidays ?
5. Whence have you bought this pen?
6. When will you see him ?
7. Why did he abuse you ?
1. What is wanted by you ?
2. By whom are you taught English ?
3. Who is loved by you ?
4. Where will your holidays be spent by you ?
5. Whence has this pen been bought by you ?
6. When will he be seen by you ?
7. Why were you abused by him ?

Change the Voice :
1. Who told a lie ?
2. Whom do you like ?
3. Whom did you see ?
4. What does he want ?
5. Who stole your pen ?
6. Who had visited Delhi ?
7. Why did you abuse me ?
8. Whom will you elect President ?
9. When did you pluck these flowers ?
10. Why has the teacher marked me absent ?

Use of can, could, may, etc.

(can, could, may, might, should, would, dare, etc. + be +V3)

 Active Passive
1. You should write the address neatly.
2. One cannot please everybody.
3. We should always speak the truth.
4 You must listen to his words.
5. One should do one’s duty.
6. Somebody must help this poor Woman.
1. The address should be written neatly.
2. Everybody cannot be pleased.
3. The truth should always be spoken by us.
4. His words must be listened to.
5. Duty should be done.
6. This poor woman must be helped.

Change the Voice :
1. I cannot do it.
2. You can do it.
3. Why should I do it?
4. May I take your book?
5. May I see this picture?
6. He may win a scholarship.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. You should teach him a lesson.
10. You should respect your parents.

Implied Subject

Passive Voice के कुछ वाक्यों में by + agent नहीं दिया गया होता है, किन्तु ऐसे वाक्यों में कर्ता का अनुमान लगाने में कोई कठिनाई नहीं होती है। अत: Passive Voice से Active Voice बनाने में उसी कर्ता का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

Passive Active
1. You are wanted outside.
2. The thief has been arrested.
3. The telephone wires were cut.
4. The matter will be discussed tomorrow.
5. He was elected Member of Parliament.
1. Someone wants you outside.
2. The police have arrested the thief.
3. The thieves cut the telephone wires.
4. The committee will discuss the matter tomorrow
5. People elected him Member of Parliament.

Change the Voice :
1. Duty must be done.
2. The bond was signed.
3. They were forced to listen.
4. Promises will always be kept.
5. A meeting is being held here.
6. The child has been named Mohan.
7. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
8. What cannot be cured must be endured.
9. They were refused admission to this school.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.

Double-Object-Type Sentences

कुछ वाक्यों में दो Objects होते हैं; जैसे
I gave him a book

पहले Object को Indirect Object और दूसरे को Direct Object कहा जाता है।
Passive Voice बनाते समय प्राय: Indirect Object को ही Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाता
He was given a book by me.

किन्तु यदि Direct Object को Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाना हो तो Indirect Object से पूर्व to अथवा for का प्रयोग करना पड़ता है। जैसे
A book was given to him by me.

Active Passive
1. I gave him a book.
(or)2. He teaches us English.
(or)3. You have written him a letter
(or)4. She handed Ram a letter.
(or)5. They gave her a test.
(or)
1. A book was given to him by me.
He was given a book by me.2. English is taught to us by him.
We are taught English by him.3. A letter has been written to him by you.
He has been written a letter by you.4. A letter was handed to Ram by her.
Ram was handed a letter by her.5.  She was given a test by them.
A test was given to her by them.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Change the Voice :
1. You gave him a pen.
2. She teaches him English.
3. Who gave you this money ?
4. My uncle sent me a present.
5. Has Ram told you the truth ?
6. They do not give him good food
7. Do you explain the case to him ?
8. The teacher did not give us a test.
9. Have you given him our umbrella ?
10. They will have sent him a lovely watch.